1000217544 Catalog

2016-10-06

: Pdf 1000217544-Catalog 1000217544-Catalog B5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 220 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Catalog
April 2015
Preventa solutions
for efficient machine safety
Digi-Cat, a handy USB key for PC
Contact your local representative to get your own Digi-Cat
How can you fit a 6000-page catalog in your pocket ?
Schneider Electric provides you with the complete set of industrial automation catalogs all on a handy
USB key for PC or in an application for tablets
e-Library, the app for tablets
>Convenient to carry
>Always up-to-date
>Environmentally friendly
>Easy-to-share format
>Go to the App Store and search for e-Library
>or scan the QR code
If you have an iPad®:
>Go to the Google Play StoreTM and search for eLibrary
>or scan the QR code
If you have an Android tablet:
1
General contents Preventa solutions for
efcient machine safety
General presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety chain solution, Safety functions . . . .
Safety products ...........................
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Chapter 1
General
presentation
bTechnical information on products listed in this catalog is
available at: www.schneider-electric.com
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/1
Contents General presentation
bSchneider Electric Safety Approach
vProduct Approach .................................................................................. page 1/2
vSolution Approach ................................................................................. page 1/3
bServices we provide
vMachine Solutions Services & Support ............................................... page 1/4
vSchneider Electric Library for SISTEMA ............................................. page 1/5
bSafety Legislation and Standards
vIndustrial accidents ............................................................................... page 1/6
vEuropean legislation .............................................................................. page 1/7
vCertication and e marking ................................................................. page 1/8
vStandards .............................................................................................. page 1/10
vStandards to be applied
>The process ......................................................................................page 1/11
>Standard to be applied according to the design selected
for the safety-related machine control system ............................page 1/11
vRisk and Safety ..................................................................................... page 1/12
vRisk Assessment
>Assessment of machinery related risk ......................................... page 1/13
>Risk estimation ............................................................................... page 1/14
vHow to choose between EN/ISO 13849 and EN/IEC 62061 ............... page 1/15
vStandard EN/ISO 13849-1 .................................................................... page 1/16
vStandard EN/IEC 62061 ........................................................................ page 1/20
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/2
Presentation General presentation
Schneider safety approach
Schneider Electric Safety Approach
Schneider Electric is one provider of the complete safety chain.
In addition to moral obligation and economic consequences, the law requires that
machinery operates safely in the interests of accident prevention. Preventa offers
an extensive range of safety products, compliant with international standards,
designed to provide the most comprehensive protection for personnel and
equipment.
Aquire the information
>Generic protective measures - Emergency stop
>Two hand control stations and enabling switches for starting and enabling of
dangerous movements
>Protective guard devices used as part of safeguarding systems to control the
access under specic conditions of reduced risk
>Light curtains to detect approach to dangerous and limited areas
Monitor and processing
>Safety modules manage one safety function, monitoring inputs from safety
devices and managing the outputs to contactors and drives
>Safety controllers: congurable safety device capable of managing multiple
safety functions simultaneously
>Safety PLCs: programmable electronic systems for complex distributed safety
applications
Stop the machine
>Contactors to cut-off the electrical power supply to the motors with mechanically
linked mirror auxiliary contacts integrated for the feedback loop diagnosis used
by the safety modules, controller and PLCs
>Variable speed drives and servo drives provide controlled stopping of the
machine by using embedded safety functions
>Rotary switch disconnectors: for equipment isolation from the electrical supply
and for emergency stop by direct interruption of the power supply
Product Approach
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/3
Presentation General presentation
Schneider safety approach
Schneider Electric Safety Approach
One provider for the complete safety chain
>Emergency stop
>Perimeter guarding
>Guard monitoring
>Enabling movement
>Speed monitoring
>Position monitoring
The Safety Chain Solutions are TüV certied safety architectures based upon the
most common safety functions required on and around a machine. The safety
chain solutions enable you to save time and costs when designing and
manufacturing your machine in accordance with the European Machinery
Directive.
Each solution comes with:
>Bill of materials and the system description le
>Wiring diagram
>Layout of solution indicating performance level (PL) and safety integrity level
(SIL)
>Description of the Performance Level and Safety Integrity Level calculation for
the safety function
>Sistema Library le with corresponding solution
>TüV certication
Solution Approach
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/4
Presentation General presentation
Service we provide
Service and support that are behind you all the way
We nd the best solution for your needs
>Based on your needs, System and Architecture Experts and Application Design
Experts (SAE/ADE) work out innovative technical solutions including
>Co-engineering
>Tests
>Validation
We understand your pain points
>Consulting
We execute the solution with a full service agreement
>Our solution design and project centers (Flex-Centres) are committed to quality
and results and provide:
>Project and program management
>Software and hardware engineering
>Tests, validation, and commissioning
We improve your team’s competencies
> In class training and on site training
We ensure the delivery of your solution
>Availability of components through a large worldwide network of distributors
>Collaboration, management, and delivery through local partners
>With Schneider Electric as your turnkey solution partner we include in our solutions:
>Project management and responsibility
>Engineered systems
>Third-party components management
We provide on-site services and support
>Qualied personnel to deliver on-site engineering and technical services
We improve your service team’s competencies
>Service and commissioning training
We provide international sales and after-sales services for you and your
customers
>Maintenance contracts
>Spares parts
>Repairs
>Normal and express deliveries
>Service expertise:
>Error diagnosis and repair
>Environmental measurements ( EMC, eld bus, thermography, power quality
analyses, etc.)
>Customer International Support (CIS) as a single point of contact:
>A network of 190 dedicated local country experts
>A web-based collaborative platform for efcient communication
Improve your machine ranges
>Consulting
We improve your customer’s machines in their production line
>Audits
>Retrotting
>Migration and upgrade
>Training
Machine Solutions Services & Support
Operate
Build
Improve
Design
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/5
Presentation General presentation
Service we provide
To support the EN/ISO 13849-1 standard, IFA, the German Institute for
Occupational Health, has developed SISTEMA, a free-to-download software
utility that designers and veriers can use to evaluate the safety of the
machine in the context of the standard.
The tool permits the designer to model the structure of the safety-related control
components based on the designated architectures of the standard, permitting
automated calculation of the reliability values with various levels of detail, including
that of the attained PL.
Using SISTEMA, relevant risk parameters are entered step-by-step into input
dialogs. Each parameter change is reected immediately on the user interface
together with its impact on the whole system.
Schneider Electric publishes software libraries for its safety components which
contain relevant reliability data. This can be imported into SISTEMA and combined,
the two eliminate time-consuming consultation of tables and calculation of
formulae and the nal results can be printed out in a summary document.
Schneider Electric Library for
SISTEMA
SISTEMA software
Schneider Electric library for SISTEMA
Download
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/6
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
An industrial accident occurs through work or in the workplace and causes
minor to serious injury to a person using a machine, feeding it or carrying
out special work on it (tter, operator, maintenance personnel, etc.).
Causes of accidents in the workplace
>Human-related factors (designers, users):
>poor grasp of machine design
>over-familiarity with danger through habit and failure to take dangerous
situations seriously
>underestimation of hazards, causing people to ignore safe working procedure
>loss of concentration on tasks to be performed (e.g. fatigue)
>failure to comply with procedures
>stressful working conditions (noise, work rates, etc.)
>uncertainty of employment which can lead to inadequate training
>inadequate or bad maintenance, generating unsuspected hazards
>Machine-related factors:
>inadequate guards
>inherent machine hazards (e.g. reciprocal motion of a machine, unexpected
starting or stopping)
>machines not suited to the application or environment (e.g. sound alarms
deadened by the noise of surrounding machinery)
>Plant-related factors:
>movement of personnel from machine to machine (automated production line)
>machinery from different manufacturers and using different technologies
>ow of materials or products between machines
Consequences
>Risk of varying degrees of physical injury to the user
>stoppage of the machine involved
>stoppage of similar machine installations for inspection, for example by health
and safety inspectors
>if necessary, modications to make machinery safe
>change of personnel and training new personnel for the job
>damage to the company brand image
Conclusion
Damages for physical injuries are equivalent to about 20 thousand million euro
paid out each year in the European Union. Decisive action is required to reduce the
number of accidents in the workplace. The rst essentials are adequate company
policies and efcient organisation.
Reducing the number of industrial accidents and injuries depends on the safety of
machines and equipment.
Types of potential hazard
The potential hazards of a machine can be classied into three main groups, as
illustrated below:
Mechanical hazards
Puncturing, cutting,
shearing, fractures,
severing
Catching,
entanglement,
drawing in, trapping
Impact Crushing
Electrical hazards Physical and chemical hazards
Electric shock,
electrocution, burns
Discharge of
dangerous substances
Burns
Industrial accidents
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/7
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Safety has become a key issue for businesses. Social developments in
association with technological progress have had a profound impact on
legislation and on regulations for the use of building electrical automation
equipment.
Social issues
The safety-conscious nature of our western societies has led the legislature to
increase the number of requirements and establish stricter rules, while the high
cost of accidents has prompted companies to make efforts in the same direction.
Technological issues
Increasing levels of automation have led to new restrictions. In some case it is
difcult, if not dangerous, to stop a machine suddenly and it is necessary to
perform a safe shut down sequence before allowing personnel to enter into a
production cell. The increasingly widespread use of electronics and software has
required a different approach to the solutions adopted; empirical rules are no
longer enough. Selection includes a reliability calculation to determine the
behavior of the system. In this context, the specication and design phase are
crucial. Studies show that more than 2/3rds of incidents are due to bad design and
inadequate specications. At this stage it is therefore necessary to estimate
potential risks and select the most appropriate solutions to reduce their
consequences. Standards are available to assist and guide the designer.
Manufacturers of components and solutions help their customers by offering
complete, ready-to-use functions which, when combined in accordance with the
regulations, satisfy the customer’s needs and meet legislative requirements. In this
chapter, we will present a simplied process. To make a choice, the customer will
then be able to refer to the safety functions chapter and to the safety products
chapters.
European legislation requires that preventive action be taken to preserve and
protect the quality of the environment and human health. To achieve these
objectives, European Directives have been prepared which must be applied by
plant operators and by manufacturers of equipment and machines. It also assigns
responsibility for possible accidents.
>Notwithstanding the constraints, machine safety has the following positive
repercussions:
> prevention of industrial accidents
> protection of workers and personnel by means of suitable safety measures
that take into account the machine’s application and the local environment
>This makes it possible to reduce direct and indirect related costs:
> by reducing physical harm
> by reducing insurance premiums
> by reducing production losses and possible delay penalties
> by limiting damages and costs for maintenance
>Safe operation involves two principles: safety and reliability of the process:
> safety is the ability of a device to keep the risk incurred by persons within
acceptable limits
> reliability of operation is the ability of a system or device to perform its function
at any moment in time and for a specied duration
>Safety must be taken into account right from the beginning of the design stage
and kept in place throughout all stages of a machine’s life cycle: transport,
installation, commissioning, maintenance, dismantling
The main purpose of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC is to compel
manufacturers to guarantee a minimum safety level for machinery and equipment
sold within the European Union. This version has been replacing the 98/37/EC
version since January 2010.
To allow free circulation of machinery within the European Union, the e marking
must be applied to the machine and an EC declaration of conformity is issued to
the purchaser. This directive came into effect in January 1995 and has been
enforced since January 1997 for all machines.
The user has obligations dened by the Use of Work Equipment directive
89/655/EEC which can in most cases be met by using machinery compliant with
relevant standards.
These standards are complex. After a brief presentation of the structure of the
standards system, we will provide the practical guide to the typical standards to be
applied according to the selected control system design.
European legislation
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/8
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Certication and e marking
There are 6 stages in the process for certication and afxing of the e marking on
machines:
1 Apply all the relevant directives
2 Conform to the essential health and safety requirements
3 Draw up the technical documentation
4 If applicable proceed with the conformity examination
5 Draw up the Declaration of Conformity
6 Afx the e marking
The Machinery Directive
The Machinery Directive is an example of the “New approach” for the
harmonization of products in terms of technical specications and standards.
It is based on:
>Essential health and safety requirements which must be complied with before
the machine is put on the market
>A voluntary harmonization process of standards undertaken by the European
Standards Committee (CEN) and the European committee for electro-technical
standardization (CENELEC)
>Conformity of evaluation procedures adapted to the types of risk and associated
with machine types
>The e marking, afxed by the manufacturer to indicate that the machine
conforms to the applicable directives; machines bearing this marking can
circulate freely within the European Union
The directive has considerably simplied the multiple national legislations which
were in force and has therefore removed many barriers which made trading
difcult in the European Union. This has also made it possible to reduce the social
cost of accidents. The directives do not apply to pre-existing machines within the
EU unless they are substantially modied. A list of the machines requiring special
attestation procedures can be found in the Machinery Directive Annex 4.
The essential requirements
Annexe I of the Machinery Directive groups together the essential health and
safety requirements, for putting machines and safety components on the market
and into service in Europe.
It follows that:
>If all the requirements of the directive are complied with, no member state of the
European Union can oppose circulation of this product
>If the requirements of the directive are not complied with, putting the product on
the market may be prohibited or withdrawal of the product from the market may
be required
In the European Union, this concerns not only manufacturers or their distributors,
but also importers and resellers who import these machines or put them into
service. Second-hand machines within the EU are not covered, but used machines
that have been modied or refurbished can be considered to be new machines.
The harmonized standards
The simplest way to demonstrate conformity with the directives is to conform to the
European Harmonized Standards. When, for a product listed in Annex 4 of the
Machinery Directive, there is no harmonized standard, or the existing standards
are not relevant to cover the essential health and safety requirements, or if the
manufacturer considers that these standards are not applicable to their product,
they can apply for approval by an outside Notied Body.
These bodies are approved by the Member States after having shown that they
have the recognized expertise to give such an opinion (TÜV, BGIA, INRS, BSI
Product Services, etc.).
Although the Notied Body has a certain number of responsibilities under the
Directive, it is always the manufacturer or their representative who remain
responsible for conformity of the product.
Certication and e marking
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/9
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Certication and e marking (continued)
Declaration of conformity
In accordance with Article 1 of the Machinery Directive, the manufacturer or their
authorized representative established in the European Union must draw up a
European Declaration of Conformity for each machine (or safety component). This
is in order to certify that the machine or safety component conforms to the
Directive.
Before putting a product on the market, the manufacturer or their representative
must prepare a technical le.
e marking
Finally, the e mark must be afxed to the machine by the manufacturer or their
authorized representative in the European Union. This marking has been
obligatory since 1st January 1995 and can only be afxed if the machine conforms
to all the applicable directives, such as:
>The Machinery Directive 2006/42/ECC
>The Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) directive 2004/108/EC
>The Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
There are other directives such as the protection of persons, lifts, medical
equipment, etc., which may also be applicable.
The e marking is the machine’s passport in the European Union, which allows it to
be marketed in all countries within the Union without taking into account
regulations in each individual country.
e marking procedure
Machine
Listed in
Annex 4
Not listed in
Annex 4
Prepare le
according to
Annex 5
Draw up
EC declaration of
conformity and affix
the e marking
Only partly
conforming to the
standards
Manufactured
according to
harmonised
standards
Submit example
and le according
to Annex 6
Forward le
according to
Annex 6
Submit example
and le according
to Annex 6
Submit le
according to
Annex 6
Proceed with
conformity
examination of
the sample
Register the le
Verify correct
application of the
standards
Proceed with
conformity
examination of
the sample
Draw up the
conformity
examination
certicate
Acknowledge
receipt
Draw up a
certicate of
adequacy
Draw up the
conformity
examination
certicate
Draw up
EC declaration of
conformity and afx
the e marking
Manufacturer Notied Body Manufacturer
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/10
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Introduction
The harmonized European safety standards establish technical specications
which comply with the minimum safety requirements dened in the related
directives. Compliance with all applicable harmonized European standards can be
assumed to ensure compliance with the related directives. The main purpose is to
guarantee a minimum safety level for machinery and equipment sold within the EU
market and allow the free circulation of machinery within the European Union.
The 3 groups of European standards
>Type A standards
Basic safety standards which specify the basic concepts, design principles and
general aspects valid for all types of machine: e.g. EN/ISO 12100
>Type B standards
Standards relating to specic aspects of safety or to a particular device that can
be used on a wide range of machines
>Type B1 standards
Standards relating to specic safety aspects of machines: e.g. EN/IEC 60204-1
Electrical equipment of machines
>Type B2 standards
Standards relating to specic products such as two-hand control stations (EN 574),
guard switches (EN 1088/ISO 14119), emergency stops (EN/ISO 13850), etc
>Type C standards
Standards relating to various families or groups of machines (e.g.: hydraulic
presses EN 693, robots, etc) and giving detailed applicable requirements
Standards
A selection of standards
Standards Type Subject
EN/ISO 12100 AMachinery safety - General principles for design, risk assessment and risk reduction
EN 574 BTwo-hand control devices - Functional aspects and design principles
EN/ISO 13850 BEmergency stop - Principles for design
EN/IEC 62061 BFunctional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and electronic programmable control systems
EN/ISO 13849-1 BMachinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems - Part 1 General principles for design
EN/ISO 13849-2 BMachinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems - Part 2 Validation
EN 349 BMinimum gaps to avoid crushing parts of the human body
EN 294 BSafety distances to prevent hazardous zones being reached by upper limbs
EN 811 BSafety distances to prevent hazardous zones being reached by lower limbs
EN/IEC 60204-1 BMachinery safety - Electrical equipment of machines - Part 1: general requirements
EN 999/ISO 13855 BPositioning of protective equipment in respect of approach speeds of body parts
EN 1088/ISO 14119 BInterlocking devices associated with guards - Principles for design and selection
EN/IEC 61496-1 BElectro-sensitive protective equipment
EN/IEC 60947-5-1 BElectromechanical control circuit devices
EN 842 BVisual danger signals - General requirements, design and testing
EN 1037 BPrevention of unexpected start-up
EN 953 BGeneral requirements for the design and construction of xed and movable guards
EN/IEC 61800-5-2 BAdjustable speed electrical power drive systems. Part 5-2: Safety requirements – Functional
EN 201 CMachinery for plastics and rubber - Injection moulding machines – Safety requirements
EN 692 CMechanical presses - Safety requirements
EN 693 CHydraulic presses - Safety requirements
EN 289 CMachinery for plastics and rubber - Presses - Safety requirements
EN 422 CBlow moulding machines for producing hollow parts - Design and construction requirements
EN/ISO 10218-1 CManipulating industrial robots - Safety requirements
EN 415-4 CSafety of packaging machines - Part 4: palletisers and depalletisers
EN 619 CSafety and EMC requirements for equipment for mechanical handling of unit loads
EN 620 CSafety and EMC requirements for xed belt conveyors for bulk material
EN 746-3 CIndustrial thermo processing equipment - Part 3: safety requirements for the generation and use of
atmosphere gases
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/11
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
The process
European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
Compliance with the following standards ensure compliance with the Machinery
Directive (this new version of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC has been
replacing 98/37/EC since January 2010).
EN/ISO 12100: 2010: General principles for design, risk assessment and risk
reduction.
The purpose of this standard is to provide designers with an overall framework and
guidance to enable them to produce machines that are safe for their intended use.
Standards to be apply according to the design selected for the safety-related
machine control system.
Remarks:
The use of either the EN/ISO 13849 or EN/IEC 62061 standards gives presumption
of conformity to the new 2006/42/EC directive.
EN/IEC 60204-1: Electrical equipment of machines
Standard EN/IEC 60204-1 completes the safety standards by giving setting-up
rules for each component of a machine’s electrical functions.
It species, amongst other things:
>the type of connection terminals and disconnection and breaking devices
>the type of electric shock protection
>the type of control circuits
>the type of conductors and wiring rules
>the type of motor protection
Standard to be applied according to the design selected for the
safety related machine control system
Safety standards to be applied according to type of architecture selected
Based on the generic denition of the risk, the standards classify necessary safety
levels in different discrete levels corresponding for each one to a probability of
dangerous failure per hour:
>PL (Performance Level) for standard EN/ISO 13849-1
>SIL (Safety Integrity Level) for standard EN/IEC 62061
Standards to be applied
European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EN/ISO 13849-1
EN/ISO 13849-2
Machinery safety
Safety-related parts of
control systems
Machinery safety
General principles for design, risk assessment
and risk reduction
EN/ISO 12100: 2010
EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety
Functional safety of
safety-related electrical,
electronic and
programmable electronic
control systems
Machinery safety
EN/IEC 60204-1
Electrical equipment of machines
Certication and e marking in accordance with the
Machinery Directive
Standards to be applied for the design of machines
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/12
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Safety is the absence of risks which could cause injury to or damage the health of
persons. Functional safety is a part of safety that depends on the correct operation
of safety functions.
According to the requirements of standard EN/ISO 12100: 2010, the machine
designer’s job is to reduce all risks to a value lower than the acceptable risk. For
more details concerning the sources of accidents and risk prevention, the reader is
referred on page 1/6.
This standard recognizes two sources of hazardous phenomena:
>Moving transmission parts
>Moving parts contributing to the work
It gives guidelines for the selection and installation of devices which can be used to
protect persons and identies those measures that are implemented by the
machine designer and those dependent on its user.
The measures taken by the machine designer may be:
>Inherent in the design
>Selection of guards and additional measures, including control systems
>Information for the user
The measures taken by the user may be (non-exhaustive list):
>Organization, procedures, etc.
>Personal protective equipment
>Training
Risk and safety
Residual
risk
Acceptable
risk
Initial
risk
Level of risk
Risk reduction necessary
Actual risk reduction
Achieved by design measures, safety-related systems and by
external risk reduction devices
Reduction of risk to an acceptable level
Can these elements
be made completely
inaccessible while
working?
Fixed guards or
interlocking
movable guards
with or without
guard locking
Fixed guards or
xed guards
associated with
an interlocking
device or
protective device
Fixed or movable
guards in zones
where persons
do not work and
adjustable
guards in work
zones
Yes No
Selection of the protection system
(EN/ISO 12100: 2010)
Moving
transmission
parts
Moving parts
contributing to the work
(e.g. : tools)
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/13
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Risk Assessment Assessment of machinery related risk
European legislation
Machines are sources of potential risk and the Machinery Directive requires
a risk assessment to ensure that any potential risk is reduced to less than
the acceptable risk.
Standard EN/ISO 12100 denes risk as follows: risk is the severity multiplied by the
possibility of occurrence. It denes an iterative process for achieving machine
safety, which states that the risks for each potential hazard can be determined in
four stages. This method provides the basis for the requisite risk reduction.
Risk assessment
>Risk assessment consists of a series of logic steps which make it possible to
systematically analyze and evaluate machinery-related risks
>Risk assessment is followed, whenever necessary, by a reduction of the risk.
This denition taken from standard EN/ISO 12100 is based on an iterative
process represented in the diagram opposite
Determination of machine limits
Risk assessment starts by determining the limits of the machine at all stages
of its life cycle:
>Transport, assembly, installation
>Commissioning
>Use
>De-commissioning, dismantling
The use limitations must then be specied:
>Operating modes
>Level of training required
>Space limits (amplitude, movement)
>Time limits (life cycle, frequency of maintenance)
Identication of the potential hazard
If a potential hazard exists, a hazardous phenomenon will cause harm if
measures are not taken.
All the tasks associated with the machine’s life cycle must be identied,
such as:
>Assembly, transport and installation
>Adjustment, testing
>Learning, programming
>Tool changing
>Feeding, removal of product from the machine
>Starting, stopping
>Emergency Stops, restarting after an unexpected stop
>Maintenance, cleaning, etc.
End
Risk evaluation
Risk analysis
Start
Is the machine safe?
No
Yes
Risk evaluation
Determination of
machine limits
Identication
of the potential hazards
Risk estimation
Risk reduction
Logic steps for risk analysis
Risk related
to the
potential
hazard
Severity
of the
potential
harm
Probability of
occurence
Frequency and
duration of
exposure
Possibility of
avoiding or
limiting the
probability of the
occurence of an
event that could
cause harm
Denition of risk
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/14
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Risk estimation
The risk is a function of the severity of the harm and the probability that this
harm will occur.
>The severity of the harm takes into account:
>The severity of injuries (slight, serious, death)
>The extent of the harm (number of persons)
>The probability of the harm occurring takes into account:
>Exposure to the hazard (nature of access, time spent in the hazardous zone,
number of persons exposed, frequency of access, etc.)
>The occurrence of a hazardous event (accident history, comparison of risks,
etc.)
>The possibility of avoiding or limiting the harm (experience, awareness of the
risk, etc.)
Risk assessment
On the basis of the risk assessment, the designer has to dene the safety
related control system.
To achieve that, the designer will choose one of the two standards
appropriate to the application:
>either standard EN/ISO 13849-1, which denes performance levels (PL)
>or standard EN/IEC 62061, which denes safety integrity level (SIL)
Risk reduction
The process of risk reduction for dangerous events starts by:
>Intrinsic prevention (inherently safe design)
>Denition of the appropriate protective means (guards, carters, x fences, etc.)
>Personal training
If the selected preventive measure depends on a safety related control
system, the designer has to perform an iterative process for the design of
the safety relative control system.
> The rst stage is to dene the necessary safety-related control functions:
>either through the choice of components
>or by adapting the control system architecture. Redundancy (double circuit
components), for example, signicantly increases the reliability of the solution
>Once the limits of available technologies have been reached, it will not be
possible to further reduce the rate of dangerous failures. To achieve the required
level of safety, it will be necessary to use a diagnostic system that allows
dangerous failures to be detected
Risk Severity
of
harm
Probability of
harm occuring
Exposure of
the person or
persons to
hazardous
events
Occurrence of a
hazardous
event
Possibility of
avoiding or
limiting the
harm
Elements of the risk
λ rate of control system failures
λD rate of dangerous failures
λDU rate of undetected dangerous failures
λDD rate of detected dangerous failures
λS rate of safe failures
λSU rate of undetected safe failures
λSD rate of detected safe failures
Breakdown of the probability of failures
Risk Assessment
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/15
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
How to choose between EN/ISO 13849 and
EN/IEC 62061
Select the applicable standard
Based on the generic denition of the risk, the standards classify necessary safety
levels in different discrete levels corresponding for each one to a probability of
dangerous failure per hour:
>PL (Performance Level) for standard EN/ISO 13849-1
>SIL (Safety Integrity Level) for standard EN/IEC 62061
The table below gives the relationship between the performance level (PL) and the
Safety Integrity Level (SIL).
PL ISL Probability of dangerous failures per hour 1/h
a No correspondance u 10-5 … < 10-4
b 1 u 3 x 10-6 … < 10-5
c 1 u 10-6 … < 3 x 10-6
d 2 u 10-7 … < 10-6
e 3 u 10-8 … < 10-7
Recommended application of IEC 62061 and ISO 13849-1
Annex Technology
implementing the
safety related
control fuction (S)
ISO 13849-1 IEC 62061
A Non electrical, e.g. hydralics X Not covered
B Electromechanical, e.g.
relays, or non-complex
electronics
Restricted to designated
architectures (see Note 1)
and up to PL=e
All architectures and
up to SIL 3
C Complex electronics, e.g.
programmable
Restricted to designated
architectures (see Note 1)
and up to PL=d
All architectures and
up to SIL 3
D A combined with B Restricted to designated
architectures (see Note 1)
and up to PL=e
X
see Note 3
E C combined with B Restricted to designated
architectures (see Note 1)
and up to PL=d
All architectures and
up to SIL 3
F C combined with A, or
C combined with A and B
X
see Note 2
X
see Note 3
“X” indicates that this item is dealt with by the standard shown in the column heading.
Note 1 Designated architecture are dened in Annex B of EN/ISO 13849-1 to give a simplied
approach for qualication of performance level
Note 2 For complex electronics: use of designated architecture according to EN/ISO 13849-1
up to PL=d or any architecture according to EN/IEC 62061
Note 3 For non-electrical technology use parts according to EN/ISO 13849-1 as subsystems.
For building specic complex sub-systems or for higher level requirements
including software, standard EN/IEC 61508 relating to systems must be used.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/16
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Standard EN/ISO 13849-1
Standards to be applied according to
the design selected for the safety-
related machine control system
Introduction to Functional Safety of Machinery
The functional safety standards are intended to encourage designers to
focus more on the functions that are necessary to reduce each individual
risk, and on the performance required for each function, rather than simply
relying on particular components. These standards make it possible to
achieve greater levels of safety throughout the machine’s life.
>Under the previous standard, EN 954-1, categories (B, 1, 2, 3 and 4) dictated
how a safety-related electrical control circuit must behave under fault conditions.
Designers can follow either EN/ISO 13849-1 or EN/IEC 62061 to demonstrate
conformity with the Machinery Directive. These two standards consider not only
whether a fault will occur, but also how likely it is to occur
>This means there is a quantiable, probabilistic element in compliance: machine
builders must be able to determine whether their safety circuit meets the
required safety integrity level (SIL) or performance level (PL). Panel builders and
designers should be aware that manufacturers of the components used in safety
circuits (such as safety detection components, safety logic solvers and output
devices like contactors) must provide detailed data on their products
Standard EN/ISO 13849-1
Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems
Standard EN/ISO 13849-1 is an evolution of standard EN 954-1.
Field of application of the standard
This standard gives safety requirements and advice relating to principles for the
design and integration of safety-related parts of control systems (SRP/CS),
including software design. For these parts, it species the characteristics, including
the performance level, needed to achieve these safety functions. It applies to the
SRP/CS of all types of machine, regardless of the technology and type of energy
used (electric, hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical, etc.).
Process
Risk assessment as dened in standard EN/ISO 12100 leads to decisions on risk
reduction measures.
If these measures depend on a control system, then EN/ISO 12100 can apply. It denes
a 6-stage design process:
1 - Selection of the essential safety functions that SRP/CS must perform. For each
safety function, specify the required characteristics
2 - Determine the required performance level (PLr)
3 - Design and technical creation of safety functions: identify the parts that perform
the safety function
4 - Evaluate the performance level PL for each safety-related part
5 - Check that the performance level PL achieved is greater than or equal to the
required level (PLr)
6 - Check that all requirements are satised
We will now illustrate these stages, taking as an example a safety function where a
severe injury can be caused by a trolley not stopping at the end of the Jib and thus
causing the trolley to fall. A person can be exposed to this dangerous situation
around the hoisting machine.
Stage 1 - Selection of safety functions
The diagram opposite shows a safety function which consists of several parts:
>The input actuated by opening of the guard (SRP/CSa)
>The control logic, limited in this example to opening or closing of a contactor
coil (SRP/CSb)
>The power output that controls the motor (SRP/CSc)
>The connections (Iab, Ibc)
Stage 2 - Estimation of required performance level (PLr)
Considering our example of the person coming into area where the dangerous
hoisting machine is operating we now estimate the risk using the risk graph.
The parameters to be considered are:
>S Severity of the injury
>S1 Slight injury, normally reversible
>S2 Serious, normally irreversible, including death
>F Frequency and/or duration of exposure to the hazardous phenomenon
>F1 Rare to fairly frequent and/or short duration of exposure
>F2 Frequent to permanent and/or long duration of exposure
>P Possibility of avoiding the hazardous phenomena or limiting the harm
>P1 Possible under certain circumstances
>P2 Virtually impossible
Representation of the safety function
L
Safety functions
Guard
contact
Logic Contactor
Inputs Processing Outputs
Event: limit switch
Action: motor stop
Risk analysis
Risk related
to the
potential
hazard
Severity
of the potential
harm
Probability of
occurrence:
- Frequency and
duration of
exposure
- Possibility of
avoiding or
limiting the
probability of the
occurrence of an
event that could
cause the harm
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/17
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Standard EN/ISO 13849-1
Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems (continued)
Process (continued)
Stage 2 - Estimation of required performance level (PLr) (continued)
For our example: a serious injury S1 can be caused by being exposed near the hoisting
machine as if there is no safe guarding to ensure the trolley stops the load and trolley will
fall. After considering the severity of the injury we investigate the frequency and/or
duration of the possible entry to the dangerous area. Here we dene the frequency of
exposure to the hazard is low F1 (occasional presence) as there are restrictions to enter
the area. The last step is based upon the possibility to avoid the hazard and limiting the
harm. To evaluate this we take into consideration that it is possible to avoid the harm as
the visibility around the dangerous machine is monitored by the operator and in this case
there is a possibility to avoid the harm under certain conditions so we dene it as P1.
The result of the estimation gives a required performance level PLr = c.
Stage 3 - Design and creation of the safety functions
At this point, we need to describe the PL calculation method.
For a SRP/CS (or a combination of SRP/CS), PL could be estimated with the gure
shown on page 1/19, after estimation of several factors such as :
>Hardware and software system structure (categories)
>Mechanism of failures, diagnostic coverage (DC)
>Components reliability, Mean Time To dangerous Failure (MTTFd)
>Common Cause Failure (CCF)
>Categories (Cat.) and designated architectures
The table below summarises system behaviour in the event of a failure and the
principles used to achieve the safety, for the 5 categories dened:
Cat. System behaviour Designated architectures
BA fault can lead to loss of the safety function
I
i
L O
mi
m
1As for category B but the probability of this
occurence is lower than for the category B
2A fault can lead to loss of the safety function
between two periodic inspections and loss of the
safety function is detected by the control system
at the next test.
I
i L
TE OTE
O
m
m
i
m
i
m
3For a single fault, the safety function is always
ensured. Only some faults will be detected. The
accumulation of undetected faults can lead to
loss of the safety function.
I1 L1 O1
i
m
i
m
i
mm
I2 L2 O2
c
m
4When faults occur, the safety function is always
ensured. Faults will be detected in time to
prevent loss of the safety function
I1 i L1 O1
mi
m
i
mi
m
m
I2 L2 O2
c
m
Key:
im: Interconnecting means m: Monitoring
c: Cross monitoring O, O1, O2: Output device, e.g. main contactor
I, I1, I2: Input device, e.g. sensor TE: Test equipment
L, L1, L2: Logic OTE: Output of TE
>MTTFd (Mean Time To dangerous Failure)
The value of the MTTFd of each channel is given in 3 levels (see table below) and
shall be taken into account for each channel (e.g. single channel, each channel of a
redundant system) individually.
Reliability levels of components
Index Range
Low 3 years y MTTFd < 10 years
Medium 10 years y MTTFd< 30 years
High 30 years y MTTFd < 100 years
A MTTFd of less than 3 years should never be found, because this would mean that
after one year in operation, 30% of all those components in use would have failed
to a dangerous state. The maximum value is limited to 100 years because devices
dealing with a signicant risk should not depend on the reliability of a single
component. Additional measures such as redundancy and tests are required.
S = Severity of injury
S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury)
S2 = Serious (normally irreversible) injury including death
F = Frequency and/or exposure time to the hazard
F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short
F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long
P = Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the harm
P1 = Possible under specic conditions
P2 = Scarcely possible
L = Low contribution to risk reduction
H = High contribution to risk reduction
Estimation
L
H
Required
performance
level PLr:
Starting point for the
evaluation of the
contribution to the risk
reduction of a safety
function
Estimation of required performance level
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/18
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Standard EN/ISO 13849-1
Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems (continued)
Process (continued)
Stage 3- (continued)
>Diagnostic coverage (DC): this term is expressed as a percentage and quanties
the ability to diagnose a dangerous failure
For example, in the event of welding of a N/C contact in a relay, the state of the N/O
contact could incorrectly indicate the opening of the circuit, unless the relay has
mechanically linked N/O and N/C contacts, when the fault can be detected.
The standard recognises four levels:
Diagnostic coverage (DC)
Denotation Range
Nil DC < 60%
Low 60% y DC < 90%
Medium 90% y DC < 99%
High 99% y DC
>Relationship between Categories, DC and MTTFd of each channel and the PL
MTTFd:low medium high
Cat. B Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 3 Cat. 4
DCavg =
0 (nil)
DCavg =
0 (nil)
DCavg =
low
DCavg =
medium
DCavg =
low
DCavg =
medium
DCavg =
high
Performance level PL
a
b
c
d
e
PFHD
u 10-6 … < 10-5
u 10-6 … < 10-5
u 10-7 … < 10-6
u 10-8 … < 10-7
>Using the above chart we can now select the most appropriate architecture, the required
Diagnostic coverage as well as ensure the products selected have the right MTTFd
values
>As we require PL= “c” the chart states as a minimum a category 1 architecture with a
Diagnostic coverage of 0 (Nil) and a MTTFd of High is required. It is possible to use
architectures with higher categories to solve the safety function needs
>We start with determining the architecture required to solve the function. We use the
following Category 1 architecture (see page 1/19)
>In our example, to reach the PL = e, the solution will therefore have to
correspond to category 4 with redundant circuit; the function scheme is shown
opposite with two channels in parallel
>a high diagnostic capability
>a high MTTFd
For our application, we could suggest a redundant relay scheme but it is nowadays
easier to use safety function blocks. The solution is illustrated below.
Application scheme of the example
Closed
Open
The process suggested by the standard is iterative and a few estimations are
therefore necessary in order to obtain the expected result. In view of the required
performance level, we have chosen a solution with redundant circuit.
Functional diagram of the example
Event:
door opening
Action: motor stop
Input 1 Processing 1 Output 1
Input 2 Processing 2 Output 2
Channel 1
Channel 2
Standard EN/ISO 13849-1
Standards to be applied according to
the design selected for the safety-
related machine control system
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/19
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Standard EN/ISO 13849-1
Machinery safety - Safety-related parts of control systems (continued)
Process (continued)
Stage 4 - Evaluate the performance level PL for each safety-related part
Based on the information in the supplier’s catalogue and Annex E of the standard,
we obtain the following values:
Example B10 (number of operations) / %
dangerous failure MTTFdDC
SRP/CSa: Safety limit switches 10.000.000 / 20% dangerous failure 7102 99%
SRP/CSb: XPS AK safety module - 154.5 99.99%
SRP/CSc: LCK contactor 1.000.000 / 73% dangerous failure 194 99%
For electromechanical products,
the MTTFd is calculated on the basis of the total number of operations that the
product can perform, using B10d values:
In our case, the machine operates for 220 days per year, 8 hours per day with a
cycle of 90 s.
N = 220 x 8 x (3600 / 90) = 70 400 operations/year
MTTFd = B10d / (0.1 x N) and B10d = B10 / % dangerous failure.
For the safety switches,
the MTTFd= (1 / 0.20 x 10 000 000) / (0.1) x 70 400 = 7102 years
For the contactors,
the MTTFd = (1 / 0.73 x 1 000 000) / (0.1) x 70 400 = 194 years
The MTTFd for each channel will then be calculated using the formula:
i.e. 85 years for each channel.
A similar formula is used to calculate the diagnostic capability
The result of the calculation in our example gives a value of 99%
Stage 5 - Checking that required performance level is achieved
The result of the above calculations is summarised below:
>a redundant architecture: category 4
>a mean time to failure > 30 years: high MTTFd
>a diagnostic capability of 99%: high DC
Looking at this table, we conrm that PL level e is achieved:
MTTFd:low medium high
Performance level PL
a
b
c
d
e
Cat. B Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 3 Cat. 4
DCavg =
0 (nil)
DCavg =
0 (nil)
DCavg =
low
DCavg =
medium
DCavg =
low
DCavg =
medium
DCavg =
high
PFHD
u 10-6 … < 10-5
u 10-6 … < 10-5
u 10-7 … < 10-6
u 10-8 … < 10-7
Checking the PL
Stage 6 - Validation of the required performance level
The design of SRP/CS must be validated and must show that the combination of
SRP/CS performing each safety function satises all the applicable requirements
of EN/ISO 13849.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/20
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Standards to be applied according to
the design selected for the safety-
related machine control system
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS)
Functional Safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and electronic
programmable control systems
Field of application of the standard
Safety-related electrical control systems in machines (SRECS) are playing an
increasing role in ensuring the overall safety of machines and are more and more
frequently using complex electronic technology.
This standard is specic to the machine sector within the framework of EN/
IEC 61508. It gives rules for the integration of sub-systems designed in
accordance with EN/ISO 13849. It does not specify the operating requirements
of non-electrical control components in machines (for example: hydraulic,
pneumatic).
Functional approach to safety
As with EN/ISO 13849-1, the process using the EN/IEC 62061 starts with analysis of
the risks (EN/ISO 12100) in order to be able to determine the safety requirements.
A particular feature of this standard is that it prompts the user to make a
functional analysis of the architecture, then split it into sub-functions and
analyse their interactions before deciding on a hardware solution for them
(the SRECS).
>A functional safety plan must be drawn up and documented for each design
project. It must include:
>A specication of the safety requirements for the safety functions (SRCF) that
is in two parts:
>Description of the functions and interfaces, operating modes, function
priorities, frequency of operation, etc.
>Specication of the safety integrity requirements for each function, expressed
in terms of SIL (Safety Integrity Level)
>The structured and documented design process for electrical control systems
(SRECS)
>The procedures and resources for recording and maintaining appropriate
information
>The process for management and modication of the conguration, taking into
account organisation and authorised personnel
>The verication and validation plan
>Functional safety
The decisive advantage of this approach is that of being able to offer a failure
calculation method that incorporates all the parameters that can affect the
reliability of electrical systems, whatever the technology used.
The method consists of assigning a SIL to each function, taking into account the
following parameters:
>The probability of a dangerous failure of the components (PFHd)
>The type of architecture; with or without redundancy, with or without diagnostic
device making it possible to avoid some of the dangerous failures
>Common cause failures (power cuts, overvoltage, loss of communication
network, etc.) (CCF)
>The probability of a dangerous transmission error where digital
communication is used
>Electromagnetic interference (EMC)
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/21
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS) (continued)
Process
Designing a system is split into 5 stages after having drawn up the functional safety
plan:
1 - Based on the safety requirements specication (SRS), assign a safety level
(SIL) and identify the basic structure of the electrical control system (SRECS),
describe each related function (SRCF)
2 - Break down each function into a function block structure (FB)
3 - List the safety requirements for each function block and assign the function
blocks to the sub-systems within the architecture
4 - Select the components for each sub-system
5 - Design the diagnostic function and check that the specied safety level (SIL) is
achieved.
Stage 1 - Assign a safety integrity level (SIL) and identify the structure of the
SRECS
Based on the risk assessment performed in accordance with standard
EN/ISO 12100, estimation of the required SIL is performed for each hazardous
phenomenon and is broken down into parameters, see illustration opposite.
>Severity Se
The severity of injuries or damage to health can be estimated by taking into account
reversible injuries, irreversible injuries and death.
The classication is shown in the table below:
Consequence Severity Se
Irreversible: death, loss of an eye or an arm 4
Irreversible: shattered limb, loss of a nger 3
Reversible: requires the attention of a medical practitioner 2
Reversible: requires rst aid 1
>Probability of the harm occurring
Each of the three parameters Fr, Pr, Av must be estimated separately using the
most unfavourable case. It is strongly recommended that a task analysis model be
used in order to ensure that estimation of the probability of the harm occurring is
correctly taken into account.
>Frequency and duration of exposure Fr
The level of exposure is linked to the need to access the hazardous zone (normal
operation, maintenance, ...) and the type of access (manual feeding, adjustment,
...). It must then be possible to estimate the average frequency of exposure and its
duration.
The classication is shown in the table below:
Frequency of dangerous exposure Fr
y 1 hour 5
>1 hour... y 1 day 5
> 1 day... y 2 weeks 4
2 weeks... y 1 year 3
> 1 year 2
>Probability of occurrence of a hazardous event Pr.
Two basic concepts must be taken into account:
>the predictability of the dangerous components in the various parts of the
machine in its various operating modes (normal, maintenance,
troubleshooting), paying particular attention to unexpected restarting
>behaviour of the persons interacting with the machine, such as stress, fatigue,
inexperience, etc.
Probability of occurrence of a dangerous event Pr
Very high 5
Probable 4
Possible 3
Almost impossible 2
Negligible 1
Output
Stage 1: Basic structure of the electrical control system
SRECS: Safety-related control system
Sub-systems
Sub-system components
Input Processing
Risk
related to the
hazardous
phenomenon
identied
Probability of
the harm
occurring
Probability of
avoiding or
limiting the
harm Av
Probability of
an event
occurring
Pr
Frequency
and duration
of exposure
Fr
Severity
of the potential
harm
Se
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/22
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Standards to be applied according to
the design selected for the safety-
related machine control system
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS) (continued)
Process (continued)
Stage 1 -(continued)
>Probability of avoiding or limiting the harm Av
This parameter is linked to the design of the machine. It takes into account the
suddenness of the occurrence of the hazardous event, the nature of the dangerous
component (cutting, temperature, electrical) and the possibility for a person to
identify a hazardous phenomenon.
Probability of avoiding or limiting the harm Av
Impossible 5
Almost impossible 3
Probable 1
>Assignment of the SIL
Estimation is made with the help of the table below.
In our example, the degree of severity is 3 because there is a risk of a nger being
amputated; this value is shown in the rst column of the table.
All the other parameters must be added together in order to select one of the
classes (vertical columns in the table below), which gives us:
>Fr = 5 accessed several times a day
>Pr = 4 hazardous event probable
>Av = 3 probability of avoiding almost impossible
Therefore a class CI = 5 + 4 + 3 = 12
A level of SIL 2 must be achieved by the safety-related electrical control system(s)
(SRECS) on the machine.
Estimation of the SIL
Se Class CI
3-4 5-7 8-10 11-13 14-15
4SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 3
3- - SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3
2- - - SIL 1 SIL 2
1- - - - SIL 1
>Basic structure of the SRECS
Without going into detail about the hardware components to be used, the system is
broken down into sub-systems. In our case, we nd the 3 sub-systems that will
perform the input, processing and output functions. The gure opposite illustrates
this stage, using the terminology given in the standard.
Stage 2 - Break down each function into a function block structure (FB)
A function block (FB) is the result of a detailed break down of a safety-related
function.
The function block structure gives an initial concept of the SRECS architecture.
The safety requirements of each block are deduced from the specication of the
safety requirements of the system’s function.
Stage 3 - List the safety requirements for each function block and assign the
function blocks to the sub-systems within the architecture
Each function block is assigned to a sub-system in the SRECS architecture. A
failure of any sub-system will lead to the failure of the safety-related control
function. More than one function block may be assigned to each sub-system. Each
sub-system may include sub-system elements and, if necessary, diagnostic
functions in order to ensure that anomalies can be detected and the appropriate
action taken.
These diagnostic functions (D) are considered as separate functions; they may be
performed within the sub-system, by another internal or external sub-system.
Stage 2: Break down into function blocks
SRECS
Objective SIL 2
Input Processing Output
Guard
detection
Logic Motor
control
Function
block
FB1
Function
block
FB2
Function
block
FB3
Stage 3: Assignment of function blocks
SRECS
Sub-system
1
Guard
detection
Contactor 1
Sub-system
2
Sub-system
3
Logic Motor
control
Contactor 2
Safety limit
switch 1
Safety limit
switch 2
Sub-system components
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1/23
Presentation General presentation
Safety Legislation and Standards
Stage 4: Component selection
Detection
SS1
Sub-system 1
Logic
SS2
Sub-system 2
Motor
control
SS3
Sub-system 3
SS1.1
SS1.2
SS3.1
SS3.2
Types of sub-system architecture
Sub-system type A
Sub-system type B
Sub-system type C
Sub-system type D
Sub-system
element 1
Sub-system
element n
Sub-system
element 1
Sub-system
element 2
Common cause
failure
Sub-system
element 1
Sub-system
element n
Diagnostic function(s)
Sub-system
element 1
Sub-system
element 2
Diagnostic function(s) Common cause
failure
Standard EN/IEC 62061
Machinery safety - Safety-Related Electrical Control systems (SRECS) (continued)
Process (continued)
Stage 4 - Select the components for each sub-system
The products shown in the illustration opposite are selected. If the sensors and
contactors are the same as in the previous example, a safety module XPS AK will
be chosen. In this example, we take a cycle of 450s which means the duty cycle C
is 8 operations per hour.
As the safety integrity level required for the entire system is SIL 2, each of the
components must achieve this level.
The manufacturer’s catalogue gives the following values:
Safety limit switches 1 and 2: B10 = 10 000 000 operations, the proportion of
dangerous failures is 20%, lifetime is 10 years.
>Safety module: PFHd = 7.389 10-9
>Contactors 1 and 2: B10 = 1 000 000 operations, the proportion of dangerous
failures = 73%, lifetime is 20 years
Stage 5 - Design the diagnostic function
The SIL of the sub-system depends not only on the components, but also on the
architecture selected. For our example, we will choose architectures B and D of the
standard.
In our architecture, the safety module performs diagnostics not only on itself, but
also on the safety limit switches.
We have three sub-systems for which the safety levels must be determined:
>SS1: two redundant safety limit switches in a sub-system with a type D
architecture
>SS2: a SIL 3 safety module (obtained on the basis of the PFH provided by the
manufacturer)
>SS3: two redundant contactors built in accordance with a type B architecture
The calculation method can be found in the machine safety guide, so we will only
give the nal result. This method takes into account the following parameters:
>B10: number of operations at which 10% of the population fail
>C: Duty cycle (number of operations per hour)
>D: rate of dangerous failures ( D = x portion of dangerous failures in %)
>β: common cause failure coefcient, which is 10 % here and 10% is the worst
case: see Annex F
>T1: Proof Test Interval or life time whichever is smaller, as provided by the
supplier
>T2: diagnostic test interval
>DC: Diagnostic coverage rate = DD/D, ratio between the rate of detected
failures and the rate of dangerous failures
We obtain:
>for SS1 PFHd = 1.6 E-9
>for SS3 PFHd = 1.06 E-7
The total probability of dangerous failures per hour is:
>PFHDSRECS = PFHDSS1+ PFHDSS2 + PFHDSS3
>PFHDSRECS = 1.6 10-9 + 7,38 10-9 + 1.06 E-7 = 1.15 E-7
Which corresponds to the expected result (table below) of a SIL = 2 .
Comment: A level of SIL 3 could have been achieved by using mirror contacts to
create a feedback loop on the contactors, i.e. a sub-system architecture type D.
Checking the required SIL
SIL Probability of dangerous failures per hour (PFHd)
3u 10-8 ... < 10-7
2u 10-7 ... < 10-6
1u 10-6 ... < 10-5
Stage 5: Design of the diagnostic function
Detection
SS1
Sub-system 1
Logic
SS2
Sub-system 2
SS
1.1
SS
1.2
SS3.1
SS3.2
Architecture DArchitecture B
Motor
control
SS3
Sub-system 3
Chapter 2
Safety chain
solution
bTechnical information on products listed in this catalog is
available at: www.schneider-electric.com
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/1
Contents Safety chain solutions
Safety functions
bSafety chain solutions
vSelection guide .......................................................................................page 2/2
vFunctions .................................................................................. pages 2/3 to 2/24
bSafety functions with detailed description
vEmergency stop
>Explanation of function ..................................................................page 2/26
>Typical architecture ........................................................................page 2/26
vGuard monitoring
>Explanation of function ..................................................................page 2/27
>Typical architecture ........................................................................page 2/28
vPerimeter guarding
>Explanation of function ..................................................................page 2/29
>Typical architecture ........................................................................page 2/29
vEnabling movement
>Explanation of function ..................................................................page 2/30
>Typical architecture ........................................................................page 2/30
vSpeed monitoring
>Explanation of function ..................................................................page 2/31
>Typical architecture ........................................................................page 2/32
vPosition monitoring
>Explanation of function ..................................................................page 2/33
>Typical architecture ........................................................................page 2/33
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/2
Selection guide Safety chain solutions
Emergency Stop with Embedded Safety Module Emergency Stop Pushbutton / Contactor Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/3
Emergency Stop Pushbutton / Contactor Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/4
with Embedded Safety PLC Emergency Stop Push Button / PacDrive 3 Drive Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/5
Guard Monitoring with Safety Module Limit switch / Contactor Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/6
Coded Magnetic Switch / Variable Speed Drive Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 1
see page 2/7
Guard switch / Variable Speed Drive Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 1
see page 2/8
Coded Magnetic Switch / Servo Drive Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 1
see page 2/9
Guard switch / Contactor Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/10
Coded Magnetic Switch / Contactor Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/11
with Embedded Safety Module Guard switch / Contactor Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/12
with Safety Controller Limit Switch / Contactor Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/13
with Embedded Safety PLC Guard Switch with lock/ PacDrive 3 Drive Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 1
see page 2/14
with Embedded Safety Servo Drive Coded Magnetic Switch / Embedded Safety Servo
Drive
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 2
see page 2/15
with Well Tried Components Limit Switch / Motor Starter Cat.3 PL c, SIL 1 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/16
Enabling movement with Safety Controller Two Hand Control Station / Contactor Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/17
Speed Monitoring with Safety Module Remanent Voltage detection and limit switch and
Guard switch with lock / Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/18
with Embedded Safety PLC Selector Switch / PacDrive 3 Drive Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Safe Limited
Speed
see page 2/19
Position Monitoring with Embedded Safety PLC Limit Switch / PacDrive 3 Drive Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 2
see page 2/20
Perimeter Guarding with Safety Module Safety Mat / Contactor Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/21
Single Beam Light curtains / Contactor Cat.3 PL c, SIL 1 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/22
with Embedded Safety Module Light curtain / Contactor Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
see page 2/23
Light curtain / Variable Speed Drive Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 1
see page 2/24
Function Processing device Input / Output Cat. PL, SIL / Stop Cat.
see page
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/3
Emergency Stop with Embedded Safety
Module
Emergency Stop Pushbutton / Contactor
Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Module - Modicon TM3SAC5R(G)
vSafety switches - Preventa XCS
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower light - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by Emergency stop push button to minimize
the consequences of possibly harmfull event.
The pushing of emergency stop push button is detected from opening contacts,
which are checked by the safety module.
Opening these contacts causes the deactivation of the safety module outputs (stop
category 0 according to EN/IEC 60204-1), which results in a switch-off of the motor
power supply to minimize hazard in case of emergency by means of the contactors
(K1 and K2).
Typical applications
>Machine-tools or similar machines with low inertia (no rundown time), where the
access to the hazardous area is limited to maintenance interventions
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/4
Emergency Stop with Embedded Safety
Module
Emergency Stop Pushbutton / Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Module - Modicon TM3SAF5R(G)
vSafety switches - Preventa XCS
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower light - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by Emergency stop push button to minimize
the consequences of possibly harmfull event.
The pushing of emergency stop push button is detected from opening contacts,
which are checked by the safety module.
Opening these contacts causes the deactivation of the safety module outputs (stop
category 0 according to EN/IEC 60204-1), which results in a switch-off of the motor
power supply to minimize hazard in case of emergency by means of the contactors
(K1 and K2).
The main contactors are monitored by the safety module to detect e.g. contact
welding, by means of their mirror contacts.
Typical applications
>Machine-tools or similar machines with low inertia (no rundown time), where the
access to the hazardous area is limited to maintenance interventions
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/5
Emergency Stop with Embedded Safety
PLC
Emergency Stop Push Button / PacDrive 3
Drive
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vPreventa Safety PLC TM5SLCpp (TM5SPS, SDIO, BC)
vSafety switches - Preventa XCS
vPacDrive 3
vHarmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by any stop or emergency stop command to
halt the machine and to unlock the moveable guard that prevents the access to the
hazardous area before the machine comes to a standstill.
Emergency stop command is detected by using an emergency stop push button in
positive actuation mode, which are then checked by the safety PLC allowing
detection of the opening contacts.
Actuation of the emergency stop or stop contacts initiates the functional stopping of
the machine by cutting-off torque from the motor. As electric motors run down, a
remanent voltage is produced in the windings of the motor due to residual
magnetism. This voltage is measured so as to detect the stopped condition of the
motor, providing the unlock signal for the electrically locked movable guard and for
engaging brakes after the motor has come to a standstill.
The continuity of the wiring between the motor windings and the inputs of the safety
modules are also monitored to prevent a cable breakage or fault being seen as a
stopped motor.
Typical applications
>Machine tools, robots, production test equipment, test benches
>Papermaking machines, textile production machines, calendars in the rubber
industry
>Process lines in plastics, chemicals or metal production, rolling-mills
>Cement crushing machines, cement kilns, mixers, centrifuges, extrusion
machines
>Drilling machines
>Conveyors, materials handling machines, hoisting equipment (cranes, gantries,
etc.)
>Pumps, fans, etc.
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/6
Function Safety chain solutions
Guard Monitoring with Safety Module
Limit switch / Contactor
Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Module - Preventa XPSAC
vSafety switches - Preventa XCS
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower light - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by the moveable guards designed to help
protecting from the the access to a hazardous zone. The opening of each guard is
detected by using two limit switches in combination mode (positive mode +
negative mode), which are checked by the safety module allowing detection of the
opening or the removal of the protective guard.
Opening of any of these guards causes the deactivation of the safety module
outputs (stop category 0 according to EN/IEC 60204-1), which results in a
switch-off of the motor power supply to prevent possible hazardous movements or
states by means of the contactors (K1 and K2).
The main contactors are monitored by the safety module to detect e.g. contact
welding, by means of their mirror contacts.
Typical applications
>Assembling, textile, printing or similar machines where the access to the
hazardous area is limited to maintenance interventions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/7
Guard Monitoring with Safety Module
Coded Magnetic Switch -
Variable Speed Drive
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 1
Function Safety chain solutions
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSafety Module - Preventa XPSAV
vCoded magnetic switches - Preventa XCSDM
vVariable speed drive - Altivar 32
vModular beacon and tower lights -Harmony XVB
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by a moveable guard that helps protecting
from the access to the hazardous area.
Controlled stopping with power maintained to the actuator (drive) to achieve
stopping (i.e. braking), then cut-off of power when standstill is reached (Safe Stop 1).
The hazardous movement is interrupted either if the stop button (S2) or the
emergency stop device (S3) is actuated.
Opening of this guard is detected by a magnetic switch, which initiates the
functional stopping of the drive, i.e. by a braking ramp (stop category 1 in
accordance with EN/IEC 60204-1).
After the delay time monitored by the safety module has elapsed, the safety
delayed outputs are deactivated. The drive is then halted, by the “safe torque off”
(STO) safety function integrated within it, which prevents the motor from restarting
unintentionally.
The switching of the STO and LI3 input is monitored by the drive. The power stage
is disabled if the time offset is exceeded. The motor can no longer generate torque
and coasts down without braking.
The safety module also monitors the consistent actuation of the redundant coded
magnetic switch contacts to detect possible failure, before restart of the machine
movement is permitted.
Typical applications
>Machines that use drives in their movements due to high speed and precision
needed (i.e. textile, wood-working or simple packaging machines), when the
delayed initiation of the stopping in the event of a fault must not involve an
unacceptably high residual risk
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/8
Guard Monitoring with Safety Module
Guard switch / Variable Speed Drive
Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 1
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vEmergency stop function - Harmony XALK
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Guard switches - Preventa XCSB, XCS
vSafety module - Preventa XPSATE
vVariable speed drive - Altivar 71
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by a moveable guard that helps protecting
from the access to the hazardous area.
Controlled stopping with power maintained to the actuator (drive) to achieve
stopping (i.e. braking), then cut-off of power when standstill is reached (Safe Stop 1).
The hazardous movement is interrupted either if the stop button (S2) or the
emergency stop device (S3) is actuated. (*)
Opening of this guard is detected by a safety guard switch, which initiates the
functional stopping of the drive, i.e. by a braking ramp (stop category 1 in
accordance with EN/IEC 60204-1).
After the delay time monitored by the safety module has elapsed, the safety
delayed outputs are deactivated. The drive is then halted, by the “safe torque off”
(STO) safety function integrated within it, which prevents the motor from restarting
unintentionally.
The safety module also monitors the consistent actuation of the redundant guard
switch contacts to detect possible failure, before restart of the machine movement
is permitted.
(*) The function for stopping in an emergency is a protective measure which
complements the safety functions for the safeguarding of hazardous zones
according to EN/ISO 12100-2.
Typical applications
>Machines that use drives in their movements due to high speed and precision
needed (i.e. stacker-cranes used on automatic storage and retrieval systems),
when the delayed initiation of the stopping in the event of a fault must not involve
an unacceptably high residual risk
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/9
Guard Monitoring with Safety Module
Coded Magnetic Switch / Servo Drive
Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 1
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vCoded magnetic system - Preventa XCSDM
vSafety Module - Preventa XPSAV
vServo Drive - Lexium 32
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by any of the moveable guards that helps
protecting from the access to the hazardous area.
Controlled stop with power available to the actuators (servo-drive) to achieve the
stop (i.e. by controlled braking). Power is not interrupted until the stop is achieved
(Safe Stop 1).
After activating the function, the servo motor is braked in a controlled manner,
maintaining the power on the actuators. The power is then cut after the machine
has come to a halt.
Opening of a guard is detected by a coded magnetic switch system that activates
via the safety module the “Halt” function on the servo-drive; any active movement
is decelerated via the adjusted ramp.
After the delay time monitored by the safety module has elapsed, the safety
delayed outputs (stop category 1 in accordance with EN/IEC 60204-1) are
deactivated. The servo-drive power stage is then disabled, via the “safe torque off”
(STO) safety function integrated within it, which prevents the servo-motor from
restarting unintentionally.
The switching of the two redundant STO inputs is monitored by the servo-drive.
The power stage is disabled and an error message is generated if the time offset (<
1 sec) is exceeded. The servo-motor can no longer generate torque and coasts
down without braking.
The safety module also monitors the consistent actuation of the magnetic switch
contacts to detect possible failure, before restart of the machine movement is
permitted.
Opening or removal of the protective guard is detected by means of the coded
magnetic switch system, which are particularly usable for guards without accurate
guidance and for use in difcult environments (dust, liquids, etc.).
Typical applications
>Packaging, printing, or similar machines that use servo-drives in their
movements due to high speed and precision needed, on which non-braking
stopping would result in a impermissibly long run-down of the hazardous tool
movements
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/10
Guard Monitoring with Safety Module
Guard switch / Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Module - Preventa XPSAF
vSafety Guard switches - Preventa XCSB, XCS
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower light - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by a moveable guard designed to help
protecting from the access to a hazardous zone.
The opening of this guard is detected by using a guard switch, which is checked by
the safety module allowing detection of the opening or the removal of the protective
guard according to EN1088.
Opening of this guard causes the deactivation of the safety module outputs (stop
category 0 according to EN/IEC 60204-1), which results in a switch-off of the motor
power supply to prevent possible hazardous movements or states by means of the
contactors (K1 and K2).
The main contactors are monitored by the safety module to detect e.g. contact
welding, by means of their mirror contacts.
Typical applications
>Assembling, machining centers or similar machines tools, where the access to
the hazardous area is frequent or with long exposure time
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/11
Guard Monitoring with Safety Module
Coded Magnetic Switch / Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Module - Preventa XPSDM
vCoded magnetic system - Preventa XCSDM
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower light - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by any of the moveable guards that helps
protecting from the access to the hazardous area.
The opening of each guard is detected by using magnetic switches, which are
checked by the safety module by means of a combination of contacts (normally
closed and normally open).
Opening of any of these guards causes the deactivation of the safety module
outputs, which results in the switching-off of the motor power supply by means of
the contactors K1 and K2 (stop category 0 according to EN/IEC 60204-1) to help
prevent possible hazardous movements or states.
The main contactors are monitored by the safety module to detect contact welding
by means of the mirror contacts.
The safety module also monitors the consistent actuation of the magnetic switch
contacts to detect any failure, before restart of the machine movement is permitted.
Opening or removal of the protective guard is detected by means of the coded
magnetic switches, which are particularly useful for guards without accurate
guidance and for use in difcult environments (dust, liquids, etc.).
Typical applications
>Assembling, packaging or similar compacted machines with a short rundown
time and where the access to the hazardous area is very frequent
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/12
Guard Monitoring with Embedded Safety
Module
Guard switch / Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Module - Modicon TM3SAF5R(G)
vSafety switches - Preventa XCS
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower light - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by a moveable guard designed to help
protecting from the access to a hazardous zone.
The opening of this guard is detected by using a guard switch, which is checked by
the safety module allowing detection of the opening or the removal of the protective
guard according to EN1088.
Opening of this guard causes the deactivation of the safety module outputs (stop
category 0 according to EN/IEC 60204-1), which results in a switch-off of the motor
power supply to prevent possible hazardous movements or states by means of the
contactors (K1 and K2).
The main contactors are monitored by the safety module to detect e.g. contact
welding, by means of their mirror contacts.
Typical applications
>Assembling, machining centers or similar machines tools, where the access to
the hazardous area is frequent or with long exposure time
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/13
Guard Monitoring with Safety Controller
Limit Switch / Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons - Harmony XB4
vEmergency stop control station - Harmony XALK
vTwo-Hand control station - Preventa XY2 SB
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vLogic controller - Modicon M258
vGuard interlock switch and safety
vswiitches - Preventa XCS
vSafety Controller - Preventa XPS MC
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower light - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by a moveable guard that helps protecting
from the access to a hazardous zone.
The guard opening is detected by using a solenoid locked switch in combination
with a limit switch in positive operating mode, which are checked by the safety
module allowing detection of the opening or removal of the protective guard.
Opening of the moveable guard causes the deactivation of the safety module
outputs which results in switching-off the motor power supply by means of the
contactors K1 and K2 to help prevent possible hazardous movements (stop
category 0 according to EN/IEC 60204-1).
The motor can be also de-energized when the emergency stop device (S1) is
actuated.(*)
The main contactors are monitored by the safety controller to detect for example
contact welding, by means of the mirror contacts.
The safety controller also monitors the consistent actuation of the limit switch
contacts to detect failure, before restart of the machine movement is permitted.(*)
(*) The function for stopping in an emergency is a protective measure which
complements the safety functions for the safeguarding of hazardous zones
according to EN/ISO 12100-2.
Typical applications
>Plastic injection, eccentric press or similar complex machines with 4 or more
safety functions included, where a centralized safety controller would be
required
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/14
Guard Monitoring with Embedded Safety
PLC
Guard Switch with lock/ PacDrive 3 Drive
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 1
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vPreventa Safety PLC TM5SLCpp (TM5 Slices > SPS, SDIO, BC)
vSafety switches - Preventa XCS
vPacDrive 3
vHarmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by a moveable guard that helps preventing
access to the hazardous area.
Controlled stopping with power maintained to the actuator (drive) to achieve
stopping (i.e. braking), then cut-off of power when standstill is reached (Safe Stop 1).
The hazardous movement is interrupted either if the stop button or the emergency
stop device is actuated. Opening of this guard is detected by limit switches, which
initiates the functional stopping of the drive, i.e. by a braking ramp (stop category 1
in accordance with EN/IEC 60204-1).
After the delay time monitored by the drive has elapsed, drive halts itself, by the
“safe torque off” (STO) safety function integrated within it, which prevents the motor
from restarting unintentionally. The switching of the STO and input is monitored by
the drive. When the motor can no longer generate torque, the safety PLC is notied
and it can provide the unlock signal for the electrically locked movable guard or
engaging brakes.
The safety module also monitors the consistent actuation of the redundant limit
switch contacts to detect possible failure, before restart of the machine movement
is permitted.
Typical applications
>Machine tools, robots, production test equipment, test benches
>Papermaking machines, textile production machines, calendars in the rubber
industry
>Process lines in plastics, chemicals or metal production, rolling-mills
>Cement crushing machines, cement kilns, mixers, centrifuges, extrusion
machines
>Drilling machines
>Conveyors, materials handling machines, hoisting equipment (cranes, gantries,
etc.)
>Pumps, fans, etc.
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/15
Guard Monitoring with Embedded Safety
Servo Drive
Coded Magnetic Switch / Embedded Safety
Servo Drive
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 2
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vGuard switches - Preventa XCSLE
vEnhanced Safety Module (eSM) - Lexium 32M
vServo drive - Lexium 32M
vHuman machine interface - Magelis XBT GH
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
Function
Safety-related stop function realized by a moveable guard that helps protecting
from the access to the hazardous area.
The hazardous movement is interrupted either if the stop button (S2) or the
emergency stop device (S3) is actuated, which initiates the functional stopping of
the servo-drive, i.e. by a deceleration ramp.
The Safe Stop 2 safety function is used to achieve a category 2 safe stop in
accordance with EN/IEC 61800-5-2, where the servo motor is braked in a
controlled manner, maintaining the power on the actuators.
The safety function SS2 (Safe Stop 2), integrated in the enhanced safety module
(eSM) card, monitors the deceleration and the standstill position.
When the SS2 function is triggered, a deceleration of movement is monitored with
the specied monitoring ramp up to standstill. The motor is then immobilized by the
“safe operating stop” (SOS) function, which is used to monitor any deviation from
the standstill position.
If the monitored deceleration ramp is violated or the monitored standstill position is
not maintained, the drive is halted by the “safe torque off” (STO) function, which
prevents the motor from restarting unintentionally.
The eSM card also monitors the consistent actuation of the redundant switch
contacts from the magnetic switch to detect possible failure, before restart of the
machine movement is permitted.
Typical applications
>Packaging, printing, or similar machines that use servo-drives in their
movements due to high speed and precision needed, on which non-braking
stopping would result in a impermissibly long run-down of the hazardous tool
movements
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/16
Guard Monitoring with Well Tried
Components
Limit Switch / Motor Starter
Cat.3 PL c, SIL 1 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vEmergency stop function - Harmony XALK
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vMotor starter - TeSys U
vSafety Guard switches - Preventa XCS
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
Function
Stop function initiated by a moveable protective guard.
Opening of this guard is detected by a guard switch, which interrupts the control
voltage of the motor starter (stop category 0 according to EN/IEC 60204-1) to help
preventing possible hazardous movements.
The break contact of this guard switch interrupts the control circuit directly when
the protective guard is not in the safe position.
The motor is also de-energized when either of the emergency stop devices (S1 or
S2) are actuated.(*)
The safety function is fully dependent upon the reliability of the components.
(*) The function for stopping in an emergency is a protective measure which
complements the safety functions for the safeguarding of hazardous zones
according to EN/ISO 12100-2.
Typical applications
>Machine-tools or similar machines with low inertia (no rundown time), where the
access to the hazardous area is limited to maintenance interventions
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/17
Enabling movement with Safety Controller
Two Hand Control Station / Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons - Harmony XB4
vEmergency stop control station - Harmony XALK
vTwo-Hand control station - Preventa XY2SB
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vLogic controller - Modicon M258
vGuard interlock switch - Preventa XCS
vSafety Controller - Preventa XPS MC
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower light - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related function to help control the location of the operator’s hands outside
the hazardous area during a hazardous movement of the machine.
To initiate a movement, both actuators (two-hand control pushbuttons S3 and S4)
must be activated synchronously (within an interval less than 0,5 sec.) to energize
the contactors (K1 and K2). When at least one of the two pushbuttons is released,
the energization is cancelled and remains blocked until both pushbuttons are
released and pressed again synchronously.
The logic device (Safety Controller) monitors operation of the actuators
(pushbuttons). Faults in the actuating mechanism as well as the cable wiring are
detected in S3/S4 by the use of two contacts employing a normally open (NO) and
normally closed (NC) combination.
Faults in K1/K2 (with mirror contacts) are detected in the safety controller and lead
to de-energization of the contactors (K1 and K2).
Typical applications
>Hydraulic, eccentric press or similar complex machines with 4 or more safety
functions included, where a centralized safety controller would be required
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/18
Speed Monitoring with Safety Module
Remanent Voltage detection and limit
switch and Guard switch with lock /
Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vLogic controller - Modicon M258
vGuard lock switch - Preventa XCSE
vSafety Module - Preventa XPS
vContactor - TeSys D
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by any stop or emergency stop command to
halt the machine and to unlock the moveable guard that prevents the access to the
hazardous area before the machine comes to a standstill.
Guard opening is detected by using a solenoid locking guard switch in combination
with a limit switch in positive actuation mode, which are then checked by the safety
module allowing detection of the opening or removal of the protective guard.
Actuation of the emergency stop or stop contacts initiates the functional stopping of
the machine by switching-off the motor power supply. As electric motors run down,
a remanent voltage is produced in the windings of the motor due to residual
magnetism.
This voltage is measured so as to detect the stopped condition of the motor,
providing the unlock signal for the electrically locked movable guard and for
engaging brakes after the motor has come to a standstill.
The continuity of the wiring between the motor windings and the inputs of the safety
module is also monitored to prevent a cable breakage or fault being seen as a
stopped motor The main contactors are monitored by the safety modules by means
of the mirror contacts to detect e.g. contact welding.
The safety modules also monitor the consistent actuation of the limit switch
contacts to detect failure, before restart of the machine movement is permitted.
Typical applications
>On metal, wood work or similar high inertia machines with a long run-down of the
hazardous tool movements, and where an electronically interlock guard is used
to protect the hazardous area
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/19
Speed Monitoring with Embedded Safety
PLC
Selector Switch / PacDrive 3 Drive
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Safe Limited Speed
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vPreventa Safety PLC TM5SLCpp (TM5 Slices> SPS, SDIO, BC)
vSafety switches - Preventa XCS
vPacDrive 3
vHarmony XVB
Function
Safety-related Speed monitoring function initiated by a safe command to control
the machine and to unlock the moveable guard that prevents the access to the
hazardous area before the machine comes to a safe speed.
Selector switch status change is detected by using a selector switch or standard
PLC signal for change in operating mode, which are then checked by the safety
PLC allowing detection of the change in operating mode of the machine.
Actuation of the selector switch or standard PLC signal initiates the control
rampdown of the machine by drive controller. As electric motors run down,
monitored by built in encoder, then speed will be continuosly monitored. If at any
time the speed of the motor exceeds the specied limit, SS1 or STO function is
initiated for monitored stop or free whiling stop.
The continuity of the wiring between the motor windings and the inputs of the safety
modules are also monitored to prevent a cable breakage or fault being seen as a
stopped motor.
The safety modules also monitor the consistent actuation of the limit switch
contacts to detect failure, before restart of the machine movement is permitted.
Typical applications
>Machine tools, robots, production test equipment, test benches
>Papermaking machines, textile production machines, calendars in the rubber
industry
>Process lines in plastics, chemicals or metal production, rolling-mills
>Cement crushing machines, cement kilns, mixers, centrifuges, extrusion
machines
>Drilling machines
>Conveyors, materials handling machines, hoisting equipment (cranes, gantries,
etc.)
>Pumps, fans, etc.
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/20
Position Monitoring with Embedded Safety
PLC
Limit Switch / PacDrive 3 Drive
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 2
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vPreventa Safety PLC TM5SLCp p (TM5 Slices> SPS, SDIO, BC)
vSafety Switches - Preventa XCS
vPacDrive 3
vHarmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by any stop or emergency stop command to
halt the machine and to unlock the moveable guard that prevents the access to the
hazardous area before the machine comes to a standstill.
Guard opening is detected by using a Coded magnetic switch, which are then
checked by the safety PLC allowing detection of the opening or removal of the
protective guard.
Actuation of the stop contacts initiates the functional stopping of the machine by
control ramp down of the motor then monitor the motor position, for the stand still. If
the position of the motor is violated the SS1 or STO will be initiated.
The continuity of the wiring between the motor windings and the inputs of the safety
modules are also monitored to prevent a cable breakage or fault being seen as a
stopped motor. The main contactors are monitored by the safety modules by
means of the mirror contacts to detect e.g. contact welding.
The safety modules also monitor the consistent actuation of the coded magnetic
switch contacts to detect failure, before restart of the machine movement is
permitted.
Typical applications
>Machine tools, robots, production test equipment, test benches
>Papermaking machines, textile production machines, calendars in the rubber
industry
>Process lines in plastics, chemicals or metal production, rolling-mills
>Cement crushing machines, cement kilns, mixers, centrifuges, extrusion
machines
>Drilling machines
>Conveyors, materials handling machines, hoisting equipment (cranes, gantries,
etc.)
>Pumps, fans, etc.
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/21
Perimeter Guarding with Safety Module
Safety Mat / Contactor
Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Module - Preventa XPSAK
vSafety Mats - Preventa XY2TP
vContactor - Tesys D
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by any of the safety mats installed around the
different potentially hazardous zones dened by the dangerous movement of the
machine.
The hazardous movement is interrupted either if the emergency stop device (S1) or
any of the safety mats (SM1 or SM2) is actuated.
Stepping on the safety mat deactivates the safety module outputs, which results in
the switching-off of the motor power supply by means of the contactors K1 and K2
(stop category 0 in accordance with EN/IEC 60204-1) in order to prevent possible
hazardous movements or states.
The safety mat provides a protection zone between machine operator and any
dangerous movements and enables free access for the loading and unloading of
the machine.
The safety module monitors the consistent actuation of the redundant safety mat
contacts to detect possible failures.
The main contactors are also monitored by the safety module by means of the
mirror contacts, to detect contact welding.
The resetting of the function can be performed manually or automatically,
depending on the conguration of the safety module, before renewed start-up of
the machine movement. (*)
(*) The function for stopping in an emergency is a protective measure which
complements the safety functions for the safeguarding of hazardous zones
according to EN/ISO 12100-2.
Typical applications
>Machines which use a free and very frequent access to the hazardous area,
where a high number of interventions are needed
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/22
Perimeter Guarding with Safety Module
Single Beam Light curtains / Contactor
Cat.3 PL c, SIL 1 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbutton, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety light curtains, single-beam for body detections - Preventa XU2S
vPhoto-electric sensors - OsiSense XU
vSafety Module - Preventa XPSCM
vContactor - Tesys D
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by several single-beam photo-electric devices
used as protective equipment (ESPE Type 2 according to EN/IEC 61496-1 and
EN/IEC 61496-2).
An interruption of the detection eld causes the safety outputs to open. The
deactivation of the safety outputs results in the switching-off of the motor power
supply by means of the contactor (K1) to help to prevent possible hazardous
movements or states The photo-electric devices (B1...B4) are cyclically tested and
monitored by the safety module to detect possible failures.
A muting function can be enabled by means of photo-electric sensors (A1, A2). It
allows the light curtain’s detection function to be temporary inhibited without
triggering the stop function.
During the muting time interval, materials can be transported through the
hazardous area and the muting indicator light (H1) indicates to the operator this
temporary disabling of protection.
Typical applications
>Palletizing stations with automatic control system where pallets would pass
frequently through the hazardous area
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/23
Perimeter Guarding with Embedded Safety
Module
Light curtain / Contactor
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety light curtains, single-beam for body detections - Preventa XU2S
vPhoto-electric sensors - OsiSense XU
vSafety Module - Modicon TM3SAK6R(G)
vContactor - Tesys D
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by safety light curtain (ESPE Type 4 according
to EN/IEC 61496-1 and EN/IEC 61496-2).
An interruption of the detection eld causes the safety outputs to open. The
deactivation of the safety outputs results in the switching-off of the motor power
supply by means of the contactor (K1) to help to prevent possible hazardous
movements or states.
The safety light curtain receivers and outputs are cyclically tested and monitored
by the safety light curtain to detect possible failures.
Typical applications
>Palletizing stations with automatic control system where pallets would pass
frequently through the hazardous area
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/24
Perimeter Guarding with Embedded Safety
Module
Light curtain / Variable Speed Drive
Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 1
Related Products
vSwitches, pushbuttons, emergency stop - Harmony XB4
vSwitch mode Power supply - Phaseo ABL8
vSafety Module - Modicon TM3SAFL5R(G)
vSafety light curtains
vVariable speed drive - Altivar 32
vModular beacon and tower lights - Harmony XVB
Function
Safety-related stop function initiated by a safety light curtain (ESPE Type 4
according to EN/IEC 61496-1 and EN/IEC 61496-2). Controlled stopping with
power maintained to the drive to achieve stopping (i.e. braking), then cut-off of
power when standstill is reached (Safe Stop 1).
The hazardous movement is interrupted either if the stop button (S2) or the
emergency stop device (S3) is actuated. An interruption of the detection eld
initiates the functional stopping of the drive, i.e. by a braking ramp (stop category 1
in accordance with EN/IEC 60204-1).
After the delay time monitored by the drive has elapsed, the drive is halted, by the
“safe torque off” (STO) safety function integrated within it, which prevents the motor
from restarting unintentionally.
The switching of the LI3 input is monitored by the drive. The power stage is
disabled when the time offset is exceeded.
Typical applications
>Machines that use drives in their movements due to high speed and precision
needed (i.e. textile, wood-working or simple packaging machines), when the
delayed initiation of the stopping in the event of a fault must not involve an
unacceptably high residual risk
Function Safety chain solutions
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/25
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/26
Detailed description Safety functions
Emergency stop
Explanation of function
International standard EN/ISO 13850 (replaces standard EN 418) species
the functional requirements and design principles of emergency stop
devices.
Stop types:
Stop category 0 and/or stop category 1 and/or stop category 2 stop functions shall
be provided as indicated by the risk assessment and the functional requirements of
the machine:
Stop Category 0:
Stopping by immediate removal of power to the machine actuators (i.e. an
uncontrolled stop – stopping of machine motion by removing electrical power to the
machine actuators)
Stop Category 1:
A controlled stop (stopping of machine motion with electrical power to the machine
actuators maintained during the stopping process) with power available to the
machine actuators to achieve the stop and then removal of power when the stop is
achieved
Stop Category 2:
A controlled stop with power left available to the machine actuators
For the Emergency stop function either Stop Category 0 or Stop Category 1 is
chosen according to the risk assessment results.
It applies to all machines, whatever type of energy is used to control this function.
When the emergency stop instruction ceases, the effect must be maintained until it
is reset. Manual resetting must only be possible in the location where the
instruction was given. Resetting must not start the machine, but simply enable the
starting cycle.
Restarting of the machine must not be possible until the emergency stop has been
reset.
Where required, facilities to connect protective devices and interlocks shall be
provided. If such a protective device or interlock causes a stop of the machine, it
may be necessary for that condition to be signalled to the logic of the control
system. The reset of the stop function shall not initiate any hazardous situation.
Where more than one control station is provided, stop commands from any control
station shall be effective when required by the risk assessment of the machine.
In addition to the requirements for the emergency stop function has the following
requirements:
vIt shall override all other functions and operations in all modes
vPower to the machine actuators that can cause a hazardous situation(s) shall be
either removed immediately (stop category 0) or shall be controlled in such a way
to stop the hazardous motion as quickly as possible (stop category 1) without
creating other hazards
vReset shall not initiate a restart
The choice between these two stopping methods is determined by an evaluation of
the machine-related risks.
This function includes several sub-functions either Safe Torque off (stop category
0), Safe Stop 1 (stop category 1) or Safe Stop 2 (stop category 2) and is
represented by the drawings opposite.
The operator interface may be:
vPushbutton equipped with a mushroom head
vCable actuated switch
vFoot switch
Typical architecture
Safety chain solution:
>Emergency Stop with Embedded Safety Module / Emergency Stop Pushbutton /
Contactor / Cat.3 PL d, SIL2, Stop Category 0
>Emergency Stop with Embedded Safety Module / Emergency Stop Pushbutton /
Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL3, Stop Category 0
>Emergency Stop with Modular Safety Controller / Emergency Stop Pushbutton /
Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL3, Stop Category 0
>Emergency Stop with Embedded Safety PLC / Emergency Stop Pushbutton /
PacDrive 3 drive STO / Cat.4 PL e, SIL3 / Stop Category 0
Emergency stop
Stop category 0:
Emergency stop function
Stop category 1
STO: Safe Torque Off
v
STO
t
0
SS1: Safe Stop 1, STO: Safe Torque Off
SS1
dec_Qstop
STO
vmax
0v=0 200ms
SS2: Safe Stop 2, SOS: Safe Operating Stop
vmax
v
t
0
SS2
SOS
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/27
Detailed description Safety functions
Guard monitoring
Guard with guard locking
device
Guard without guard
locking device
System with two
safety limit switches
Combination of actuator
operated guard switches
and safety limit switches
Guard monitoring Explanation of function
Guards without guard locking device
On a large number of potentially dangerous machines, the operator must be kept at
a distance during operation, but needs to take action when the machine is stopped
to position a part, remove a product or adjust a tool.
An effective means of protection is to install a guard which, according to the type of
installation, will cut-off the power to the motor if an attempt is made to open it during
the machine operating phase.
In all cases, it must not be possible to restart the machine until the guard is closed.
Depending on the level of protection required, the system will comprise two
conventional limit switches or a combination of protected, actuator operated guard
switches to prevent tampering.
Guards with guard locking device
This type of guard is necessary for potentially dangerous machines with high
inertia (long rundown time).
The guard is interlocked (by a solenoid for example); it cannot be opened until the
machine has come to a complete standstill.
Typical architecture
Safety chain solution:
>Guard Monitoring with Well Tried Components / Limit switch / Motor Starter /
Cat.3 PL c, SIL 1 / Stop Category 0
>Guard Monitoring with Safety Module / Limit switch / Contactor /
Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 0
>Guard Monitoring with Safety Module / Guard switch with lock / Contactor /
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
>Guard Monitoring with Safety Module / Guard switch with lock /
Variable speed drive / Cat.3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 1
>Guard Monitoring with Embedded Safety Module / Guard switch with lock /
Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
>Guard Monitoring with Safety Controller / Limit switch / Contactor /
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
>Guard Monitoring with Modular Safety Controller / Guard switch with lock /
Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
>Guard Monitoring with Embedded Safety PLC / Guard switch with lock /
PacDrive 3 Drive SS1 / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 1
Combination of actuator
operated guard switches
with guard locking and
safety limit switches
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/28
Detailed description Safety functions
Guard Monitoring
Functions of a coded magnetic guard switch system
Self-contained coded magnetic system
(integral processing)
Processing of the signal
Coded magnetic
guard switches
Functions of coded magnetic guard switches
Coded magnetic guard switch
Guard Monitoring Explanation of function
Coded magnetic guard switch and system
A non-contact solution is often used on industrial machines tted with a door or
guards with imprecise guiding.
It is particularly suitable for machines subjected to frequent washing or splashing of
liquids as well as small machines with a single guard for self-contained systems.
Depending on the models used, the sensing distance will be between 5 and 10 mm.
The reed contacts used for the coded magnetic switches cannot withstand short
circuits and the switches always incorporate a resistor in series. Their operation
can therefore only be guaranteed with the associated processing module.
The Hall-effect self-contained systems with integral processing do not require any
further processing of the signal.
The illustrations opposite show the functions of coded magnetic guard switches
and of a system.
Typical architecture
Safety chain solution:
>Guard Monitoring with Safety Module / Coded Magnetic switch / Contactor /
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
>Guard Monitoring with Safety Module / Coded Magnetic switch /
Variable speed drive / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 1
>Guard Monitoring with Safety Module / Coded Magnetic switch / Servos drive /
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 1
>Guard Monitoring with Embedded Safety Servo Drive / Coded Magnetic switch /
Embedded Safety Servo drive / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/29
Detailed description Safety functions
Perimeter guarding
Safety light curtain
Safety distance
Hazardous zone
Transmitter
Light curtain
Optical axis Receiver
Perimeter guarding Explanation of function
Safety light curtains
Safety light curtains are electro-sensitive systems (Electro-Sensitive Protective
Equipment) designed to protect persons working in the vicinity of machinery, by
stopping dangerous movements when a light beam is broken.
The absence of a door or guard reduces loading, inspection or tool changing times.
This type of system, dened by standards EN/IEC 61496-1 and EN/IEC 61496-2, is
frequently used with machines such as:
vpresses
vmachine tools
vassembly lines, etc.
The machine must be designed so that it is impossible to gain access to dangerous
movements without breaking one or more of the light beams.
In addition, the movement must be stopped whatever the entry speed of the
operator into the hazardous zone.
The diagram opposite illustrates the operation of a light curtain.
Typical architecture
Safety chain solution:
>Perimeter Guarding with Safety Module / Single beam Light Curtains / Contactor
/ Cat.3 PL c, SIL 1 / Stop Category 0
>Perimeter Guarding with Embedded Safety Module / Light Curtain /
Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
>Perimeter Guarding with Embedded Safety Module / Light Curtain /
Variable Speed Drive / Cat .3 PL d, SIL 2 / Stop Category 1
>Perimeter Guarding with Modular Safety Controller / Light Curtain /
Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
Explanation of function
Safety mats
Safety mats are used to detect persons walking across or standing on the mat or
objects falling onto the mat.
Standards EN 1760-1/ISO 13856 dene their performance.
Any detection of an object on the mat initiates stopping of any dangerous machine
movement.
Restarting can be controlled manually or automatically, depending on the
conguration of the associated processing unit.
When pressure is applied, the mat distorts locally and the integrated sensors are
short-circuited.
The special design of these sensors requires that the mat and the detection module
be matched.
In general, several mats are used to cover the safety zone.
The safety distance S, dened by the standard, takes into account the speed at
which a person can cross the safety zone to reach the hazardous zone.
Typical architecture
Safety chain solution:
>Perimeter Guarding with Safety Module / Safety Mat / Contactor /
Cat.3 PL d, SIL2 / Stop Category 0
Example of a safety mat application
Hazardous zone
Mat
Mat Mat Mat
Mat
S S
S
Sensing limit
Safety zone
Safety mat
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/30
Detailed description Safety functions
Enabling movement
Functions of a two-hand control station
Input signal
Signal generator
Output signal
Signal conversion
Enabling Switch
Marking identifying
an enabling switch
Enabling switch XY2 AU1:
2 enabling functions, 3 positions + 1 N/C
3-position enabling
switch
Connection to
control circuit
Enabling movement Explanation of function
Two-hand control stations
Standards ISO 13851 and EN 574 dene this device. It requires simultaneous
operation by both hands in order to start and maintain operation of a machine. It
therefore provides protection exclusively for the person operating it.
A diagram representing the function is given opposite; it must meet the following
requirements:
>Concurrent, maintained operation of the two input controls for the same period of
time
>Synchronous operation; the delay between the two signals must not exceed 0.5 s
>Prevention of accidental operation (mechanical guard)
>Protection against tampering
Enabling switches, allow authorized personnel to carry out maintenance,
adjustment or programming operations within hazardous zones of machines,
provided certain conditions are met. These devices conform to standards EN/IEC
60947-5-8 and EN/IEC 60204-1. In effect, to gain access, these operations, often
performed at reduced speed, must be selected by authorized personnel using
selectors with key or equivalent.
Important note: the enabling switch alone must not lead to the actuation of any
dangerous movements associated with the machine; a secondary, intentional,
control action is required from the operator. All devices which conform to the
standard must be identied by the marking scheme shown opposite.
Enabling Switch
Operating principle
The three possible states are:
>Position 0: contact open (control operator at rest)
>Position 1: contact closed (control operator depressed to normal enabling
position)
>Position 2: contact open (control operator fully depressed)
When the switch is depressed in position 1, it must return to position 0 when
released. The switch must change from position 1 to position 2 when pressed more
rmly. When it is released from position 2 to position 0, the switching contact must
not close.
Typical architecture
Safety chain solution:
>Enable Machine Movement with Safety Controller / Two Hand Control Station /
Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3
>Enable Machine Movement with Modular Safety Controller /
Two Hand Control Station / Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3
Position 0
Position 1
Position 2
Moderate
pressure
Firm pressure
Open state
Release
Release
Closed state
Open state
Operating principle of an enabling switch
Two-hand control stations
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/31
Speed monitoring Explanation of function
Zero speed monitoring
Detection principle
The two sensors to be arranged that only one sensor is activated at any given time.
If the inputs are in the low state, the zero speed signal will disappear after t=1/f
seconds and an open-circuit will be indicated. If the 2 inputs are in the high state,
the zero speed signal will disappear after t=1/f seconds and a short-circuit will be
indicated. If the 2 inputs are in the high or low state after starting, no enabling will
take place.
Sensor States and Behavior
Switch-on Sequence
State of Sensor 1 0 0 (1) 1
State of Sensor 2 0 1 (1) 1
Behavior Error Message Zero Speed Notication (2)
Output 0 1 0
Operation
State of Sensor 1 0 0 (1) 1
State of Sensor 2 0 1 (1) 1
Behavior Error Message Zero Speed Notication
Output 0 1 1
(1) If the state of the sensors is inverse (0/1, 1/0), the behavior is identical.
(2) If the rmware version is earlier than 2.34 an error message (short circuit between inputs)
appears instead of a notication. This error message must be acknowledged with the reset
button.
Detection principle 2
Preventa safety modules XPSVNE for zero speed detection are used to detect the
stop condition of electric motors. Their most common applications include:
providing the unlock signal for electrically interlocked sliding or removable machine
guards, controlling rotation direction signals for reversing motors and engaging
locking brakes after a motor has come to a standstill.
As electric motors run down, a remanent voltage is produced in the windings of the
motor due to residual magnetism. This voltage is proportional to the speed of the
motor and, therefore, decreases as the motor comes to a standstill.
This remanent voltage is measured in a redundant manner so as to detect the stop
condition of the motor. The cabling between the motor windings and the inputs of
the XPSVNE module is also monitored to prevent a cabling breakage or fault being
seen as a stopped motor.
A transformer should not be used to connect the motor to terminals Z1, Z2 and Z3
since there is no monitoring of the connection with the motor winding via the
resistance monitoring.
Modules XPSVNE are suitable for detecting the stop condition of all types of AC
or DC motor driven machines which, when the motor runs down, produce a
remanent voltage in the windings due to residual magnetism. These machines can
be controlled by electronic devices, such as variable speed drives or DC injection
brakes. The input lters for standard XPSVNE modules are designed for a frequency
of up to 60 Hz.
For motors operating at a frequency higher than 60 Hz, which therefore produce a
high frequency remanent voltage, special modules XPSVNEppppHS should be
used. Modules XPSVNE have t2 potentiometers mounted on the front face of the
module which allow independent adjustment of the switching threshold for each
input circuit. This allows adjustment for different types of motors and application
requirements. To aid diagnostics, modules XPSVNE have 4 LEDs and 2 solid-state
outputs to provide information on the status of the zero speed detection circuit.
Detailed description Safety functions
Speed monitoring
Input 1 (I1)
Sensor B1
Input 2 (I2)
Sensor B2
Output
Zero speed
f1, f2 < f max.
Rotation
f1, f2 > f max.
Zero speed
f1, f2 < f max.
Sensor control
Sensor B1
Sensor B2
Speed monitoring
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/32
Detailed description Safety functions
Speed monitoring
Speed monitoring Explanation of function
Motion safety functions
Safety-limited speed
The SLS function prevents the motor from exceeding the specied speed limit.
When this function is initiated the machine starts to decelerate to the specied safe
speed v2 with in the specied time t2. Once the machine reaches the safe speed
v2 then the function will monitor the speed stays below safe speed v2.
In case of speed exceeding specied speed during time t2 and further, safety
function will initiate either SS1 or STO to stop the machine in minimum time.
Safe maximum speed
The SMS function provides a safe output signal to indicate whether the motor
speed is below a specied limit.
This safety function is an optional function to set an upper limit parameter for
continuous monitoring. If the speed of the machine exceeds the specied value
then specied safe output will change its state.
Safe direction
The SDI function prevents the motor shaft from moving in the unintended direction.
Typical architecture
Safety chain solution:
>Speed Monitoring with Safety Module / Remanent Voltage detection and limit
switch and Guard switch with lock / Contactor / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 /
Stop Category 0
>Speed Monitoring with Modular Safety Controller / Safety Encoder / Contactor /
Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 0
>Speed Monitoring with Embedded Safety PLC / Selector Switch /
PacDrive 3 Drive SLS / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Safe Limited Speed
Speed
t/ms
t1 t2
v1
v2
Safety-limited speed
t/ms
t1
v
Safe maximum speed
t/ms
t1
v
Safe direction
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2/33
Position monitoring Explanation of function
Vertical position monitoring
When the cabin is parked at a landing, with the doors open, some lifts automatically
correct their level (isolevelling) in relation to the landing in order to compensate for
any differences generated by modication of the load in the cabin.
During this operation, European standard EN-81 recommends that the presence of
the cabin be checked within a zone of +/- 0.2 m around the landing (door unlocking
zone), by means of a safety circuit which will cause the cabin to stop if it moves out
of the specied zone.
The use of the safety module XPS EDA, which checks the presence of the cabin in
the specied zone at two points, meets this requirement.
The module incorporates two safety outputs and two solid-state outputs for
signaling functions. Four LEDs on the front face of the module provide visual
indication of the status of the safety circuit.
The position of the cabin in relation to the landing is detected by two limit switches
in the lift shaft. It is also possible to use non-contact sensors (magnetic sensors
with reed contact).
When the cabin reaches the preset position and when it is within the permissible
tolerances in relation to the landing, the two safety circuits in safety module XPS
EDA close and allow isolevelling of the cabin with the doors open. Any change in
one of the input signals (cabin outside the specied zone) or detection of a fault
(break in the wiring, short-circuit, etc.) causes immediate opening of the safety
outputs in the XPS EDA module and subsequent stopping of the cabin.
Motion safety function:
Safe operating stop (SOS)
The SOS function prevents the motor from deviating more than a dened amount
from the stopped position. The drive provides energy to the motor to enable it to
resist external forces. The Safe Operating Stop function is most commonly used in
conjunction with the Safe Stop 2 function where the machine movement enters into
zero speed the Safe Operating Stop is enabled.
Typical architecture
Safety chain solution:
>Position Monitoring with Embedded Safety PLC / Coded Magnetic Switch /
PacDrive 3 Drive SS2 / Cat.4 PL e, SIL 3 / Stop Category 2
Detailed description Safety functions
Position monitoring
+ 0,2 m (+7.88 in.)
- 0,2 m (-7.88 in.)
Door
unlocking
zone
Landing indicator
(stop reference point)
Cabin doors
Landing
Cabin
Landing
doors
Vertical position monitoring
Safe operating stop (SOS)
t
s
0
SOS
Chapter 3
Safety product
offer
bTechnical information on products listed in this catalog is
available at: www.schneider-electric.com
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
bAquire the information
vEmergency stop and Emergency switching off functions
Selection guide ................................................................................. page 3/2
Ø 16: Harmony® XB6 .......................................................................... page 3/5
Ø 22: Harmony® XB4 metal ................................................................. page 3/9
Ø 22: Harmony® XB5 plastic ............................................................. page 3/18
Ø 22: Harmony® XB7 monolithic ....................................................... page 3/27
Ø 30: Harmony® 9001K / SK ............................................................. page 3/28
Magelis XBTGH Advanced hand-held panel ..................................... page 3/30
vControl units for safety application
Selection guide ............................................................................... page 3/32
Control station .................................................................................. page 3/34
Wireless remote control system: Harmony® eXLhoist ....................... page 3/56
Enabling grip..................................................................................... page 3/60
Two hand control station ................................................................... page 3/62
vComplementary safety products
Safety light curtains, Emergency stop rope pull switches,
Safety switches................................................................................. page 3/66
bMonitor and processing
vPreventa safety relays
Selection guide ............................................................................... page 3/68
Preventa safety relays XPS .............................................................. page 3/74
vModicon TM3 safety modules
General presentation ........................................................................ page 3/94
Selection guide ............................................................................... page 3/96
Modicon TM3 safety functional modules ........................................... page 3/98
vPreventa safety controllers
Selection guide ............................................................................. page 3/102
Preventa safety controllers XPSMP ................................................ page 3/104
Preventa safety controllers XPSMC................................................ page 3/106
vPreventa safety modular controllers
Preventa safety controllers XPSMCM..............................................page 3/110
bStop the Machine
vMini-VARIO and VARIO switch disconnectors
Selection guide ............................................................................. page 3/128
Mini-VARIO switch disconnectors for standard applications ........... page 3/130
VARIO switch disconnectors for high performance applications ....... page 3/132
Mini-VARIO and VARIO switch disconnectors. ............................... page 3/134
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors, pre-assembled .................. page 3/138
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors, Add-on modules ................ page 3/140
vTeSys D low consumption contactors .......................page 3/142
vTeSys contactors 5, from 6 to 16 A ..........................page 3/144
vTeSys protection components .............................page 3/146
vVariable speed drives ....................................page 3/148
vMotion control Lexium 32, Lexium 28 .......................page 3/149
bRelated products to safety
Selection guide ............................................................................. page 3/152
vIlluminated beacons .....................................page 3/154
vRotating beacons ........................................page 3/162
vSirens & alarms .........................................page 3/164
bProducts reference index
vIndex of references ..........................................3/166
Contents Safety product offer
3/1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/4
1.0
3/4
Presentation Aquire the information
Control units Ø 16 plastic
Harmony XB6E monolithic and XB6 modular
Emergency stop pushbuttons
Presentation
The Ø 16 mm/0.630 in. Harmony XB6 and XB6E plastic range of Emergency stop
pushbuttons is compact and thus suitable for installation on small machines and
control panels. Their reduced diameter makes them suitable for applications where
mounting space is less. Designed for control of machines and installations, these
functions meet the requirements of majority of industrial applications.
b This range includes:
v Ø 32 mm/1.260 in.
Emergency stop trigger action pushbuttons for Start/Stop control
of machines and installations, adjustment and parametering (contact functions),
v Ø 32 mm/1.260 in.
Illuminated Emergency stop pushbuttons for control and signaling
(contact functions and signaling functions),
v Fast connector sockets with push-in technology,
v Various accessories.
Installation
b Harmony XB6 and XB6E products are both simple and quick to install:
v Mounting by single installer (self-maintaining of the head in its cut-out)
v Clip-together component system (head, body, contact blocks and LED)
b Type of connection:
v For XB6 and XB6E: faston connector
v For XB6E: fast connector socket
Environment
The performance features of these range meet the most demanding international
standards and approvals:
b Degrees of protection:
v For XB6 and XB6E: IP 65 conforming to standard IEC 60529
v For XB6: NEMA type 4, 4X and 13 conforming to standard UL 50 and CSA C22-2
n° 94 (except key switches)
b International standards:
v For XB6 and XB6E: EN/IEC 60947-5-5
v For XB6:
conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery
Directive 98/37/EC and to standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5
b Product certications:
v For XB6E: UR, CCC,
v For XB6: UL, CSA, CCC, GOST
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/5
Emergency stop mushroom head pushbutton
Illuminated
Shape
of head
Type
of push
Type of
contacts
Reference Weight
kg/lb
With 12 V
LED
With 24 V
LED
N/C
Circular,
Ø 32 mm
/1.260 in.
Trigger action,
turn to release,
pull to release
2XB6ETI522P XB6ETI523P 0.027/0.060
Non-illuminated
Shape
of head
Type
of push
Type of
contacts
Reference Weight
kg/lb
N/C
Circular,
Ø 32 mm
/1.260 in.
Trigger action,
turn to release,
pull to release
2XB6ETN521P 0.027/0.060
Accessories
Labels for Emergency stop mushroom head pushbutton
Shape Color Marking Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Circular Yellow EMERGENCY STOP 10 ZB6Y56 0.010/0.022
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 16 plastic
Harmony XB6E monolithic
Emergency stop pushbuttons and accessories
References
XB6ETI522P
PF122740
XB6ETN521P
PF122790
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/6
Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching
pushbuttons
Shape
of head
Type
of reset
Type of
contacts
Diameter
of push
mm/in.
Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Complete units
Turn to
release
1 2 30/1.181 Red XB6AS8349B
(ZB6Z4B +ZB6AS834)
0.041/0.090
Key
release
(key
n° 200)
1 2 30/1.181 Red XB6AS9349B
(ZB6Z4B + ZB6AS934)
0.056/0.123
Heads only
Turn to
release
30/1.181 Red ZB6AS834 0.035/0.077
Key
release
(key
n° 200)
30/1.181 Red ZB6AS934 0.050/0.110
Circular legends for Emergency Stop mushroom head
pushbuttons (yellow)
Diameter
mm/in.
Marking on yellow
background
Reference Weight
kg/lb
45/1.772 Without (1)ZB6Y7001 0.001/0.002
ARRET D’URGENCE (1) ZB6Y7130 0.001/0.002
EMERGENCY STOP (1) ZB6Y7330 0.001/0.002
PARADA EMERGENCIA (1) ZB6Y7430 0.001/0.002
ARRESTO EMERGENZA (1) ZB6Y7630 0.001/0.002
NOT-HALT (1) ZB6Y7230 0.001/0.002
(1)
For complying with EN/ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop function logo
has been added.
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 16 plastic
Harmony XB6 modular
Emergency stop pushbuttons and circular legends
References (continued)
XB6AS8349B
PF514166
XB6AS9349B
PF514167
ZB6AS834
110770
ZB6AS934
110771
ZB6Y7130
DG121436
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/7
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 16 plastic
Harmony XB6 modular
Complete bodies and accesories
Complete bodies
Description Supply
voltage
V
Type of contacts Reference Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Faston connectors
Direct supply
Fixing collar +
contact block
y 250 1 – ZB6Z1B 0.004/0.009
– 1 ZB6Z2B 0.004/0.009
2 – ZB6Z3B 0.006/0.013
– 2 ZB6Z4B 0.006/0.013
1 1 ZB6Z5B 0.006/0.013
Accessories
Description Application Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Body accessories
Body/xing
collar
For mounting
contact blocks
and
light source
10 ZB6Y009 0.002/0.004
Body bracket
(xing screws
included)
Printed circuit
board mounting
4ZB6Y011 0.010/0.022
Mounting accessories
Plug-in socket
adapter
Printed circuit
board mounting
10 ZB6Y010 0.004/0.009
Dummy contact
block housing
(without contacts)
Printed circuit
board
mounting
Without pins
for printed
circuit
10 ZB6Y006 0.001/0.002
With pins for
printed circuit
10 ZB6Y006A 0.001/0.002
Adapter for XAL
control station
(Ø 22 mm
/0.866 in. to
Ø 16 mm
/0.630 in.
reducer)
Ø 16/0.630 in.
circular,
square or
rectangular
units
5ZB6Y006A 0.001/0.002
Miscellaneous accessories
Anti-rotation
plate
Selector switches,
Emergency stop buttons
10 ZB6Y003 0.001/0.002
Nut Securing head on
support
10 ZB6Y002 0.001/0.002
Dismantling tool Removal of contact blocks
from body/xing collar
5ZB6Y018 0.005/0.011
Extractor Removal of pushbutton
caps
5ZB6Y016 0.010/0.022
Bezel tightening
tool + bulb
extractor
Tightening and slackening
the bezel and
changing bulbs
2ZB6Y905 0.006/0.013
Metal assembly
tool
Tightening of xing nut 1ZB6Y906 0.022/0.049
Dismantling tool
kit, comprising 3
tools
Removal of contacts,
xing nuts and
pushbutton caps
1ZB6Y019 0.030/0.066
Female Faston
connector
–100 ZB6Y004 0.002/0.004
Blanking plug –10 ZB6Y005 0.001/0.002
References (continued)
ZB6Z1B
PF514173
ZB6Y009
101488
ZB6Y011
101503
ZB6Y010
101502
ZB6Y003
107422
ZB6Y005
107380
3/8
Presentation Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22
Emergency stop and Emergency switching off functions
Presentation
The Ø 22 mm/0.866 in. Harmony XB4 metal, XB5 plastic, and XB7 plastic range of
Emergency stop and Emergency switching off functions combines simplicity of
installation, exibility, robustness, ergonomy and reliability. Designed for control of
machines and installations, this functions meet the requirements of majority of
industrial applications.
Following are broad and comprehensive offer under this range:
b Emergency stop trigger action and mechanically latching pushbuttons (conforming
to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850)
b Emergency switching off mechanically latching pushbuttons (conforming to
standard IEC 60364-5-53)
b Legends and legend holders
b Accessories and spare parts
Installation
b These products are both simple and quick to install:
v Mounting by single installer (self-maintaining of the head in its cut-out)
v Clip-together component system (head, body, contact blocks and LED)
v Fixing by a single locking screw
v Anti-loosening system for screw clamp terminals of contact blocks.
b Various types of connection are available:
v Screw clamp terminal connector
v Spring clamp terminal connector
v Faston connector
v Plug-in connector
Environment
The performance features of these range meet the most demanding international
standards and approvals:
b Degrees of protection:
The range includes products for use in difcult industrial environments, due to:
v Their high degree of protection for harsh environments (IP 66 / IP 69K with
bellows)
v Their resistance to high pressure cleaning
v Their “all climates” TH compatibility
v A wide choice of contact blocks with various breaking capacities (low, standard or
high power switching)
v For XB7: IP 65 for Emergency stop pushbuttons
b International standards:
v Emergency stop function: Mushroom head Emergency stop trigger action and
mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and
EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard
EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
v Emergency switching off function: Mushroom head switching off mechanical
latching pushbuttons conform to standards IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
For XB7,
v Emergency stop function: EN/IEC 60947-5-5, EN/ISO 13850 and
EN/IEC 60204-1
v Emergency switching off function: EN/IEC 60364-5-53
b Product certications:
v UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14, and GB 14048.5
v International certications: UL, CSA, CCC, EAC
v Marine certications for XB4 and XB5: BV, RINA, LROS, DNV, GL
Please consult our Customer Care Centre for a full explanation of these standards
and directives.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/9
Emergency stop and switching off pushbuttons with trigger
action and mechanical latching (1) (2)
Screw clamp terminal connections (Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Shape
of head
Type
of reset
Type of contact Push
Ø
mm/in.
Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Complete units
Push-pull – 1 40/1.575 Red XB4BT842
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BT84)
0.125/0.276
1 1 40/1.575 Red XB4BT845
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BT84)
0.136/0.300
Turn to
release
– 1 40/1.575 Red XB4BS8442
(ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS844)
0.118/0.260
1 1 40/1.575 Red XB4BS8445
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS844)
0.130/0.287
– 2 40/1.575 Red XB4BS8444
(ZB4BZ104 + ZB4BS844)
0.130/0.287
1 2 40/1.575 Red XB4BS84441
(ZB4BZ141 + ZB4BS844)
0.140/0.309
Key
release
(key
n°455) (3)
1 1 40/1.575 Red XB4BS9445
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS944)
0.170/0.375
Heads only
Push-pull 30/1.181 Red ZB4BT844 0.078/0.172
40/1.575 Red ZB4BT84 0.078/0.172
60/2.362 Red ZB4BX84 0.098/0.216
Turn to release 30/1.181 Red ZB4BS834 0.068/0.150
40/1.575 Red ZB4BS844 0.073/0.161
60/2.362 Red ZB4BS864 0.093/0.205
Key release
(key n° 455)
2 keys included
with head (5) (3)
30/1.181 Red ZB4BS934 0.094/0.207
40/1.575 Red ZB4BS944 (4) 0.098/0.216
60/2.362 Red ZB4BS964 0.118/0.260
Illuminated Emergency switching off function only,
mechanical latching pushbuttons (1)
Screw clamp terminal connections (Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Shape
of head
Type
of reset
Push Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø
mm/in.
Heads only (6)
Push-pull 40/1.575 Red ZB4BW643 0.051/0.112
(1) Recommended maximum number of contacts constituting the body (xing collar + contact)
associated with the head, see page 12 of Harmony XB4 catalog DIA5ED2121212EN.
(2) It is recommended that a legend or yellow background is used.
(3) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s).
(4) Other key numbers:
- key n° 421E: add sufx 12 to the reference.
- key n° 458A: add sufx 10 to the reference.
- key n° 520E: add sufx 14 to the reference.
- key n° 3131A: add sufx 20 to the reference.
- key n° 4A185: add sufx D to the reference.
Example: To order a Ø 40 mm/1.575 in. red mushroom head for a trigger action and
mechanical latching Emergency stop pushbutton, with release by key n° 421E, the reference
becomes: ZB4BS94412.
(5) For specic keys with other numbers, please consult our Customer Care Centre.
(6) Only for use with bodies comprising a light source with integral LED.
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Emergency stop and Emergency switching off functions
Conforming to EN/IEC 60204-1, 60364-5-53,
EN/ISO 13850 and Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
References
BS5 aruØ40 .EPS
BS1 aruØ40.EPS
BT aruØ40 .EPS
ZB4BT844
PF512506
ZB4BS834
PF512507
ZB4BS964
PF512508
BT aruØ40 .EPS
XB4BT845
PF512504
XB4BS9445
PF512505
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/10
Circular yellow legends for Emergency stop (1)
Description Marking Color Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø 60 mm/2.362
in. legend for
Emergency
stop function
– Yellow 5ZBY9121 0.007/0.015
EMERGENCY STOP Yellow 5ZBY9320 0.007/0.015
ARRET D’URGENCE Yellow 5ZBY9120 0.007/0.015
NOT HALT Yellow 5ZBY9220 0.007/0.015
PARADA DE
EMERGENCIA
Yellow 5ZBY9420 0.007/0.015
ARRESTO DI
EMERGENZA
Yellow 5ZBY9620 0.007/0.015
Bellows for harsh environments (IP 69K) (2)
For use in Material For use with Color Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Environments
subject to
humidity, dust,
high pressure
cleaning, etc.
Silicone Emergency
stop /
Switching off
function
Yellow 2ZBZ28 0.009/0.020
Other
functions
Black 2ZBZ58 0.009/0.020
Heads with black metal bezel
To order, add a gure 7 to the references selected above.
Example: ZB4BT844 becomes ZB4BT8447.
(1) Other legend models for Emergency stop and Emergency switching off function see page
3/17.
(2) Not compatible with Ø 30 mm/1.181 in. pushbutton.
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Emergency stop and Emergency switching off functions
Circular yellow legends for Emergency stop
References
ZBY9121
PF131618A
ZBY9420
PF131622A
ZBZ28
DF524008
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/11
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Body/contact assemblies - Screw clamp terminal
connections
References
Body/xing collar
For use with Sold in lots of Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Electrical block (contact or light) 10 ZB4BZ009 0.038/0.084
Contact functions (1)
Screw clamp terminal connections (Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Description Type of
contact
Description
Sold
in lots
of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for standard applications
Contact blocks Single 1 – 5ZBE101 0.011/0.024
– 1 5ZBE102 0.011/0.024
Double 2 – 5ZBE203 0.020/0.044
– 2 5ZBE204 0.020/0.044
1 1 5ZBE205 0.020/0.044
Single
with
body/
xing
collar
1 – 1ZB4BZ101 0.053/0.117
– 1 1ZB4BZ102 0.053/0.117
2 – 1ZB4BZ103 0.062/0.137
– 2 1ZB4BZ104 0.062/0.137
1 1 1ZB4BZ105 0.062/0.137
1 2 1ZB4BZ141 0.072/0.159
Contacts for specic applications
Low power
switching
Single Standard 1 – 5ZBE1016 0.012/0.026
– 1 5ZBE1026 0.012/0.026
Dusty environment(2)
(IP 5X, 50 μm dust)
1 – 5ZBE1016P 0.012/0.026
– 1 5ZBE1026P 0.012/0.026
Staggered
contacts
Single Early make
N/O
1 – 5ZBE201 0.011/0.024
Late break
N/C
– 1 5ZBE202 0.011/0.024
Single
with
body/
xing
collar
Overlapping
N/O+N/C
1 1 5ZB4BZ106 0.062/0.137
Staggered
N/O+N/O
2 – 5ZB4BZ107 0.062/0.137
High power
switching
Single Standard (3) 1 – 1ZBE501 0.020/0.044
– 1 1ZBE502 0.020/0.044
2 – 1ZBE503 0.032/0.071
– 2 1ZBE504 0.032/0.071
1 1 1ZBE505 0.032/0.071
Additional
contact blocks
for high power
switching
Single Standard (4) 1 – 1ZB2BE101 0.020/0.044
– 1 1ZB2BE102 0.020/0.044
Clip-on legend holder, sheet of blank legends and labelling
software
Description Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Clip-on legend-holder for electrical blocks with screw
clampterminal connections(5). For identication of an
XB4Bcontrol orsignaling unit
10 ZBZ001 0.001/0.002
Sheet of 50 blank legends for legend holder ZBZ001 10 ZBY001 0.023/0.051
‘‘SIS Label’’ labelling software for legend design (ZBY001
legends)(for design of legends in English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish)
1XBY2U 0.100/0.220
(1) The contact blocks enable variable composition of body/contact assemblies. Maximum
number of rows possible: 3. Either 3 rows of 3 single contacts or 1 row of 3 double contacts +
1 row of 3 single contacts (double contacts occupy the rst 2 rows). Maximum number of
contacts is specied on page ???36072/2.
(2) It is not possible to t an additional contact block on the back of these contact blocks.
(3) It is not possible to use these contacts with light blocks.
(4) To be tted on the back of ZBE50p contacts.
(5) This legend holder is not compatible with high power switching contacts
.
ZB4BZ009
101191
ZB4BZ101
101274
ZBE203
101261
ZBE201
101261
ZB4BZ106
814346
ZBE501
PF080706
ZB2BE101
PG114156SE
ZBE101
PF512546
ZBZ001-PRO-3-M
814262
ZBZ001
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/12
Light blocks
Description Supply
voltage(V)
Color of
light source
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Light blocks with screw clamp terminal connections
(SchneiderElectric anti-loosening system)
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)
z 12
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVJ1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVJ3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVJ4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVJ5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVJ6 0.017/0.037
z 24
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVB1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVB3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVB4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVB5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVB6 0.017/0.037
z 24…120
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVBG1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVBG3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVBG4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVBG5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVBG6 0.017/0.037
a 110...120
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVG1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVG3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVG4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVG5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVG6 0.017/0.037
a 230...240
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVM1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVM3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVM4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVM5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVM6 0.017/0.037
Flashing light blocks with screw clamp terminal connections
(Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)
z 24
(50/60 Hz)
White 5
ZBV18B1
0.017/0.037
Green 5
ZBV18B3
0.017/0.037
Red 5
ZBV18B4
0.017/0.037
Orange 5
ZBV18B5
0.017/0.037
Blue 5
ZBV18B6
0.017/0.037
a 110...120
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBV18G1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBV18G3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBV18G4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBV18G5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBV18G6 0.017/0.037
a 230...240
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBV18M1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBV18M3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBV18M4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBV18M5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBV18M6 0.017/0.037
For use with Supply
voltage(V)
Description Reference Weight
kg/lb
Transformer blocks for 24 V light blocks (1)
Light blocks with integral LED
a 400 V - 50Hz Transformer 400 V - 24 V aZBV5B (2) 0.090/0.198
Blocks for “test light” function
Light blocks z 12 and 24
z 24…120
Single module,1 connecting
wire
ZBZG156
(3)
0.010/0.022
Light blocks with integral LED
a 48…230 Double module, with
connecting wires
ZBZG156
(3)
0.010/0.022
LED suppressors
For use with Supply
voltage(V)
Level of
protection
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Light blocks with integral
LED tted with screw clamp
terminal connections
a 120 25…120 VA ZBZVG 0.010/0.022
a 230 30…230 VA ZBZVM 0.010/0.022
(1) To be used with 2 dummy contact blocks ZBE000.
(2) To order a 440...460 V - 60 Hz transformer blocks, please replace ‘‘5’’ in the reference by ‘‘8’’ :
ZBV5B becomes ZBV8B. To order a 550...600 V - 60 Hz transformer blocks, please replace ‘‘5’’ by
‘‘9’’ : ZBV5B becomes ZBV9B.
(3) Block for use with z light blocks with integral LED types ZBVJjp, ZBVBp, ZVB BGp or with direct
supply light block for BA 9s bulb, ZBV6.
(4) Block for use a light blocks integral LED types ZBVGp, ZBVMp, see connection on our website
www.schneider-electric.com.
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Light blocks - “Test light” - Protection
References
ZBV5B
PF080705
ZBVB1
101268
ZBZG156
121461
ZBZM156
121493
ZBZVG
105079
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/13
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Body/contact assemblies - Spring clamp terminal
connections
References
Body/xing collar
For use with Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Electrical block (contact or light) 10 ZB4BZ009 0.038/0.084
Contact functions Spring clamp terminal connections (1)
Description Type of
contact
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for standard applications
Contact blocks Single 1 – 4ZBE1015 0.011/0.024
– 1 4ZBE1025 0.011/0.024
Single with
body/xing
collar
1 – 1ZB4BZ1015 0.053/0.117
– 1 1ZB4BZ1025 0.053/0.117
2 – 1ZB4BZ1035 0.062/0.137
– 2 1ZB4BZ1045 0.062/0.137
1 1 1ZB4BZ1055 0.062/0.137
Light blocks Spring clamp terminal connections (1)
Description Supply
voltage
V
Color of
light source
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)
z 12
(50/60 Hz)
White 4ZBVJ15 0.016/0.035
Green 4ZBVJ35 0.016/0.035
Red 4ZBVJ45 0.016/0.035
Orange 4ZBVJ55 0.016/0.035
Blue 4ZBVJ65 0.016/0.035
z 24
(50/60 Hz)
White 4ZBVB15 0.016/0.035
Green 4ZBVB35 0.016/0.035
Red 4ZBVB45 0.016/0.035
Orange 4ZBVB55 0.016/0.035
Blue 4ZBVB65 0.016/0.035
a 110...120
(50/60 Hz)
White 4ZBVG15 0.016/0.035
Green 4ZBVG35 0.016/0.035
Red 4ZBVG45 0.016/0.035
Orange 4ZBVG55 0.016/0.035
Blue 4ZBVG65 0.016/0.035
a 230...240
(50/60 Hz)
White 4ZBVM15 0.016/0.035
Green 4ZBVM35 0.016/0.035
Red 4ZBVM45 0.016/0.035
Orange 4ZBVM55 0.016/0.035
Blue 4ZBVM65 0.016/0.035
Integral LED +
body/xing collar
a 110...120
(50/60 Hz)
Green 4ZB4BVG35 0.053/0.117
Red 4ZB4BVG45 0.053/0.117
Sheet of 50 blank legends
For use with Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Legend holder ZBZ001 10 ZBY001 0.023/0.051
“SIS Label” labelling software (for legends ZBY001)
For legend design
for English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
10 XBY2U 0.100/0.220
(1) It is not possible to t an additional block on the back of these contact or light blocks.
ZB4BZ009
101191
ZBE1015
PF107777
ZB4BZ1015
PF107779
PF080711
ZBVB35
ZBZ001-PRO-3-M
814262
ZBZ001
Labelling software
Logiciel de création d'étiquettes
Beschriftungssoftware
Software para crear etiquetas
Software per la creazione di etichette
SIS-Label
Merlin Gerin
Modicon
Square D
Telemecanique
540548
XBY2U
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/14
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Body/contact assemblies - Faston connectors
References
Contact functions (1)
Faston connectors (Ø 6.35 or 2 x 2.8 mm/0.250 or 2 x 0.110 in.)
(Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Description Type of
contact
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for standard applications
Contact
blocks
Single 1 – 5ZBE1013 0.011/0.024
– 1 5ZBE1023 0.011/0.024
Double 2 – 5ZBE2033 0.020/0.044
– 2 5ZBE2043 0.020/0.044
1 1 5ZBE2053 0.020/0.044
Single with
body/xing collar
1 – 1ZB4BZ1013 (2) 0.053/0.117
– 1 1ZB4BZ1023 (2) 0.053/0.117
2 – 1ZB4BZ1033 0.062/0.137
– 2 1ZB4BZ1043 0.062/0.137
1 1 1ZB4BZ1053 0.062/0.137
Application Type of
contact
Description
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for specic applications
Low power
switching
Single Standard 1 – 5ZBE10163 (2) 0.012/0.026
– 1 5ZBE10263 (2) 0.012/0.026
Dusty
environments (3)
(IP 5X,
50 μm dust)
1 – 5ZBE1016P3 (2) 0.012/0.026
– 1 5ZBE1026P3 (2) 0.012/0.026
Staggered
contacts
Single Early make 1 – 5ZBE2013 (2) 0.011/0.024
N/O
Late break – 1 5ZBE2023 (2) 0.011/0.024
N/C
High power
switching
Single Standard (4) 1 – 1ZBE5013 0.021/0.046
– 1 1ZBE5023 0.021/0.046
2 – 1ZBE5033 0.033/0.073
– 2 1ZBE5043 0.033/0.073
1 1 1ZBE5053 0.033/0.073
Clip-on legend holder for electrical blocks with screw clamp
terminal connections
(5)
For use
with
Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg/lb
Identication of an XB4B
control or signaling unit
10 ZBZ001 0.001/0.002
Sheet of 50 blank legends
Legend holder ZBZ001 10 ZBY001 0.023/0.051
“SIS Label” labelling software (for legends ZBY001)
For legend design
for English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
1XBY2U 0.100/0.220
(1) The contact blocks enable variable composition of body/contact assemblies. Maximum
number of rows possible: 3. Either 3 rows of 3 single contacts or 1 row of 3 double contacts +
1 row of 3 single contacts (double contacts occupy the rst 2 rows).
(2) To order products with screw clamp terminal connections for lugs, replace the 3 at the end of
the reference with a 9. Example: ZBE1013 becomes ZBE1019.
(3) It is not possible to t an additional contact block on the back of these contact blocks.
(4) It is not possible to use these contacts with light blocks.
(5)
This legend holder is not
compatible with high power switching contact blocks.
ZBE1023
PF080708
ZBE2043
PF080709
ZB4BZ1043
PF080704
ZBE5043
PF080710
ZBZ001-PRO-3-M
814262
ZBZ001
Labelling software
Logiciel de création d'étiquettes
Beschriftungssoftware
Software para crear etiquetas
Software per la creazione di etichette
SIS-Label
Merlin Gerin
Modicon
Square D
Telemecanique
540548
XBY2U
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/15
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Body/contact assemblies - Plug-in connectors
References
530719
APE1C2250
Body/xing collar
For use with Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Electrical block (contact or light) 10 ZB4BZ009 0.038/0.084
Contact functions Plug-in connector (1)
Description Type of
contact
Sold
in lots
of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for standard applications
Contact blocks Single 1 – 5ZBE1014 0.011/0.024
– 1 5ZBE1024 0.011/0.024
Single with
body/xing
collar
1 – 1ZB4BZ1014 0.050/0.110
– 1 1ZB4BZ1024 0.050/0.110
2 – 1ZB4BZ1034 0.058/0.128
– 2 1ZB4BZ1044 0.058/0.128
1 1 1ZB4BZ1054 0.058/0.128
1 2 1ZB4BZ1414 0.064/0.141
Light blocks Plug-in connector
Description Supply
voltage (V)
Color of
light source
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)
z 24
(50/60 Hz)
White 5
ZBVB14
0.016/0.035
Green 5ZBVB34 0.016/0.035
Red 5ZBVB44 0.016/0.035
Orange 5ZBVB54 0.016/0.035
Blue 5ZBVB64 0.016/0.035
a 110…120
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVG14 0.016/0.035
Green 5ZBVG34 0.016/0.035
Red 5ZBVG44 0.016/0.035
Orange 5ZBVG54 0.016/0.035
Blue 5ZBVG64 0.016/0.035
a 230…240
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVM14 0.016/0.035
Green 5ZBVM34 0.016/0.035
Red 5ZBVM44 0.016/0.035
Orange 5ZBVM54 0.016/0.035
Blue 5ZBVM64 0.016/0.035
Connecting cables and connector
Description Number of
connectors
Wire
c.s.a.
mm2/
AWG
Length
Ø mm/in.
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Cables with
connectors
2-pin,
Ø 5.08 mm/0.200 in.
pitch
10.75/19 500/19.685 8APE1C2150 0.120/0.265
20.75/19 500/19.685 8APE1C2250 0.180/0.397
Spring terminal
connector
2-pin,
Ø 5.08 mm/0.200 in.
pitch
–0.2 to 0.5
/25 to 14
–10 APE1PRE21 0.003/0.007
(1) It is not possible to t an additional contact block on the back of these contact blocks.
ZBE1024
101265
ZB4BZ1014
101254
ZB4BZ1024
101256
ZBVB14
101270
ZB4BZ009
101191
101262
ZBE1014
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/16
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Circular yellow legends
References
Circular yellow legends for mushroom head pushbuttons
Diameter
mm/in.
Conforming
to standards
Marking on Yellow
background
Sold in
lots of
Unit
Reference
Weight
kg/lb
Used for “Emergency stop” function (1)
90/3.543 EN/IEC
60204-1
and
EN/ISO
13850
–10 ZBY8140 0.008/0.018
ARRET D’URGENCE 10 ZBY8130 0.008/0.018
EMERGENCY STOP 10 ZBY8330 0.008/0.018
NOT-HALT 10 ZBY8230 0.008/0.018
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA 10 ZBY8430 0.008/0.018
ARRESTO DE EMERGENZA 10 ZBY8630 0.008/0.018
Used for “Emergency switching off” function
60/2.362 EN/IEC
60204-1
–10 ZBY9101 0.004/0.009
COUPURE D’URGENCE 10 ZBY9160 0.004/0.009
EMERGENCY SWITCHING OFF 10 ZBY9360 0.004/0.009
NOT-AUS 10 ZBY9260 0.004/0.009
DESCONEXION DE EMERGENCIA 10 ZBY9460 0.004/0.009
INTERRUZIONE DI EMERGENZA 10 ZBY9660 0.004/0.009
90/3.543 EN/IEC
60204-1
–10 ZBY8101 0.008/0.018
COUPURE D’URGENCE 10 ZBY8160 0.008/0.018
EMERGENCY SWITCHING OFF 10 ZBY8360 0.008/0.018
NOT-AUS 10 ZBY8260 0.008/0.018
DESCONEXION DE EMERGENCIA 10 ZBY8460 0.008/0.018
INTERRUZIONE DI EMERGENZA 10 ZBY8660 0.008/0.018
(1) For complying with EN/ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop
function logo has been added.
DF539642
ZBY9160
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/17
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB4, metal
Accessories for pushbuttons
References
Accessories for mushroom head pushbuttons
Description Exclusive
use with the
following
Ø 40 mm
/1.575 in.
trigger action
pushbuttons
Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Padlocking kit
(1) (2)
For Emergency stop
(3) and Emergency
switching off function
(4),
(padlockable)
XB4BS844p,
XB4BS9445,
ZB4BS844,
ZB4BS944p.
Yellow ZBZ3605 0.045/0.099
Metal guards
For Emergency stop
(3) function
Padlockable (2)
XB4BT8p,
XB4BS8p,
XB4BS9p,
ZB4BT8p,
ZB4BS8p,
ZB4BS9p.
Chromium
plated
ZBZ1600 0.046/0.101
Black ZBZ1602 0.046/0.101
Red ZBZ1604 0.046/0.101
Blue ZBZ1606 0.046/0.101
Description Marking Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø 60 mm/2.362 in.
legend
for padlocking
device ZBZ3605
For Emergency stop
function (3)
Without Yellow ZBY9140T 0.004/0.009
ARRET D’URGENCE Yellow ZBY9130T 0.004/0.009
EMERGENCY STOP Yellow ZBY9330T 0.004/0.009
NOT-HALT Yellow ZBY9230T 0.004/0.009
Ø 60 mm/2.362 in.
legend
for padlocking
device ZBZ3605
For Emergency
switching off function
(4)
Without Yellow ZBY9101T 0.004/0.009
COUPURE D’URGENCE Yellow ZBY9160T 0.004/0.009
EMERGENCY
SWITCHING OFF
Yellow ZBY9360T 0.004/0.009
NOT-AUS Yellow ZBY9260T 0.004/0.009
Description Marking Color Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø 60 mm/2.362 in.
legend for
Emergency stop
function
– Yellow 5ZBY9121 0.007/0.015
EMERGENCY STOP Yellow 5ZBY9320 0.007/0.015
ARRET D’URGENCE Yellow 5ZBY9120 0.007/0.015
NOT HALT Yellow 5ZBY9220 0.007/0.015
PARADA DE
EMERGENCIA
Yellow 5ZBY9420 0.007/0.015
ARRESTO DI
EMERGENZA
Yellow 5ZBY9620 0.007/0.015
Other accessories
Description For use with Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Plastic guard Selector switches and
key switches
Black ZBZ2102 0.005/0.011
Padlockable aps Pushbuttons Black ZB4BZ62 0.076/0.168
Red ZB4BZ64 0.076/0.168
Yellow ZB4BZ65 0.076/0.168
Blue ZB4BZ66 0.076/0.168
(1) Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends
ZBY9pppT.
(2) No isolation function is possible when this guard is tted.
(3) Ensures conformity with standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850.
(4) Ensures conformity with standard EN/IEC 60204-1.
(5) Only when mounted on control stations. Use legends ZBY9pppT.
DF539642
ZBY9160T
DF540769
Ø 6
ZBZ160p
DF539643
Ø 8 maxi
Ø 6 mini
ZBZ3605
107353
ZB4BZ64
ZBY9121
PF131618A
ZBY9420
PF131622A
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/18
Emergency stop and switching off pushbuttons with trigger
action and mechanical latching (1) (2)
Screw clamp terminal connections (Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Shape
of head
Type
of reset
Type of
contact
Push Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø (mm)/in.
N/O N/C
Complete units
Push-
pull
– 1 40/1.575 Red XB5AT842
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AT84)
0.065/0.143
1 1 40/1.575 Red XB5AT845
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AT84)
0.076/0.168
Turn to
release
– 1 40/1.575 Red XB5AS8442
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS844)
0.060/0.132
1 1 40/1.575 Red XB5AS8445
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AS844)
0.072/0.159
– 2 40/1.575 Red XB5AS8444
(ZB5AZ104 + ZB5AS844)
0.072/0.159
Key
release
(key n°
455)(3)
– 1 40/1.575 Red XB5AS9442
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS944)
0.075/0.165
1 1 40/1.575 Red XB5AS9445
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AS944)
0.112/0.247
Heads only
Push-pull 30/1.181 Red ZB5AT844 0.049/0.108
40/1.575 Red ZB5AT84 0.049/0.108
60/2.362 Red ZB5AX84 0.067/0.148
Turn to release 30/1.181 Red ZB5AS834 0.042/0.002
40/1.575 Red ZB5AS844 0.046/0.002
Key release (key n°
455)
(2 keys included with
head) (5)(3)
30/1.181 Red ZB5AS934 0.068/0.003
40/1.575 Red ZB5AS944 (4) 0.071/0.003
60/2.362 Red ZB5AS964 0.092/0.004
Key release (key
n° 4A185) (5)
40/1.575 Red ZB5AS944D 0.071/0.003
Illuminated Emergency stop and Emergency switching off functions,
mechanical latching pushbuttons with mechanical state indicator (1)
For elevator inspection box applications
Shape
of head
Type
of reset
Push Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Ø mm/in. Color
Heads only (6)
Push-pull (7)
For Emergency stop
and Emergency
switching off function
40/1.575 Red ZB5AT8643M 0.034/0.075
Illuminated Emergency switching off function only, mechanical
latching pushbuttons (1)
Screw clamp terminal connections (Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Shape
of head
Type
of reset
Push
Ø (mm)/in.
Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Turn to release 40/1.575 Red ZB5AW743 0.022/0.049
(1)
Recommended maximum number of contacts constituting the body (xing collar and contact)
associated with the head, see page 12 of Harmony XB5 catalog DIA5ED2121213EN.
(2) It is recommended that a legend or yellow background is used.
(3) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s).
(4) Other key numbers:
- key n° 421E: add sufx 12 to the reference.
- key n° 458A: add sufx 10 to the reference.
- key n° 520E: add sufx 14 to the reference.
- key n° 3131A: add sufx 20 to the reference.
- key n° 4A185: add sufx D to the reference.
Example: To order a Ø 40 mm/1.575 in. red mushroom head for a trigger action and mechanical
latching Emergency stop pushbutton, with release by key n° 421E, the reference becomes:
ZB5AS94412.
(5) For specic keys with other numbers, please consult our Customer Care Centre.
(6) Only for use with bodies comprising a light source with integral LED.
(7) Cannot be used with metal guards ZBZ160p.
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
Emergency stop and Emergency switching off functions
Conforming to EN/IEC 60204-1, 60364-5-53,
EN/ISO 13850 and Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
References
BS1 aruØ40.EPS
BS5 aruØ40 .EPS
BS5 aruØ40 .EPS
BS1 aruØ40.EPS
PF513667
XB5AS9445
PF513662
XB5AS8445
PF513661
XB5AT845
PF513664
ZB5AT84
PF513666
ZB5AS844
PF513665
ZB5AS834
PF513663
ZB5AS934
PF513658
ZB5AT8643M
BS5 aruØ40 .EPS
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/19
General safe stops
General safe stops are used to stop the operation of a machine in a safe manner.
These devices cannot be used as Emergency stop and must not be associated with a
Yellow background. The general safe stop are made with Yellow bezel and Black head.
Shape
of head
Type
of reset
Push Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø (mm)/in. Color
Push-pull 40/1.575 Black ZB5AT82Y 0.050/0.110
Turn to release 40/1.575 Black ZB5AS842Y 0.046/0.101
Key release
(key n° 455)
2 keys included
with head)
(2)
40/1.575 Black ZB5AS942Y 0.071/0.157
Circular yellow legends for Emergency stop (1)
Description Marking Color Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø 60 mm
/2.362 in.
legend
for
Emergency
stop
function
- Yellow 5ZBY9121 0.007/0.015
EMERGENCY STOP Yellow 5ZBY9320 0.007/0.015
ARRET D’URGENCE Yellow 5ZBY9120 0.007/0.015
NOT HALT Yellow 5ZBY9220 0.007/0.015
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA Yellow 5ZBY9420 0.007/0.015
ARRESTO DI EMERGENZA Yellow 5ZBY9620 0.007/0.015
Bellows for harsh environments (IP 69K) (3)
Description Material For use with Color Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
For use in
environments
subject to
humidity,
dust, high
pressure
cleaning, etc.
Silicone Emergency
stop /
Switching off
function
Yellow 2ZBZ28 0.009/0.020
Other
functions
Black 2ZBZ58 0.009/0.020
(1) Other legend models for Emergency stop and Emergency switching off function, see page 58
of catalog DIA5D2121212EN
(2) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position(s).
(3) Not compatible with Ø 30 mm/1.181 in. pushbuttons.
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
General safe stop and circular yellow legends for
Emergency stop
References
BS5 aruØ40 .EPS
BS1 aruØ40.EPS
PF131624A
ZB5AT82Y
PF131618A
ZBY9121
PF131626B
ZB5AS942Y
PF131622A
ZBY9420
ZBZ28
DF524008
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/20
ZB5AZ107
814667
814411
ZB5AZ101
814588
ZB5AZ009
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
Body/contact assemblies - Screw clamp terminal
connections
References
Body/xing collar
For use with Sold in lots of Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Electrical block (contact or light) 10 ZB5AZ009 0.006/0.013
Contact functions (1)
Screw clamp terminal connections (Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Application Type of
contact
Description
Sold
in lots
of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for standard applications
Contacts for
standard
applications
Single Contact blocks 1 – 5ZBE101 0.011/0.024
– 1 5ZBE102 0.011/0.024
Double 2 – 5ZBE203 0.020/0.044
– 2 5ZBE204 0.020/0.044
1 1 5ZBE205 0.020/0.044
Single
with
body/
xing
collar
1 – 1ZB5AZ101 0.021/0.046
– 1 1ZB5AZ102 0.021/0.046
2 – 1ZB5AZ103 0.030/0.066
– 2 1ZB5AZ104 0.030/0.066
1 1 1ZB5AZ105 0.030/0.066
1 2 1ZB5AZ141 0.040/0.088
Contacts for specic applications
Low power
switching
Single Standard 1 – 5ZBE1016 0.012/0.026
– 1 5ZBE1026 0.012/0.026
Dusty environment(2)
(IP 5X, 50 μm dust)
1 – 5ZBE1016P 0.012/0.026
– 1 5ZBE1026P 0.012/0.026
Staggered
contacts
Single Early make
N/O
1 – 5ZBE201 0.011/0.024
Late break
N/C
– 1 5ZBE202 0.011/0.024
Single
with
body/
xing
collar
Overlapping
N/O+N/C
1 1 5ZB4BZ106 0.062/0.137
Staggered
N/O+N/O
2 – 5ZB4BZ107 0.062/0.137
High power
switching
Single Standard (3) 1 – 1ZBE501 0.020/0.044
– 1 1ZBE502 0.020/0.044
2 – 1ZBE503 0.032/0.071
– 2 1ZBE504 0.032/0.071
1 1 1ZBE505 0.032/0.071
Additional
contact blocks
for high power
switching
Single Standard (4) 1 – 1ZB2BE101 0.020/0.044
– 1 1ZB2BE102 0.020/0.044
Clip-on legend holder, sheet of blank legends and labelling
software
Description Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Clip-on legend-holder for electrical blocks with screw
clampterminal connections(5). For identication of an
XB4Bcontrol orsignaling unit
10 ZBZ001 0.001/0.002
Sheet of 50 blank legends for legend holder ZBZ001 10 ZBY001 0.023/0.051
‘‘SIS Label’’ labelling software for legend design (ZBY001
legends)(for design of legends in English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish)
1XBY2U 0.100/0.220
(1) The contact blocks enable variable composition of body/contact assemblies. Maximum
number of rows possible: 3. Either 3 rows of 3 single contacts or 1 row of 3 double contacts +
1 row of 3 single contacts (double contacts occupy the rst 2 rows). Maximum number of
contacts is specied on page 12 of Harmony XB5 catalog DIA5ED2121213EN .
(2) It is not possible to t an additional contact block on the back of these contact blocks.
(3) It is not possible to t an additional contact block on the back of these contact blocks or to use
these contacts with light blocks.
(4) To be tted on the back of ZBE50
p
contacts.
(5) This legend holder is not compatible with high power switching
contacts
.
ZBZ001-PRO-3-M
814262
ZBZ001
ZBE203
101261
ZBE201
101261
ZBE501
PF080706
ZB2BE101
PG114156SE
ZBE101
PF512546
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
4
3/21
Light blocks
Description Supply
voltage(V)
Color of
light source
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Light blocks with screw clamp terminal connections
(SchneiderElectric anti-loosening system)
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)
z 12
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVJ1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVJ3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVJ4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVJ5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVJ6 0.017/0.037
z 24
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVB1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVB3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVB4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVB5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVB6 0.017/0.037
z 24…120
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVBG1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVBG3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVBG4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVBG5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVBG6 0.017/0.037
a 110...120
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVG1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVG3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVG4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVG5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVG6 0.017/0.037
a 230...240
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVM1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBVM3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBVM4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBVM5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBVM6 0.017/0.037
Flashing light blocks with screw clamp terminal connections
(Schneider Electric anti-loosening system)
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)
z 24
(50/60 Hz)
White 5
ZBV18B1
0.017/0.037
Green 5
ZBV18B3
0.017/0.037
Red 5
ZBV18B4
0.017/0.037
Orange 5
ZBV18B5
0.017/0.037
Blue 5
ZBV18B6
0.017/0.037
a 110...120
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBV18G1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBV18G3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBV18G4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBV18G5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBV18G6 0.017/0.037
a 230...240
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBV18M1 0.017/0.037
Green 5ZBV18M3 0.017/0.037
Red 5ZBV18M4 0.017/0.037
Orange 5ZBV18M5 0.017/0.037
Blue 5ZBV18M6 0.017/0.037
For use with Supply
voltage(V)
Description Reference Weight
kg/lb
Transformer blocks for 24 V light blocks (1)
Light blocks with integral LED
a 400 V - 50Hz Transformer 400 V - 24 V aZBV5B (2) 0.090/0.198
Blocks for “test light” function
Light blocks z 12 and 24
z 24…120
Single module,1 connecting
wire
ZBZG156
(3)
0.010/0.022
Light blocks with integral LED
a 48…230 Double module, with
connecting wires
ZBZG156
(3)
0.010/0.022
LED suppressors
For use with Supply
voltage(V)
Level of
protection
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Light blocks with integral
LED tted with screw clamp
terminal connections
a 120 25…120 VA ZBZVG 0.010/0.022
a 230 30…230 VA ZBZVM 0.010/0.022
(1) To be used with 2 dummy contact blocks ZBE000.
(2) To order a 440...460 V - 60 Hz transformer blocks, please replace ‘‘5’’ in the reference by ‘‘8’’ :
ZBV5B becomes ZBV8B. To order a 550...600 V - 60 Hz transformer blocks, please replace ‘‘5’’ by
‘‘9’’ : ZBV5B becomes ZBV9B.
(3) Block for use with z light blocks with integral LED types ZBVJjp, ZBVBp, ZVB BGp or with direct
supply light block for BA 9s bulb, ZBV6.
(4) Block for use a light blocks integral LED types ZBVGp, ZBVMp, see connection on our website
www.schneider-electric.com.
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
Light blocks - “Test light” - Protection
References
ZBV5B
PF080705
ZBVB1
101268
ZBZG156
121461
ZBZM156
121493
ZBZVG
105079
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/22
PF107781
ZB5AZ1015
814588
ZB5AZ009
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
Body/contact assemblies - Spring clamp terminal
connections
References
Body/xing collar
For use with Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Electrical block (contact or light) 10 ZB5AZ009 0.006/0.013
Contact functions Spring clamp terminal connections (1)
Description Type of
contact
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for standard applications
Contact blocks Single 1 – 4ZBE1015 0.011/0.024
– 1 4ZBE1025 0.011/0.024
Single with
body/xing
collar
1 – 1ZB5AZ1015 0.021/0.046
– 1 1ZB5AZ1025 0.021/0.046
2 – 1ZB5AZ1035 0.030/0.066
– 2 1ZB5AZ1045 0.030/0.066
1 1 1ZB5AZ1055 0.030/0.066
Light blocks Spring clamp terminal connections (1)
Description Supply
voltage
V
Color
of light
source
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)
z 12
(50/60 Hz)
White 4ZBVJ15 0.016/0.035
Green 4ZBVJ35 0.016/0.035
Red 4ZBVJ45 0.016/0.035
Orange 4ZBVJ55 0.016/0.035
Blue 4ZBVJ65 0.016/0.035
z 24
(50/60 Hz)
White 4ZBVB15 0.016/0.035
Green 4ZBVB35 0.016/0.035
Red 4ZBVB45 0.016/0.035
Orange 4ZBVB55 0.016/0.035
Blue 4ZBVB65 0.016/0.035
a 110...120
(50/60 Hz)
White 4ZBVG15 0.016/0.035
Green 4ZBVG35 0.016/0.035
Red 4ZBVG45 0.016/0.035
Orange 4ZBVG55 0.016/0.035
Blue 4ZBVG65 0.016/0.035
a 230...240
(50/60 Hz)
White 4ZBVM15 0.016/0.035
Green 4ZBVM35 0.016/0.035
Red 4ZBVM45 0.016/0.035
Orange 4ZBVM55 0.016/0.035
Blue 4ZBVM65 0.016/0.035
Sheet of 50 blank legends
For use with Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Legend holder ZBZ001 10 ZBY001 0.023/0.051
“SIS Label” labelling software (for legends ZBY001)
For legend design
for English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
10 XBY2U 0.100/0.220
(1) It is not possible to t an additional block on the back of these contact or light blocks.
ZBZ001-PRO-3-M
814262
ZBZ001
Labelling software
Logiciel de création d'étiquettes
Beschriftungssoftware
Software para crear etiquetas
Software per la creazione di etichette
SIS-Label
Merlin Gerin
Modicon
Square D
Telemecanique
540548
XBY2U
ZBE1015
PF107777
PF080711
ZBVB35
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/23
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
Body/contact assemblies - Faston connectors
References
Contact functions (1)
Faston connectors (Ø 6.35 or 2 x 2.8 mm/0.250 or 2 x 0.110 in.)
Contacts for standard applications
Description Type of
contact
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contact
blocks
Single 1 – 5ZBE1013 0.011/0.024
– 1 5ZBE1023 0.011/0.024
Double 2 – 5ZBE2033 0.020/0.044
– 2 5ZBE2043 0.020/0.044
1 1 5ZBE2053 0.020/0.044
Single with
body/xing collar
1 – 1ZB5AZ1013 (2) 0.021/0.046
– 1 1ZB5AZ1023 (2) 0.021/0.046
2 – 1ZB5AZ1033 0.030/0.066
– 2 1ZB5AZ1043 0.030/0.066
1 1 1ZB5AZ1053 0.030/0.066
Contacts for specic applications
Application Type
of
contact
Description
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Low power
switching
Single Standard 1 – 5ZBE10163 (2) 0.012/0.026
– 1 5ZBE10263 (2) 0.012/0.026
Dusty
environments (3)
(IP 5X,
50 μm dust)
1 – 5ZBE1016P3 (2) 0.012/0.026
– 1 5ZBE1026P3 (2) 0.012/0.026
Staggered
contacts
Single Early make 1 – 5ZBE2013 (2) 0.011/0.024
N/O
Late break – 1 5ZBE2023 (2) 0.011/0.024
N/C
High power
switching
Single Standard (4) 1 – 1ZBE5013 0.021/0.046
– 1 1ZBE5023 0.021/0.046
2 – 1ZBE5033 0.033/0.073
– 2 1ZBE5043 0.033/0.073
1 1 1ZBE5053 0.033/0.073
Clip-on legend holder for electrical blocks with screw clamp
terminal connections
(5)
For use
with
Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg/lb
IIdentication of an XB5A
control or signaling unit
10 ZBZ001 0.001/0.002
Sheet of 50 blank legends
Legend holder ZBZ001 10 ZBY001 0.023/0.051
“SIS Label” labelling software (for legends ZBY001)
For legend design
for English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
1XBY2U 0.100/0.220
(1) The contact blocks enable variable composition of body/contact assemblies. Maximum
number of rows possible: 3. Either 3 rows of 3 single contacts or 1 row of 3 double contacts +
1 row of 3 single contacts (double contacts occupy the rst 2 rows).
(2) To order products with screw clamp terminal connections for lugs, replace the 3 at the end of
the reference with a 9. Example: ZBE1013 becomes ZBE1019.
(3) It is not possible to t an additional contact block on the back of these contact blocks.
(4) It is not possible to use these contacts with light blocks.
(5)
This legend holder is not
compatible with high power switching contacts.
ZBE1023
PF080708
ZBZ001-PRO-3-M
814262
ZBZ001
Labelling software
Logiciel de création d'étiquettes
Beschriftungssoftware
Software para crear etiquetas
Software per la creazione di etichette
SIS-Label
Merlin Gerin
Modicon
Square D
Telemecanique
540548
XBY2U
ZBE2043
PF080709
ZB4BZ1043
PF080704
ZBE5043
PF080710
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/24
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
Body/contact assemblies - Plug-in connector
References
Body/xing collar
For use with Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Electrical block (contact or light) 10 ZB5AZ009 0.006/0.013
Contact functions Plug-in connector (1)
Description Type of
contact
Sold
in lots
of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for standard applications
Contact blocks Single 1 – 5ZBE1014 0.011/0.024
– 1 5ZBE1024 0.011/0.024
Single with
body/xing
collar
1 – 1ZB5AZ1014 0.018/0.040
– 1 1ZB5AZ1024 0.018/0.040
2 – 1ZB5AZ1034 0.026/0.057
– 2 1ZB5AZ1044 0.026/0.057
1 1 1ZB5AZ1054 0.026/0.057
1 2 1ZB5AZ1414 0.036/0.079
Light blocks Plug-in connector
Description Supply
voltage (V)
Color of
light source
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)
z 24
(50/60 Hz)
White 5
ZBVB14
0.016/0.035
Green 5ZBVB34 0.016/0.035
Red 5ZBVB44 0.016/0.035
Orange 5ZBVB54 0.016/0.035
Blue 5ZBVB64 0.016/0.035
a 110…120
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVG14 0.016/0.035
Green 5ZBVG34 0.016/0.035
Red 5ZBVG44 0.016/0.035
Orange 5ZBVG54 0.016/0.035
Blue 5ZBVG64 0.016/0.035
a 230…240
(50/60 Hz)
White 5ZBVM14 0.016/0.035
Green 5ZBVM34 0.016/0.035
Red 5ZBVM44 0.016/0.035
Orange 5ZBVM54 0.016/0.035
Blue 5ZBVM64 0.016/0.035
Connecting cables and connector
Description Number of
connectors
Wire
c.s.a.
mm2/
AWG
Length
Ø mm/in.
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
Cables with
connectors
2-pin,
Ø 5.08 mm/0.200 in.
pitch
10.75/19 500/19.685 8APE1C2150 0.120/0.265
20.75/19 500/19.685 8APE1C2250 0.180/0.397
Spring terminal
connector
2-pin,
Ø 5.08 mm/0.200 in.
pitch
–0.2 to 0.5
/25 to 14
–10 APE1PRE21 0.003/0.007
(1) It is not possible to t an additional contact block on the back of these contact blocks.
ZBE1024
101265
ZBVB14
101270
ZB5AZ009
814588101262
ZBE1014
ZB5AZ1014
814408
ZB5AZ1024
814410
APE1C2250
530719
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/25
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
Circular yellow legends
References
Circular yellow legends for mushroom head pushbuttons
Diameter
mm/in.
Conforming
to standards
Marking on
Yellow background
Sold in
lots of
Unit
Reference
Weight
kg/lb
Used for “Emergency stop” function (1)
90/3.543 EN/IEC
60204-1
and
EN/ISO
13850
–10 ZBY8140 0.008/0.018
ARRET D’URGENCE 10 ZBY8130 0.008/0.018
EMERGENCY STOP 10 ZBY8330 0.008/0.018
NOT-HALT 10 ZBY8230 0.008/0.018
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA 10 ZBY8430 0.008/0.018
ARRESTO DE EMERGENZA 10 ZBY8630 0.008/0.018
Used for “Emergency switching off” function
60/2.362 EN/IEC
60204-1
–10 ZBY9101 0.004/0.009
COUPURE D’URGENCE 10 ZBY9160 0.004/0.009
EMERGENCY SWITCHING OFF 10 ZBY9360 0.004/0.009
NOT-AUS 10 ZBY9260 0.004/0.009
DESCONEXION DE EMERGENCIA 10 ZBY9460 0.004/0.009
INTERRUZIONE DI EMERGENZA 10 ZBY9660 0.004/0.009
90/3.543 EN/IEC
60204-1
–10 ZBY8101 0.008/0.018
COUPURE D’URGENCE 10 ZBY8160 0.008/0.018
EMERGENCY SWITCHING OFF 10 ZBY8360 0.008/0.018
NOT-AUS 10 ZBY8260 0.008/0.018
DESCONEXION DE EMERGENCIA 10 ZBY8460 0.008/0.018
INTERRUZIONE DI EMERGENZA 10 ZBY8660 0.008/0.018
(1) For complying with EN/ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop function logo
has been added.
DF539642
ZBY9160
ZBY9130
PF514403
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/26
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB5, plastic
Accessories for pushbuttons
References
Accessories for mushroom head pushbuttons
Description Exclusive
use with the
following
Ø 40 mm
/1.575 in.
trigger action
pushbuttons
Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Padlocking kit
(1) (2)
For Emergency stop
(3) and Emergency
switching off function
(4),
(padlockable)
XB5AS844p,
XB5AS944p,
ZB5AS844,
ZB5AS944p
Yellow ZBZ3605 0.045/0.099
Metal guards
For Emergency stop
(3) function
Padlockable (2)
XB5AT8p,
XB5AS8p,
XB5AS9p,
ZB5AT8p,
ZB5AS8p,
ZB5AS9p
Chromium
plated
ZBZ1600 0.046/0.101
Black ZBZ1602 0.046/0.101
Red ZBZ1604 0.046/0.101
Blue ZBZ1606 0.046/0.101
Description Marking Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø 60 mm/2.362 in.
legend
for padlocking
device ZBZ3605
For Emergency stop
function (3)
Without Yellow ZBY9140T 0.004/0.009
ARRET D’URGENCE Yellow ZBY9130T 0.004/0.009
EMERGENCY STOP Yellow ZBY9330T 0.004/0.009
NOT-HALT Yellow ZBY9230T 0.004/0.009
Ø 60 mm/2.362 in.
legend
for padlocking
device ZBZ3605
For Emergency
switching off function
(4)
Without Yellow ZBY9101T 0.004/0.009
COUPURE D’URGENCE Yellow ZBY9160T 0.004/0.009
EMERGENCY
SWITCHING OFF
Yellow ZBY9360T 0.004/0.009
NOT-AUS Yellow ZBY9260T 0.004/0.009
Description Marking Color Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø 60 mm
/2.362 in. legend
for Emergency stop
function
- Yellow 5ZBY9121 0.007/0.015
EMERGENCY STOP Yellow 5ZBY9320 0.007/0.015
ARRET D’URGENCE Yellow 5ZBY9120 0.007/0.015
NOT HALT Yellow 5ZBY9220 0.007/0.015
PARADA DE
EMERGENCIA
Yellow 5ZBY9420 0.007/0.015
ARRESTO DI
EMERGENZA
Yellow 5ZBY9620 0.007/0.015
Other accessories
Description For use with Color Reference Weight
kg/lb
Plastic guard Selector switches and
key switches
Black ZBZ2102 0.005/0.011
Padlockable aps Pushbuttons Black ZB4BZ62 0.076/0.168
Red ZB4BZ64 0.076/0.168
Yellow ZB4BZ65 0.076/0.168
Blue ZB4BZ66 0.076/0.168
(1) Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends
ZBY9pppT.
(2) No isolation function is possible when this guard is tted.
(3) Ensures conformity with standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850.
(4) Ensures conformity with standard EN/IEC 60204-1.
(5) Only when mounted on control stations. Use legends ZBY9pppT.
DF540769
Ø 6
ZBZ160p
DF539643
Ø 8 maxi
Ø 6 mini
ZBZ3605
107353
ZB4BZ64
PF131618A
ZBY9121
PF131622A
ZBY9420
DF539642
ZBY9160T
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/27
XB7NS842
PF100411
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 22 - Harmony XB7, monolithic
Emergency stop pushbuttons, circular legends
References
Emergency stop and emergency switching off function with
mechanical latching
Shape of
head
Type of
push
Standards
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C
Contacts for standard applications
Turn to
release
EN/IEC
60204-1,
EN/ISO 13850,
EN/IEC
60947-5-5,
Machinery
directive
2006/42/EC
and UL
– 1 10 XB7NS8442 0.045/0.099
1 1 10 XB7NS8445 0.045/0.099
– 2 10 XB7NS8444 0.045/0.099
Push-
pull
– 1 10 XB7NT842 0.040/0.088
1 1 10 XB7NT845 0.040/0.088
– 2 10 XB7NT844 0.040/0.088
Key
release
(n° 455)
– 2 10 XB7NS9444 0.072/0.159
– 1 10 XB7NS9445 0.072/0.159
Circular legends, yellow, for mushroom head pushbuttons
Description Marking on yellow
background
Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg/lb
Used for “Emergency stop” function (1)
Ø 60 mm/2.362 in.
circular legend
compatible with
Emergency stop
–5ZBY9121 0.007/0.015
ARRET D’URGENCE 5ZBY9320 0.007/0.015
EMERGENCY STOP 5ZBY9120 0.007/0.015
NOT-HALT 5ZBY9220 0.007/0.015
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA 5ZBY9420 0.007/0.015
ARRESTO DE EMERGENZA 5ZBY9620 0.007/0.015
Ø 90 mm/3.543 in.
circular legend
compatible with
Emergency stop
–10 ZBY8140 0.008/0.018
ARRET D’URGENCE 10 ZBY8130 0.008/0.018
EMERGENCY STOP 10 ZBY8330 0.008/0.018
NOT-HALT 10 ZBY8230 0.008/0.018
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA 10 ZBY8430 0.008/0.018
ARRESTO DE EMERGENZA 10 ZBY8630 0.008/0.018
(1) For compliance with standard EN/ISO 13850, paragraph 4.4.6, the Emergency stop logo
has been added.
ZBY9130
PF514403
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/28
Presentation
The Ø 30 mm/1.181 in. Harmony 9001 range of Emergency stop and Emergency
switching off functions is robust and meet a great number of applications in heavy
industries such as: petrochemical, metallurgy, mining, oil and gas, wastewater
treatment, and automobile manufacturing.
b Two family of products are available :
v The Harmony 9001K control and signalling units offering good robustness with a
chromium plated metal bezel
v The Harmony 9001SK control and signalling units, with a double insulated bezel
designed for applications requiring a high resistance to corrosion
b This range includes:
v Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons
(conforming
to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850)
v Choice of accessories and spare parts common to both families,
v Choice of aluminium or plastic legend plates.
Installation
b Harmony 9001 products are both simple and quick to install:
v Block setting by single installer with a single screw contact block,
v Automatic self-grounding operators without additional wiring,
v Easy function identication thanks to the coloured contact blocks,
v Clear window for status of contact operation and troubleshooting,
v Side-by-side and/or stacked mounting of contact blocks to minimize enclosure
space requirements.
b Connection is made through screw clamp terminals (cross headedslotted screw)
Environment
The performance features of these range meet the most demanding international
standards and approvals:
b Degrees of protection:
Products are originally oil-tight, dust-tight and water-tight. No boot needs to be added.
v For 9001K chromium plated metal bezel: IP 66 according to IEC 61140 and NEMA
type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4,12 and 13
v For 9001SK plastic bezel: IP 66 according to IEC 61140 and NEMA type 1, 2, 3, 3R,
4, 4X, 12 et 13.
b International standards:
v EN/IEC ???60204/1 et EN/ISO 13850 for Emergency stop mushroom head
pushbuttons (if used with the Emergency stop legend plates)
b Product certications:
v International certications: UL, CSA, NOM, RoHS, GOST
Presentation Aquire the information
Control units Ø 30
Harmony 9001K & SK range
Emergency stop pushbuttons
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/29
Emergency stop mushroom head pushbutton
(with chromium plated metal bezel)
Shape
of head
Type
of push
Head
color &
material
Type of contacts Reference Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C C/O
Circular,
Ø 40 mm
/1.575 in.
2 positions
(1)
Turn to Release
Trigger action
Red,
plastic
11–9001KR16H13 0.141/0.311
2 2 – 9001KR16H2 0.141/0.311
–––9001KR16 (2) 0.141/0.311
Emergency stop mushroom head pushbutton
(with double insulated bezel)
Circular,
Ø 40 mm
/1.575 in.
2 positions
Turn to
release
Trigger
action (1)
1 1 – 9001SKR16H13 0.141/0.311
2 2 – 9001SKR16H2 0.141/0.311
– – – 9001SKR16 (2) 0.141/0.311
Contact blocks with protected terminals
Description Type of contacts Reference Weight
kg/lb
N/O N/C C/O
Standard
contact blocks
––19001KA1 (3) 0.027/0.060
1 – – 9001KA2 (3) 0.023/0.051
–1–9001KA3 (3) 0.023/0.051
Late break
contact blocks
– – 1 9001KA4 0.027/0.060
– 1 – 9001KA5 0.023/0.051
Early break
contact blocks
1 – – 9001KA6 0.023/0.051
Logic reed
contact blocks
Hermetically sealed
1 – – 9001KA41 (3) 0.045/0.099
–1–9001KA42 (3) 0.045/0.099
– – 1 9001KA43 (3) 0.045/0.099
Power reed
contact blocks
Hermetically sealed
1 – 1 9001KA51 (3) 0.045/0.099
– 1 – 9001KA52 (3) 0.045/0.099
– – 1 9001KA53 (3) 0.045/0.099
Emergency stop legend plate (plastic)
Description Legend
plate
colour
Marking Reference Weight
kg/lb
Ø 60 mm
/2.362 in.
Yellow EMERGENCY STOP 9001KN9330 0.005/0.011
Ø 90 mm
/3.543 in.
Yellow EMERGENCY STOP 9001KN8330 0.005/0.011
(1) Emergency stop device, conforms to EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850 when used with
Emergency Stop legend plate 9001KN8330 or 9001KN9330.
(2) Supplied without contact block. Contact blocks to be ordered separately.
(3) It is possible to mount up to 3 levels of contact blocks (maximum of 6 contacts blocks) on
9001 K and 9001 SK references. For additional contact blocks to be installed by the
customer, please refer to our site www.schneider-electric.com.
Aquire the information
Control units Ø 30
Harmony 9001K & SK range
Emergency stop pushbuttons, contact blocks, and
circular yellow legends
References
DF540921
9001 KNp330
9001KR16H13
PF100883
9001SKR16H13
PF100878
9001KA1
821 136
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/30
Presentation Aquire the information
Operator dialogue terminals
MagelisTM XBTGH Advanced hand-held panel
Emergency stop function
Presentation
The Magelis XBTGH Advanced hand-held panel offers a portable touch screen
terminal with 5.7" color screen and a safety device: Emergency stop.
The emergency stop button with 2 NC safety contacts and 1 NO auxiliary contact is
used to stop the machine during emergency.
Operation
These terminals are available in multifunction levels (5.7" ) which features new
information and communication technologies:
b High level of communication (embedded Ethernet, multi-link, Web server and
FTP)
b External storage of data (Compact Flash memory card and USB memory stick) for
storing production data and backing up applications
b Multimedia data with integrated image and sound management (digital or analog
camera)
b Management of peripherals: Printers, bar code readers, loudspeakers, etc.
Communication
Magelis Standard Advanced panel communicate with PLCs via one or two integrated
serial links, using communication protocols:
b Schneider Electric (Uni-TE, Modbus)
b Third-party: Mitsubishi Electric, Omron, Allen-Bradley and Siemens
Ethernet TCP/IP
CANopen
Premium
Quantum
Modicon M340
Modicon STB
XBTGT
XBTGK
HMIGTW
ATV 71
Modicon M340
Modbus / Uni-Telway
Twido
XBTGT
XBTGH
XBTGTW
Magelis XBTGH with emergency stop
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/31
References Aquire the information
Operator dialogue terminals
MagelisTM XBTGH Advanced hand-held panel
Emergency stop function
XBTGH Advanced hand-held panel (1)
Type of front panel Number
of ports
Application
memory
capacity
Compact
Flash
memory
Video
input
Number of
Ethernet
ports
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Multifunction, 5.7" screen
TFT color mode screen
and Emergency stop
button
1 COM1
1 USB
32 MB Yes No 1 XBTGH2460 (2) –
Connection components
Description Usage Length
m/ft.
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Junction box for XBTGH Specically for the XBTGH terminal, it enables:
b24 V c power supply to XBTGH terminal
bConnection of various safety inputs/outputs
bConnection on multi-protocol serial link
(9-way SUB-D) or Ethernet TCP/IP (RJ45)
Can be mounted on 35 mm rail
–XBTZGJBOX (2) (3) –
Interface cable for XBTGH For connecting XBTGH terminal to junction box
XBTZGJBOX
3/9.84 XBTZGHL3 –
5/16.40 XBTZGHL5 –
10/32.80 XBTZGHL10 –
20/65.62 XBTZGHL20 (4) –
(1) ) For more information on Magelis XBTGH functions, description and connection accessories, please refer to Magelis
XBTGH Advanced hand-held panel catalog in our website www.schneider-electric.com.
(2) The XBTGH terminal is connected to junction box XBTZGJBOX using cable XBTZGHLpp, to be ordered separately.
(3) A junction box is required at each XBTGH terminal connection point.
(4) With this cable, the following limitations apply to the junction box:
- no RS 232C serial link
- an isolation box cannot be used
- 24 V c supply voltage tolerance of approximately 10%
XBTGH2460
XBTZGJBOX
XBTZGHLpp
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/34
References
Start or Stop function
b Light grey “RAL 7035” base, dark grey “RAL 7016” lid
Description Type of
push
Dimensions
(1)
w x h x d
mm
Type of contact Marking Reference Weight
kg
N/O N/C
Marking on pushbutton
1 spring return pushbutton Flush,
green
68 x 68 x 62 1 – I XALD102 (2) 0.135
Marche XALD104 (2) 0.156
Start XALD103 (2) 0.156
1 1 I XALD102E 0.165
Flush,
red
68 x 68 x 62 – 1 O XALD112 0.156
Arrêt XALD117 0.156
Stop XALD114 (2) 0.165
1 1 O XALD112E 0.165
Stop XALD114E 0.165
Projecting,
red
68 x 68 x 66.5 – 1 O XALD115 (2) 0.157
Arrêt XALD118 0.157
Stop XALD116 0.157
Marking on legend holder and legend below head
1 spring return pushbutton Flush,
green
68 x 68 x 62 1 – Marche XALD101 (2) 0.157
Start XALD101H29 (2) 0.157
Flush,
red
68 x 68 x 62 – 1 Arrêt XALD111 0.157
Stop XALD111H29 (2) 0.157
1 mushroom head
pushbutton, Ø 40 mm,
spring return
Red 68 x 68 x 86 – 1 Arrêt XALD164 (2) 0.182
Stop XALD164H29H7 0.182
(1) Please see our website www.schneider-electric.com for more precised information about dimensions of components.
(2) Please add H7 for UL/CSA conformity, example: XALK102H7.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Complete stations (screw clamp terminal connections)
815193
XALD164
815192
XALD111
815191
XALD101
815190
XALD115
815189
XALD102
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/35
2
Emergency stop function: Mushroom head Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons
conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard
EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
Emergency switching off function: Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to
standards IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
Please consult our Customer Care Centre for a full explanation of these standards and directives.
Emergency stop and Emergency switching off functions with trigger action and
mechanical latching
b Light grey “RAL 7035” base, yellow “RAL 1021” lid
b Conformity to standards EN/IEC 60204-1, EN/ISO 13850 (1), EN/IEC 60947-5-5 and to Machinery directive
2006/42/CE (2)
Description Dimensions (3)
w x h x d
mm
Type of contact Marking Reference Weight
kg
“F” “O”
Unmarked
1 mushroom head
pushbutton, Ø 40 mm, red
Turn to release
68 x 68 x 92.5 – 1 – XALK178 (4) 0.194
– 2 – XALK178F (4) 0.194
1 1 – XALK178E (4) 0.194
1 2 – XALK178G (4) 0.194
1 mushroom head
pushbutton, Ø 40 mm, red
Key release (key n° 455)
68 x 68 x 114.5 – 1 – XALK188 (4)
0.188
– 2 – XALK188F
0.188
1 1 – XALK188E (4) 0.188
1 2 – XALK188G 0.188
1 mushroom head
pushbutton, Ø 40 mm, red
Push-pull
68 x 68 x 91.5 – 1 – XALK198 (4) 0.193
Marked
1 mushroom head
pushbutton, Ø 40 mm, red
Turn to release
68 x 68 x 92.5 – 1 NODSTOP XALK178H26 0.194
– 1 EMERGENCY
STOP
XALK178H29 (4) 0.194
– 1 NOT HALT XALK178H44 0.194
– 1 NODSTOPP XALK178H49 0.194
– 2 NODSTOP XALK178FH26 0.194
– 2 EMERGENCY
STOP
XALK178FH29 0.194
– 2 NOT HALT XALK178FH44 0.194
– 2 NODSTOPP XALK178FH49 0.194
1 2 NODSTOP XALK178GTH26 (5) 0.197
1 2 EMERGENCY
STOP
XALK178GTH29 (5) 0.197
1 2 NOT HALT XALK178GTH44 (5) 0.197
– 2 NODSTOP XALK188GTH26 (5) 0.188
(1) Our Customer Care Centre may provide a control station type XALK1p8 with marking of the Emergency stop function
and of the logo in conformity with the requests of EN/ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6.
(2) Please consult our Customer Care Centre for full details of these standards and directives.
(3)
Please see our website www.schneider-electric.com for more precised information about dimensions of components.
(4) Please add H7 for UL/CSA conformity, example: XALK178H7.
(5) T for direct head mounting on cover with ZB5AZ009 xing base.
References (continued) Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Complete stations (screw clamp terminal connections)
815195
XALK198
815197
XALK188p
815196
XALK178p
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/36
References (continued)
Start-Stop function
b Light grey “RAL 7035” base, yellow “RAL 1021” lid
Description Dimensions (3)
w x h x d
mm
Type of contact Marking Reference Weight
kg
N/O N/C
Marking on pushbutton (2)
2 spring return pushbuttons:
- 1 ush, green
- 1 ush, red
68 x 106 x 62 1
–
–
1
I
O
XALD213 (3) 0.233
Marche
Arrêt
XALD224 (3) 0.233
Start
Stop
XALD215 (3) 0.233
1
1
1
1
I
O
XALD213E 0.252
2 spring return pushbuttons:
- 1 ush, green
- 1 projecting, red
68 x 106 x 66.5 1
–
–
1
I
O
XALD214 0.234
Start
Stop
XALD225 (3) 0.234
Marking on legend holder and legend below head
2 spring return pushbuttons:
- 1 ush, green
- 1 projecting, red
68 x 106 x 62 1
–
–
1
Marche
Arrêt
XALD211 (3) 0.233
Start
Stop
XALD211H29 (3) 0.233
2 spring return pushbuttons,
ush type, green
68 x 106 x 62 1
1
–
–
Ouverture
Fermeture
XALD241 0.233
1 selector switch with
standard handle
2-position stay put
68 x 106 x 80 1 – O-I XALD134 (3) 0.163
1 – Arrêt-Marche XALD132 (3) 0.163
Start
Stop
XALD133H7 0.163
1 key switch (key n° 455), key
withdrawal from left-hand
position
68 x 106 x 105.5 1 – O-I XALD144 (3) 0.187
Arrêt-Marche XALD142 0.196
1 1 O-I XALD144E (3) 0.196
Description Dimensions (3)
w x h x d
mm
Type of contact Marking Pilot
light
supply
V
Reference Weight
kg
N/O N/C
With pilot light and marking on pushbutton (2)
2 spring return pushbuttons
and 1 pilot light with integral
red LED
68 x 136 x 64.5 1
–
–
1
I
O
z 24 XALD363B 0.261
a 120 XALD363G (3) 0.261
a 230 XALD363M 0.261
With pilot light and marking on legend holder and legend below head
2 spring return pushbuttons
and 1 pilot light with integral
red LED
68 x 136 x 64.5 1
–
–
1
Marche
Arrêt
z 24 XALD361B 0.261
a 230 XALD361M (3) 0.261
(1) Please see our website www.schneider-electric.com for more precised information about dimensions of components.
(2) Push supplied with cap not clipped-in, allowing orientation through 90° in 360° steps.
(3) Please add H7 for UL/CSA conformity, example: XALD213H7.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Complete stations (screw clamp terminal connections)
815199
XALD363B
106614
XALD144
106613
XALD134
815202
XALD211H29
815203
XALD224
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/37
2
References (continued)
Two function
b Light grey “RAL 7035” base, yellow “RAL 1021” lid
Description Dimensions (1)
w x h x d
mm
Type of contact Marking Reference Weight
kg
N/O N/C
Marking on pushbutton (2)
2 spring return pushbuttons:
- 1ush, white
- 1 ush, black
68 x 106 x 62 1
1
–
–
A
RXALD222 (4) 0.233
V
BXALD223 0.233
1
1
1
1
A
RXALD222E 0.233
Three function
b Light grey “RAL 7035” base, yellow “RAL 1021” lid
Description Dimensions (1)
w x h x d
mm
Type of contact Marking Reference Weight
kg
N/O N/C
Marking on pushbutton (2)
3 spring return pushbuttons:
- 1 ush, green
- 1 ush, red
- 1 ush, green
68 x 136 x 62 1
–
1
–
1
–
I
O
II
XALD339 (4) 0.298
3 spring return pushbuttons:
- 1 ush, white
- 1 ush, red
- 1 ush, black
68 x 136 x 62 1
–
1
–
1
–
A
O
R
XALD324 (4) 0.298
A
Stop
R
XALD326 (4) 0.298
V
O
B
XALD334 (4) 0.298
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
O
R
XALD324E 0.317
3 spring return pushbuttons:
- 1 ush, white
- 1 projecting, red
- 1 ush, black
68 x 136 x 62 1
–
1
–
1
–
A
O
R
XALD325 0.299
2 spring return + 1 mushroom
head pushbuttons:
- 1 ush, white
- 1 mushroom head, red (3)
- 1 ush, black
68 x 136 x 87.5 1
–
1
–
1
–
A
O
R
XALD328 (4) 0.317
Marking on legend holder and legend below head
3 spring return pushbuttons:
- 1 ush, green
- 1 ush, red
- 1 ush, green
68 x 136 x 62 1
–
1
–
1
–
Avant
Arrêt
Arrière
XALD311 (4) 0.299
FORWARD
STOP
REVERSE
XALD311H29H7 0.299
Montée
Arrêt
Descente
XALD321 0.299
UP
STOP
DOWN
XALD321H29H7 0.299
(1)
Please see our website www.schneider-electric.com for more precised information about dimensions of components.
(2) Push supplied with cap not clipped-in, allowing orientation through 90° in 360° steps.
(3) Standard turn to release, latching, Ø 30 mm.
(4) Please add H7 for UL/CSA conformity, example: XALD22H7.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Complete stations (screw clamp terminal connections)
815207
XALD321
815208
XALD334
815209
XALD339
815206
XALD222
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/38
References (continued)
XALK01H29
PF540623
Empty control stations (lid xing screws and nut material: stainless steel type A4, AISI 316)
Description Text and logo Dimensions (1)
w x h x d
mm
Number of
cut-outs
Reference Weight
kg
Light grey “RAL 7035” base
Dark grey “RAL 7016” lid
Without 68 x 68 x 53 1 XALD01 0.136
68 x 106 x 53 2 XALD02 0.193
68 x 136 x 53 3 XALD03 0.238
68 x 166 x 53 4 XALD04 0.278
68 x 196 x 53 5
XALD05 0.322
Light grey “RAL 7035” base
Yellow “RAL 1021” lid
For Emergency stop function
Without 68 x 68 x 53 1 XALK01 (5) 0.136
68 x 106 x 53 2 XALK02 0.193
68 x 136 x 53 3 XALK03 (5) 0.238
68 x 166 x 53 4 XALK04 0.278
68 x 196 x 53 5
XALK05 0.322
With text
«ARRET D’URGENCE» (2)
and logo
(3)
68 x 68 x 53 1XALK01HFR 0.136
With text
«EMERGENCY STOP» (2)
and logo
(3)
68 x 68 x 53 1XALK01H29 0.136
With text
«NOT HALT» (2)
and logo
(3)
68 x 68 x 53 1XALK01H44 0.136
Without 68 x 68 x 53 1XALK01T (6) 0.136
With text
«ARRET D’URGENCE» (2)
and logo
(3)
68 x 68 x 53 1XALK01THFR (6) 0.136
With text
«NODSTOP» (2)
and logo
(3)
68 x 68 x 53 1XALK01TH26 (6) 0.136
With text
«EMERGENCY STOP» (2)
and logo
(3)
68 x 68 x 53 1XALK01TH29 (6) 0.136
CSA + UL certied (4)
Light grey “RAL 7035”base
Dark grey “RAL 7016” lid
Without 68 x 68 x 53 1 XALD01H7 0.136
68 x 106 x 53 2 XALD02H7 0.205
68 x 136 x 53 3 XALD03H7 0.238
68 x 136 x 53 3XALD04H7 0.238
68 x 136 x 53 3XALD05H7 0.238
(1)
Please see our website www.schneider-electric.com for more precised information about dimensions of components.
(2) For supply of the text in an other language, please consult our Customer Care Centre.
(3) For complying with ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop function logo has been added.
(4) Volt-free commoning/earth terminal included.
(5) Please add H7 for UL/CSA conformity, example: XALD01H7.
(6) T for direct head mounting on cover with ZB5AZ009 xing base.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for
customer assembly: empty enclosures
815211
XALD02
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/39
2
References (continued)
Electrical blocks and accessories for mounting in back of enclosure
Description Description Color Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg
Electrical blocks with screw clamp terminal connections
Standard contact blocks (1) N/O contact – 5ZENL1111 0.015
N/C contact – 5ZENL1121 0.015
Light blocks with integral
LED (1)
z 24 V White 5ZALVB1 0.015
Green 5ZALVB3 0.015
Red 5ZALVB4 0.015
Yellow 5ZALVB5 0.015
Blue 5ZALVB6 0.015
a 110…120 V White 5 ZALVG1 0.015
Green 5ZALVG3 0.015
Red 5ZALVG4 0.015
Yellow 5ZALVG5 0.015
Blue 5ZALVG6 0.015
a 230…240 V White 5ZALVM1 0.015
Green 5ZALVM3 0.015
Red 5ZALVM4 0.015
Yellow 5ZALVM5 0.015
Blue 5ZALVM6 0.015
Description For use with Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg
Accessories for electrical blocks
Blanking plug Ø 22 mm units 10 ZB5SZ3 0.008
Nut Head xing 10 ZB5AZ901 0.002
Volt-free terminal Commoning/earth 10 XALZ09 0.003
Bezel tool For tightening nut ZB5AZ901 1ZB5AZ905 0.016
Electrical blocks and accessories for mounting beneath heads
Description Description Color Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg
Electrical blocks with screw clamp terminal connections (2) (for use with body/xing collar ZB5AZ009)
Standard contact blocks N/O contact – 5ZBE101 0.016
N/C contact – 5ZBE102 0.016
Light blocks with integral
LED
z 24 V White 5ZBVB1 0.016
Green 5ZBVB3 0.016
Red 5ZBVB4 0.016
Yellow 5ZBVB5 0.016
Blue 5ZBVB6 0.016
a 110…120 V White 5 ZBVG1 0.016
Green 5ZBVG3 0.016
Red 5ZBVG4 0.016
Yellow 5ZBVG5 0.016
Blue 5ZBVG6 0.016
a 230…240 V White 5ZBVM1 0.016
Green 5ZBVM3 0.016
Red 5ZBVM4 0.016
Yellow 5ZBVM5 0.016
Blue 5ZBVM6 0.016
Description For use with Voltage Level of
protection
Unit reference Weight
kg
Accessories for electrical blocks
LED suppressors
for high powers (u 30 VA)
Electrical light blocks with
integral LED
a 120 V 25…120 VA ZBZVG 0.010
a 230 V 30…230 VA ZBZVM 0.010
Body/xing collar
Sold in lots of 10
Electrical blocks
(contact or light)
– – ZB5AZ009 0.006
(1) A maximum of 3 electrical blocks can be tted per associated head.
(2) For electrical blocks for printed circuit board connection: please consult our Customer Care Centre.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: electrical blocks
815216
ZB5AZ009
815220
ZBVVp
815215
ZBVBp
815214
ZBE101
ZB5AZ905-PRO-3-M
815212
ZB5AZ905
ZB5SZ3-PRO-3-M
815213
ZB5SZ3
815217
ZALVBp
815218
ZENL1111
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/40
References (continued)
Heads for spring return pushbuttons - unmarked
Shape of head Type of push Color of cap Reference Weight
kg
Without cap (1) –ZB5AA0 0.022
Flush, with set of 6 colored caps 6 colors (2) ZB5AA9 0.027
Flush White ZB5AA1 0.018
Black ZB5AA2 0.018
Green ZB5AA3 0.018
Red ZB5AA4 0.018
Yellow ZB5AA5 0.018
Blue ZB5AA6 0.018
Grey ZB5AA8 0.018
Flush with transparent cap, for
insertion of legend (3)
White ZB5AA18 0.018
Green ZB5AA38 0.018
Red ZB5AA48 0.018
Yellow ZB5AA58 0.018
Blue ZB5AA68 0.018
Booted (colored silicone)
Can be replaced without dismantling the
head
White ZB5AP1S 0.014
Black ZB5AP2S 0.014
Green ZB5AP3S 0.014
Red ZB5AP4S 0.014
Yellow ZB5AP5S 0.014
Blue ZB5AP6S 0.014
Projecting White ZB5AL1 0.019
Black ZB5AL2 0.019
Green ZB5AL3 0.019
Red ZB5AL4 0.019
Yellow ZB5AL5 0.019
Blue ZB5AL6 0.019
Flush
(high guard)
White ZB5AA14 0.020
Black ZB5AA24 0.020
Green ZB5AA34 0.020
Red ZB5AA44 0.020
Yellow ZB5AA54 0.020
Blue ZB5AA64 0.020
Recessed
(high guard)
White ZB5AA16 0.019
Black ZB5AA26 0.019
Green ZB5AA36 0.019
Red ZB5AA46 0.019
Yellow ZB5AA56 0.019
Blue ZB5AA66 0.019
Flush White ZB5CA1 0.019
Black ZB5CA2 0.019
Green ZB5CA3 0.019
Red ZB5CA4 0.019
Yellow ZB5CA5 0.019
Blue ZB5CA6 0.019
Projecting White ZB5CL1 0.021
Black ZB5CL2 0.021
Green ZB5CL3 0.021
Red ZB5CL4 0.021
Yellow ZB5CL5 0.021
Blue ZB5CL6 0.021
(1) Cap to be ordered separately, see page 3/53.
(2) Head supplied with 6 different colored caps (white, black, green, red, yellow, blue).
(3) For legend ordering information, see page 3/52.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
CL Carre Depass.EPS
815228
ZB5CA5
815227
ZB5CA2
CA Carre Affleur.EPS
BA Rond AFLEUR.EPS
BL Rond DEPASS.EPS
815226
ZB5AL3
BA Rond AFLEUR.EPS
103545_2
ZB5AP2S
BL Rond DEPASS.EPS
BL Rond DEPASS.EPS
815224
ZB5AA5
BA Rond AFLEUR.EPS
BA Rond AFLEUR.EPS
815224
ZB5AA0
BA Rond AFLEUR.EPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/41
2
References (continued)
Heads for spring return pushbuttons - marked
Shape of
head
Type of push Marking Color of cap Reference Weight
kg
Text Color
Flush (1) I White Green ZB5AA331 0.018
Black White ZB5AA131 0.018
II White Green ZB5AA336 0.018
Black White ZB5AA136 0.018
START White Green ZB5AA333 0.018
Black White ZB5AA133 0.018
ON White Green ZB5AA341 0.018
Black White ZB5AA141 0.018
MARCHE White Green ZB5AA342 0.018
Black White ZB5AA142 0.018
White Black ZB5AA245 0.018
Black White ZB5AA145 0.018
O White Red ZB5AA432 0.018
Black ZB5AA232 0.018
ARRET White Red ZB5AA433 0.018
Black ZB5AA233 0.018
STOP White Red ZB5AA434 0.018
Black ZB5AA234 0.018
OFF White Red ZB5AA435 0.018
Black ZB5AA235 0.018
UP Black White ZB5AA343 0.018
DOWN White Black ZB5AA344 0.018
AWhite Black ZB5AA335 0.018
Black White ZB5AA334 0.018
Projecting (1) O White Red ZB5AL432 0.019
Black ZB5AL232 0.019
ARRET White Red ZB5AL433 0.019
Black ZB5AL233 0.019
STOP White Red ZB5AL434 0.019
Black ZB5AL234 0.019
OFF White Red ZB5AL435 0.019
Black ZB5AL235 0.019
Flush (1) I White Green ZB5CA331 0.019
O White Red ZB5CA432 0.019
+White Black ZB5CA2934 0.019
AWhite Black ZB5CA2912 0.019
R White Blue ZB5CA6939 0.019
Mushroom heads for spring return pushbuttons
Shape of head Diameter of push Color of push Reference Weight
kg
mm
30 Black ZB5AC24 0.027
Green ZB5AC34 0.027
Red ZB5AC44 0.027
Yellow ZB5AC54 0.027
Blue ZB5AC64 0.027
40 Black ZB5AC2 0.046
Green ZB5AC3 0.046
Red ZB5AC4 0.046
Yellow ZB5AC5 0.046
Blue ZB5AC6 0.046
(1) Push supplied with cap not clipped-in, allowing orientation through 90° in 360° steps.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
815237
ZB5AC2
815236
ZB5AC24
BC coup poing Ø40.EPS
CL Carre Depass.EPS
815235
ZB5AL232
BL Rond depass O .EPS
815234
ZB5AA432
815233
ZB5AA331
BA Rond AFLEUR I .EPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/42
Emergency stop function: Mushroom head Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons
conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1 and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard
EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
Emergency switching off function: Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to
standards IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
Please consult our Customer Care Centre for a full explanation of these standards and directives.
Emergency stop and switching off pushbuttons with trigger action and mechanical
latching
Shape of head Type of push Diameter
of push
mm
Color
of push
Reference Weight
kg
Trigger action
Push-pull
30 Red ZB5AT844 (1) 0.050
40 Red ZB5AT84 (1) 0.050
Trigger action
Turn to release
30 Red ZB5AS834 (1) 0.042
40 Red ZB5AS844 (1) 0.046
Trigger action
Key release (key n° 4A185)
30 Red ZB5AS934 (1) (3) 0.068
40 Red ZB5AS944 (1) 0.071
60 Red ZB5AS964 (1) 0.092
Trigger action
Key release (key n° 4A185)
40 Red ZB5AS944D (1) 0.071
Emergency switching off, mechanical latching pushbuttons
Shape of head Type of push Diameter
of push
Color
of push
Reference Weight
kg
mm
Push-pull 30 Black ZB5AT24 (2) 0.044
40 Black ZB5AT2 (2) 0.049
Turn to release 30 Black ZB5AS42 (2) 0.040
40 Black ZB5AS52 (2) 0.044
Yellow ZB5AS55 (2) 0.044
Key release (key n° 4A185)
(3)
30 Black ZB5AS72 (2) 0.040
40 Black ZB5AS12 (2) 0.044
(1) Mushroom head Emergency stop trigger action and mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards EN/IEC 60204-1
and EN/ISO 13850, to Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC and to standard EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
(2) Mushroom head switching off mechanical latching pushbuttons conform to standards IEC 60364-5-53 and EN/IEC 60947-5-5.
Please consult our Customer Care Centre for full details of these standards and directives.
(3) Other key numbers:
- key n° 421E: add sufx 12 to the reference.
- key n° 458A: add sufx 10 to the reference.
- key n° 520E: add sufx 14 to the reference.
- key n° 3131A: add sufx 20 to the reference.
Example: The reference for a Ø 40 mushroom head for a trigger action latching pushbutton with release by key n° 421E
becomes: ZB5AS94412.
References (continued) Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
AruØ40 cle dom.EPS
815246
ZB5AS934
BS1 aruØ40.EPS
BS5 aruØ40 .EPS
815243
ZB5AS844
BT aruØ40 .EPS
BS1 aruØ40.EPS
BS5 aruØ40 .EPS
BT aruØ40 .EPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/43
2
Heads for selector switches (1)
Shape of head Type of operator Number and type of positions Reference Weight
kg
Standard handle,
black
2 - stay put ZB5AD2 0.017
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AD4 0.020
3 - stay put ZB5AD3 0.017
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AD5 0.017
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AD7 0.017
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AD8 0.017
Standard handle,
white
2 - stay put ZB5AD201 0.017
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AD401 0.020
3 - stay put ZB5AD301 0.017
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AD501 0.017
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AD701 0.017
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AD801 0.017
Standard handle,
green
2 - stay put ZB5AD203 0.017
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AD403 0.020
3 - stay put ZB5AD303 0.017
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AD503 0.017
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AD703 0.017
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AD803 0.017
(1) Can only be used for actuation of end of row (side) mounted contacts.
References (continued) Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
106215
ZB5AD2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/44
Heads for selector switches (1) (continued)
Shape of head Type of operator Number and type of positions Reference Weight
kg
Standard handle,
red
2 - stay put ZB5AD204 0.017
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AD404 0.020
3 - stay put ZB5AD304 0.017
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AD504 0.017
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AD704 0.017
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AD804 0.017
Standard handle,
yellow
2 - stay put ZB5AD205 0.017
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AD405 0.020
3 - stay put ZB5AD305 0.017
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AD505 0.017
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AD705 0.017
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AD805 0.017
Standard handle,
blue
2 - stay put ZB5AD206 0.017
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AD406 0.020
3 - stay put ZB5AD306 0.017
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AD506 0.017
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AD706 0.017
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AD806 0.017
Long handle,
black
2 - stay put ZB5AJ2 0.017
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AJ4 0.020
3 - stay put ZB5AJ3 0.017
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AJ5 0.017
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AJ7 0.017
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AJ8 0.017
(1) Can only be used for actuation of end of row (side) mounted contacts.
References (continued) Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
106219
ZB5AJp
106215
ZB5ADppp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/45
2
Heads for selector switches (1) (continued)
Shape of head Type of operator Number and type of positions
(2)
Reference Weight
kg
Knurled knob,
black
2 - stay put ZB5AD29 0.020
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AD49 0.024
3 - stay put ZB5AD39 0.020
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AD59 0.020
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AD79 0.020
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AD89 0.020
Key switch with
key n° 455 (3) (4)
2 - stay put ZB5AG2 0.057
ZB5AG02 0.057
ZB5AG4 0.057
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AG6 0.061
3 - stay put ZB5AG0 0.057
ZB5AG3 0.057
ZB5AG5 0.057
ZB5AG9 0.057
ZB5AG09 0.057
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AG1 0.057
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AG7 0.057
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AG8 0.057
ZB5AG05 0.057
ZB5AG08 0.057
(1) Can only be used for actuation of end of row (side) mounted contacts.
(2) The symbol “ ” indicates key withdrawal position(s).
(3) Other key numbers:
- key n° 421E: add sufx 12 to the reference,
- key n° 458A: add sufx 10 to the reference,
- key n° 520E: add sufx 14 to the reference,
- key n° 3131A: add sufx 20 to the reference.
Example:
For a key switch head with key n° 421E, 2-position stay put with key withdrawal from the left-hand position, the reference
becomes: ZB5AG212.
(4) For specic keys with other numbers, please consult our Customer Care Centre.
References (continued) Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
106223
ZB5AG3
106224
ZB5AG2
106221
ZB5AD39
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/46
Heads for selector switches (1) (continued)
Shape of head Type of operator Number and type of positions
(2)
Reference Weight
kg
Key switch with
key n° 8D1
2 - stay put ZB5AG2D 0.057
ZB5AG02D 0.057
ZB5AG4D 0.057
2 - spring return from right
to left
ZB5AG6D 0.061
3 - stay put ZB5AG0D 0.057
ZB5AG3D 0.057
ZB5AG5D 0.057
ZB5AG9D 0.057
ZB5AG09D 0.057
ZB5AG03D 0.057
ZB5AG04D 0.057
3 - spring return from left
to centre
ZB5AG06D 0.057
ZB5AG1D 0.057
ZB5AG07D 0.057
3 - spring return from right
to centre
ZB5AG8D 0.057
ZB5AG08D 0.057
ZB5AG05D 0.057
3 - spring return to centre ZB5AG7D 0.057
Heads for toggle switches
Shape of head Description Lever Type of position Reference Weight
kg
2-position Black Stay put ZB5AD28 0.023
Spring return ZB5AD48 0.023
White Stay put ZB5AD2801 0.023
Red Stay put ZB5AD2804 0.023
Blue Stay put ZB5AD2806 0.023
(1) Can only be used for actuation of end of row (side) mounted contacts.
(2) The symbol “ ” indicates key withdrawal position(s).
References (continued) Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
815307
ZB5AD28
BD•8 basculeur.EPS
106224
ZB5AGpp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/47
2
Heads for pilot lights
Shape of head For use with body comprising
light source type
Color of lens Reference Weight
kg
With plain lens
With integral LED White ZB5AV013 0.017
Green ZB5AV033 0.017
Red ZB5AV043 0.017
Yellow ZB5AV053 0.017
Blue ZB5AV063 0.017
With integral LED White ZB5CV013 0.020
Green ZB5CV033 0.020
Red ZB5CV043 0.020
Yellow ZB5CV053 0.020
Blue ZB5CV063 0.020
5 colors (1) ZB5CV003 0.028
With plain lens, for insertion of legend (2)
With integral LED White ZB5AV013E 0.017
Green ZB5AV033E 0.017
Red ZB5AV043E 0.017
Yellow ZB5AV053E 0.017
Blue ZB5AV063E 0.017
With grooved lens (3)
With integral LED White ZB5AV013S 0.017
Green ZB5AV033S 0.017
Red ZB5AV043S 0.017
Yellow ZB5AV053S 0.017
Blue ZB5AV063S 0.017
Heads for spring return illuminated pushbuttons
Shape of head Type of push Color Reference Weight
kg
Only for use with bodies comprising a light source with integral LED
Flush, plain lens White ZB5AW313 0.017
Green ZB5AW333 0.017
Red ZB5AW343 0.017
Yellow ZB5AW353 0.017
Blue ZB5AW363 0.017
Flush, grooved lens (3) White ZB5AW313S 0.016
Green ZB5AW333S 0.016
Red ZB5AW343S 0.016
Yellow ZB5AW353S 0.016
Blue ZB5AW363S 0.016
Flush for insertion of legend (1) White ZB5AA18 0.018
Green ZB5AA38 0.018
Red ZB5AA48 0.018
Yellow ZB5AA58 0.018
Blue ZB5AA68 0.018
Projecting White ZB5AW113 0.018
Green ZB5AW133 0.018
Red ZB5AW143 0.018
Yellow ZB5AW153 0.018
Blue ZB5AW163 0.018
Flush for insertion of legend (1) White ZB5CW313 0.023
Green ZB5CW333 0.023
Red ZB5CW343 0.023
Yellow ZB5CW353 0.023
Blue ZB5CW363 0.023
Other versions Heads forush pushbuttons with illuminated ring.
Please consult our Customer Care Centre.
(1) Head supplied with 5 different colored lenses (white, green, red, yellow, blue) for insertion of legend. For legend ordering
information: see page 3/52.
(2) For legend ordering information: see page 3/52.
(3) For use in bright ambient light conditions (for example, outdoors in sunlight).
References (continued) Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
815318
ZB5CW313
815317
ZB5AW143
BW pous lumi Rond depass
BW pous lumi Rond depass
BW pous lumi Rond depass
815316
ZB5AW363
815315
ZB5AW313
BW pous lumi Rond depass
BW pous lumi Rond afleur.EPS
BW pous lumi Rond afleur.EPS
CW3 Carre Affleur Lumin.EPS
815314
ZB5AV053
BV Rond voy.EPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/48
Heads for illuminated selector switches with standard handle
Shape of head Number and type of positions Color of
handle
Reference Weight
kg
Only for use with bodies comprising a light source with integral LED
2 - stay put White ZB5AK1213 0.021
Green ZB5AK1233 0.021
Red ZB5AK1243 0.021
Yellow ZB5AK1253 0.021
Blue ZB5AK1263 0.021
2 - spring return from
right to left
White ZB5AK1413 0.021
Green ZB5AK1433 0.021
Red ZB5AK1443 0.021
Yellow ZB5AK1453 0.021
Blue ZB5AK1463 0.021
3 - stay put White ZB5AK1313 0.021
Green ZB5AK1333 0.021
Red ZB5AK1343 0.021
Yellow ZB5AK1353 0.021
Blue ZB5AK1363 0.021
3 - spring return to
centre
White ZB5AK1513 0.021
Green ZB5AK1533 0.021
Red ZB5AK1543 0.021
Yellow ZB5AK1553 0.021
Blue ZB5AK1563 0.021
3 - spring return from
right to centre
White ZB5AK1813 0.021
Green ZB5AK1833 0.021
Red ZB5AK1843 0.021
Yellow ZB5AK1853 0.021
Blue ZB5AK1863 0.021
3 - spring return from
left to centre
White ZB5AK1713 0.021
Green ZB5AK1733 0.021
Red ZB5AK1743 0.021
Yellow ZB5AK1753 0.021
Blue ZB5AK1763 0.021
Heads for Ø 40 illuminated, latching, mushroom head pushbuttons (1)
Shape of head Type of push Color of push Reference Weight
kg
Only for use with bodies comprising a light source with integral LED
Turn to release White ZB5AW713 0.022
Green ZB5AW733 0.022
Red ZB5AW743 0.022
Yellow ZB5AW753 0.022
Blue ZB5AW763 0.022
(1) Use electrical blocks type ZBE10p, specically designed for “mounting beneath heads”, see page 3/39.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: heads
103547
ZB5AW743
BS5 aruØ40 .EPS
106227
ZB5AK1463
106225
ZB5AK1263
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/49
2
Standard (30 x 40 mm) legend holders for 8 x 27 mm legends (1)
Description Legend Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg
Color Marking
Without legend – – 10 ZBZ32 0.001
With blank legend
(for engraving)
Black or red background
–10 ZBY2101 0.002
White or yellow
background
–10 ZBY4101 0.002
With 8 x 27 mm legend
(with international marking)
Black or red
background
O (black background) 1ZBY2146 0.002
O (red background) 1ZBY2931 0.002
I1ZBY2147 0.002
II 1ZBY2148 0.002
O-I 1ZBY2178 0.002
I-II 1ZBY2179 0.002
I-O-II 1ZBY2186 0.002
AUTO 1ZBY2115 0.002
STOP 1ZBY2304 0.002
Yellow
background
1ZBY4140 (2) 0.002
With 8 x 27 mm legend
(with French language marking)
Black or red
background (3)
ARRET (red background) 1 ZBY2104 0.002
ARRET (black background) 1ZBY0104 0.002
ARRET GENERAL 1ZBY2129 0.002
ARRET REARMEMENT 1ZBY2133 0.002
ARRET MARCHE 1ZBY2166 0.002
ARRIERE 1ZBY2106 0.002
AUTO CYCLE-CYCLE 1ZBY2198 0.002
AUTO CYCLE-MAIN 1ZBY2199 0.002
AUTO-MAIN 1ZBY2164 0.002
AUTO-O-MAIN 1ZBY2185 0.002
AVANT 1ZBY2105 0.002
AVANT-O-ARRIERE 1ZBY2184 0.002
C-P-C NORMAL 1ZBY2165 0.002
CYCLE-MAIN 1ZBY2197 0.002
DECLENCHEMENT 1ZBY2132 0.002
DEFAUT (black background) 1ZBY2134 0.002
DEFAUT (red background) 1ZBY2135 0.002
DEPART CYCLE 1ZBY2195 0.002
DESCENTE 1ZBY2108 0.002
DROITE 1ZBY2109 0.002
ENCLENCHEMENT 1ZBY2131 0.002
EN SERVICE 1ZBY2111 0.002
FERMETURE 1ZBY2114 0.002
GAUCHE 1ZBY2110 0.002
HORS SERVICE 1ZBY2112 0.002
HORS-EN 1ZBY2167 0.002
LENT 1ZBY2127 0.002
MAIN 1ZBY2116 0.002
MARCHE 1ZBY2103 0.002
MONTEE 1ZBY2107 0.002
OUVERTURE 1ZBY2113 0.002
PHASE / PHASE 1ZBY2196 0.002
REARMEMENT (red bckgrnd.)
1ZBY2123 0.002
REARMEMENT (black bckgrnd.)
1ZBY0123 0.002
SOUS TENSION 1ZBY2126 0.002
VITE 1ZBY2128 0.002
Red background ARRET D’URGENCE 1ZBY2130 (2) 0.002
30 x 40 mm legend holders (ush mounting with bezel) for 8 x 27 mm legends
Description For use with Color Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg
Without legend Circular heads – 10 ZBZ34 0.003
Square heads – 10 ZBCZ34 0.002
With blank legend Circular heads Black or red background 10 ZBY2H101 0.004
White or yellow background
10 ZBY4H101 0.004
Square heads Black or red background 10 ZBCY2H101 0.002
White or yellow background
10 ZBCY4H101 0.002
(1) Legends: see page 3/50.
(2) For complying with ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop function logo has been added.
(3) “Start” functions: white characters on black background. “Stop” functions: white characters on red background (unless
otherwise stated above).
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony
®
XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: accessories
815338
ZBYpH101
815333
ZBY2107
815332
ZBYp101
ZBZ32-PRO-3-M
815331
ZBZ32
ZBZ34-PRO-3-M
815337
ZBZ34
References (continued)
DF540628
ZBY4140
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/50
Standard (30 x 40 mm) legend holders with 8 x 27 mm legend (continued)
Description Legend Reference Weight
Color Marking kg
With 8 x 27 mm legend
(with English marking)
Black or red
background
(1)
AUTO-HAND ZBY2364 0.002
AUTO-O-HAND ZBY2385 0.002
CLOSE ZBY2314 0.002
DOWN ZBY2308 0.002
FAST ZBY2328 0.002
FORWARD ZBY2305 0.002
HAND ZBY2316 0.002
HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY2387 0.002
INCH ZBY2321 0.002
LEFT ZBY2310 0.002
OFF ZBY2312 0.002
OFF-ON ZBY2367 0.002
ON ZBY2311 0.002
OPEN ZBY2313 0.002
POWER ON ZBY2326 0.002
RESET (red background) ZBY2323 0.002
RESET (black background) ZBY2322 0.002
REVERSE ZBY2306 0.002
RIGHT ZBY2309 0.002
RUN ZBY2334 0.002
SLOW ZBY2327 0.002
START ZBY2303 0.002
STOP-START ZBY2366 0.002
UP ZBY2307 0.002
Red background EMERGENCY STOP ZBY2330 (2) 0.002
With 8 x 27 mm legend
(with German marking)
Black or red
background
(1)
AB ZBY2208 0.002
AUF ZBY2207 0.002
AUS ZBY2204 0.002
AUS-EIN ZBY2266 0.002
AUS-IN BETRIEB ZBY2267 0.002
AUS-RUCKSTELLUND ZBY2233 0.002
AUSSCHALTEN ZBY2232 0.002
AUTO-HAND ZBY2364 0.002
AUTO-O-HAND ZBY2385 0.002
AUTOZYKL-HAND ZBY2299 0.002
AUTOZYKL-1 ZYKL ZBY2298 0.002
C-P-C-NORMAL ZBY2265 0.002
EIN ZBY2203 0.002
EINSCHALTEN ZBY2231 0.002
HAND ZBY2316 0.002
LANGSAM ZBY2227 0.002
LINKS ZBY2210 0.002
NOT-AUS (red background) ZBY2230 0.002
ÖFFNEN ZBY2213 0.002
RECHTS ZBY2209 0.002
RUCKSTELLUNG ZBY2223 0.002
SCHLIESSEN ZBY2214 0.002
SCHNELL ZBY2228 0.002
SPANNUNG EIN ZBY2226 0.002
STEUERUNG AUS ZBY2212 0.002
STEUERUNG EIN ZBY2211 0.002
STORUNG (black background) ZBY2234 0.002
STORUNG (red background) ZBY2235 0.002
VOR ZBY2205 0.002
VOR-O-ZURUCK ZBY2284 0.002
ZURUCK ZBY2206 0.002
ZYKLUS-HAND ZBY2297 0.002
ZYKLUS-START ZBY2295 0.002
Red background NOT-HALT ZBY2229 (2) 0.002
Yellow background NOT-HALT ZBY22420001 (2) 0.002
(1) “Start” functions: white characters on black background. “Stop” functions: white characters on red background (unless
otherwise stated above).
(2) For complying with ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop function logo has been added.
ZBY0140
DF540629
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony® XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: accessories
815335
ZBY2228
815334
ZBY2303
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/51
2
Legends (30 x 42 mm) for engraving
Description Color of background Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg
Legends for engraving
2 lines of text
Black or red 10 ZALY2 0.001
White or yellow 10 ZALY4 0.001
Legends (8 x 27 mm) for engraving
For use with Color of background Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg
30 x 40 mm legend holder Black or red 10 ZBY0101 0.001
White or yellow
10 ZBY0102 0.001
Yellow
10 ZBY0140 (1) 0.001
Sheets of 76 (8 x 27 mm) peel-off legends
For use with Supplied with Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight
kg
30 x 40 mm legend holders
ZBZ32 and ZBZ34
Backing board and
protective transparent cover
10 ZBY4100 0.043
8 x 27 mm marked legends (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32 and ZBZ34)
Language Color of background Marking Reference Weight
kg
International Black or red (2) O (black background) ZBY02146 0.001
O (red background) ZBY02931 0.001
IZBY02147 0.001
II ZBY02148 0.001
O-I ZBY02178 0.001
I-II ZBY02179 0.001
I-O-II ZBY02186 0.001
AUTO ZBY02115 0.001
STOP ZBY02304 0.001
French Black or red (2) ARRET (red background) ZBY02104 0.001
ARRET (black background) ZBY00104 0.001
ARRET GENERAL ZBY02129 0.001
ARRET REARMEMENT ZBY02133 0.001
ARRET-MARCHE ZBY02166 0.001
ARRIERE ZBY02106 0.001
AUTO CYCLE-CYCLE ZBY02198 0.001
AUTO CYCLE-MAIN ZBY02199 0.001
AUTO-MAIN ZBY02164 0.001
AUTO-O-MAIN ZBY02185 0.001
AVANT ZBY02105 0.001
AVANT-O-ARRIERE ZBY02184 0.001
C-P-C-NORMAL ZBY02165 0.001
CYCLE-MAIN ZBY02197 0.001
DECLENCHEMENT ZBY02132 0.001
DEFAUT (black background) ZBY02134 0.001
DEFAUT (red background) ZBY02135 0.001
DEPART CYCLE ZBY02195 0.001
DESCENTE ZBY02108 0.001
DROITE ZBY02109 0.001
ENCLENCHEMENT ZBY02131 0.001
EN SERVICE ZBY02111 0.001
FERMETURE ZBY02114 0.001
GAUCHE ZBY02110 0.001
HORS SERVICE ZBY02112 0.001
HORS-EN ZBY02167 0.001
LENT ZBY02127 0.001
MAIN ZBY02116 0.001
MARCHE ZBY02103 0.001
MONTEE ZBY02107 0.001
OUVERTURE ZBY02113 0.001
PHASE / PHASE ZBY02196 0.001
REARMEMENT (red background) ZBY02123 0.001
REARMEMENT (black background) ZBY00123 0.001
SOUS TENSION ZBY02126 0.001
VITE ZBY02128 0.001
Red ARRET D’URGENCE ZBY02130 (1) 0.001
(1) For complying with ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop function logo has been added.
(2) “Start” functions: white characters on black background. “Stop” functions: white characters on red background (unless
otherwise stated above).
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony® XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22
Stations for customer assembly: accessories
815340
ZBY0p104
815339
ZBY02178
522035
ZALY4
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/52
8 x 27 mm marked legends (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32 and ZBZ34) (continued)
Language Color of background Marking Reference Weight
kg
English Black or red (1) AUTO-HAND ZBY02364 0.001
AUTO-O-HAND ZBY02385 0.001
CLOSE ZBY02314 0.001
DOWN ZBY02308 0.001
FAST ZBY02328 0.001
FORWARD ZBY02305 0.001
HAND ZBY02316 0.001
HAND-OFF-AUTO ZBY02387 0.001
INCH ZBY02321 0.001
LEFT ZBY02310 0.001
OFF ZBY02312 0.001
OFF-ON ZBY02367 0.001
ON ZBY02311 0.001
OPEN ZBY02313 0.001
POWER ON ZBY02326 0.001
RESET (red background) ZBY02323 0.001
RESET (black background) ZBY02322 0.001
REVERSE ZBY02306 0.001
RIGHT ZBY02309 0.001
RUN ZBY02334 0.001
SLOW ZBY02327 0.001
START ZBY02303 0.001
STOP-START ZBY02366 0.001
UP ZBY02307 0.001
Red EMERGENCY STOP ZBY02330 (2) 0.001
German Black or red (1) AB ZBY02208 0.001
AUF ZBY02207 0.001
AUS ZBY02204 0.001
AUS-EIN ZBY02266 0.001
AUS-IN BETRIEB ZBY02267 0.001
AUS-RUCKSTELLUNG ZBY02233 0.001
AUSSCHALLEN ZBY02232 0.001
AUTO-HAND ZBY02364 0.001
AUTO-O-HAND ZBY02385 0.001
AUTOZYKL-HAND ZBY02299 0.001
AUTOZYKL- 1 ZYKL ZBY02298 0.001
C-P-C-NORMAL ZBY02265 0.001
EIN ZBY02203 0.001
EINSCHALTEN ZBY02231 0.001
HAND ZBY02316 0.001
LANGSAM ZBY02227 0.001
LINKS ZBY02210 0.001
NOT-AUS (red background) ZBY02230 0.001
ÖFFNEN ZBY02213 0.001
RECHTS ZBY02209 0.001
RUCKSTELLUNG ZBY02223 0.001
SCHLIESSEN ZBY02214 0.001
SCHNELL ZBY02228 0.001
SPANNUNG EIN ZBY02226 0.001
STEUERUNG AUS ZBY02212 0.001
STEUERUNG EIN ZBY02211 0.001
STORUNG (black background) ZBY02234 0.001
STORUNG (red background) ZBY02235 0.001
VOR ZBY02205 0.001
VOR-O-ZURUCK ZBY02284 0.001
ZURUCK ZBY02206 0.001
ZYKLUS-HAND ZBY02297 0.001
ZYKLUS-START ZBY02295 0.001
Red NOT-HALT ZBY02229 (2) 0.001
Yellow NOT-HALT ZBY022420001 (2) 0.001
(1) “Start” functions: white characters on black background. “Stop” functions: white characters on red background (unless
otherwise stated above).
(2) For complying with ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop function logo has been added.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony® XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22 Stations for
customer assembly: accessories
815342
ZBY02228
815341
ZBY02303
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/53
2
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony® XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22 Stations for
customer assembly: accessories
DF540548
Labelling software
Logiciel de création d'étiquettes
Beschriftungssoftware
Software para crear etiquetas
Software per la creazione di etichette
SIS-Label
Merlin Gerin
Modicon
Square D
Telemecanique
XBY2U
DF539642
ZBY9160
DF539640
ZBY9130
815344
ZBY1ppp
References (continued)
Legends for pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights XB5 A
Description Marking Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg
Sheets of 66 circular peel-off
transparent self-adhesive
legends
Without 10 ZBY1101 0.017
International O 10 ZBY1146 0.017
I10 ZBY1147 0.017
II 10 ZBY1148 0.017
III 10 ZBY1149 0.017
AUTO 10 ZBY1115 0.017
STOP 10 ZBY1304 0.017
A10 ZBY1912 0.017
French ARRET 10 ZBY1104 0.017
ARRIERE 10 ZBY1106 0.017
AVANT 10 ZBY1105 0.017
AUTO 10 ZBY1115 0.017
DESCENTE 10 ZBY1108 0.017
MAIN 10 ZBY1116 0.017
MARCHE 10 ZBY1103 0.017
MONTEE 10 ZBY1107 0.017
English HAND 10 ZBY1316 0.017
OFF 10 ZBY1312 0.017
ON 10 ZBY1311 0.017
START 10 ZBY1303 0.017
German AB 10 ZBY1208 0.017
AUF 10 ZBY1207 0.017
AUS 10 ZBY1204 0.017
EIN 10 ZBY1203 0.017
ZU 10 ZBY1214 0.017
Strip of 66 square peel-off
transparent self-adhesive legends
Without 10 ZBCY1101 0.017
“SIS Label” labelling software (for legend sheets ZBY1101, ZBY4100 and ZBCY1101)
Application Reference Weight
kg
Legend design for English, French, German,
Italian and Spanish
ZBY001, ZBY0101, ZBY0102,
ZBY1101, ZBY4100, ZBY5100,
ZBY5101 AND ZBY5102
XBY2U 0.100
Circular yellow legends for mushroom head pushbuttons
Used for “Emergency stop” function
Diameter
mm
Conforming
to standards
Marking on yellow background Reference (1) Weight
kg
60 EN/IEC 60204-1 and
EN/ISO 13850
–ZBY9140 0.004
ARRET D’URGENCE ZBY9130 0.004
EMERGENCY STOP ZBY9330 0.004
NOT-HALT ZBY9230 0.004
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA ZBY9430 0.004
ARRESTO DI EMERGENZA ZBY9630 0.004
60 (2) EN/IEC 60204-1 and
EN/ISO 13850
–ZBY9121 0.004
ARRET D’URGENCE ZBY9120 0.004
EMERGENCY STOP ZBY9320 0.004
NOT-HALT ZBY9220 0.004
PARADA DI EMERGENCIA ZBY9420 0.004
ARRESTO DE EMERGENZA ZBY9620 0.004
90 EN/IEC 60204-1 and
EN/ISO 13850
–ZBY8140 0.008
ARRET D’URGENCE ZBY8130 0.008
EMERGENCY STOP ZBY8330 0.008
NOT-HALT ZBY8230 0.008
PARADA DE EMERGENCIA ZBY8430 0.008
ARRESTO DI EMERGENZA ZBY8630 0.008
Used for “Emergency switching off” function
60 EN/IEC 60204-1 –ZBY9101 0.004
COUPURE D’URGENCE ZBY9160 0.004
EMERGENCY SWITCHING OFF ZBY9360 0.004
NOT-AUS ZBY9260 0.004
DESCONEXION DE EMERGENCIA ZBY9460 0.004
INTERRUZIONE DI EMERGENZA ZBY9660 0.004
90 EN/IEC 60204-1 –ZBY8101 0.008
COUPURE D’URGENCE ZBY8160 0.008
EMERGENCY SWITCHING OFF ZBY8360 0.008
NOT-AUS ZBY8260 0.008
DESCONEXION DE EMERGENCIA ZBY8460 0.008
INTERRUZIONE DI EMERGENZA ZBY8660 0.008
(1) For complying with ISO 13850 standard, paragraph 4.4.6., Emergency Stop function logo has been added.
(2) 3D legends for Emergency stop pushbuttons.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/54
Metal guards (1)
Description For use with Color Reference Weight
kg
Metal guards
Padlockable
Emergency stop function
only with the following
Ø 40 trigger action
pushbuttons:
XB5AT8p,
XB5AS8p,
XB5AS9p,
ZB5AT8p,
ZB5AS8p,
ZB5AS9p.
Chromium plated ZBZ1600 0.046
Black ZBZ1602 0.046
Red ZBZ1604 0.046
Blue ZBZ1606 0.046
Pushbutton caps - unmarked
For use with Cap Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
Type Color kg
Circular pushbutton heads
ZB5AA supplied without cap
Flush White 10 ZBA1 0.001
Black 10 ZBA2 0.001
Green 10 ZBA3 0.001
Red 10 ZBA4 0.001
Yellow 10 ZBA5 0.001
Blue 10 ZBA6 0.001
6 colors (2) 1ZBA9 0.006
Projecting White 10 ZBL1 0.001
Black 10 ZBL2 0.001
Green 10 ZBL3 0.001
Red 10 ZBL4 0.001
Yellow 10 ZBL5 0.001
Blue 10 ZBL6 0.001
6 colors (2) 1ZBL9 0.006
Pushbutton caps - marked (3) (sold in lots of 10)
For use with Type
of push
Marking Color
of cap
Unit reference Weight
Text Color kg
Circular pushbutton heads
ZB5AA supplied without cap
Flush I White Green ZBA331 0.001
Black White ZBA131 0.001
II White Green ZBA336 0.001
Black White ZBA136 0.001
III White Green ZBA337 0.001
Black White ZBA137 0.001
IV White Green ZBA338 0.001
Black White ZBA138 0.001
START White Green ZBA333 0.001
Black White ZBA133 0.001
ON White Green ZBA341 0.001
Black White ZBA141 0.001
MARCHE White Green ZBA342 0.001
Black White ZBA142 0.001
White Black ZBA245 0.001
Black White ZBA145 0.001
UP Black White ZBA343 0.001
DOWN White Black ZBA344 0.001
AWhite Black ZBA335 0.001
Black White ZBA334 0.001
O White Red ZBA432 0.001
Black ZBA232 0.001
ARRET White Red ZBA433 0.001
Black ZBA233 0.001
STOP White Red ZBA434 0.001
Black ZBA234 0.001
OFF White Red ZBA435 0.001
Black ZBA235 0.001
White Green ZBA346 0.001
R White Blue ZBA639 0.001
+White Black ZBA2934 0.001
-White Black ZBA2935 0.001
(1)
These guards can be used in conjunction with a legend holder, but only those for mounting directly beneath the head. See page 3/39.
(2) Set of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue.
(3) Can be clipped-in at 90° steps through 360°.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony® XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22 Stations for
customer assembly: accessories
Ø 6
815197
ZBZ160p
ZBA•••-PRO-3-M
815349
ZBA333
ZBL•-PRO-3-M
815348
ZBLp
ZBA•-PRO-3-M
815347
ZBAp
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/55
2
Colored boots
Description Color Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg
Colored boots
(can be replaced without
dismantling the head)
Black 10 ZB2BP012 0.003
Green 10 ZB2BP013 0.003
Red 10 ZB2BP014 0.003
Yellow 10 ZB2BP015 0.003
Blue 10 ZB2BP016 0.003
Lens caps
Circular lens caps for light sources with integral LED
Pilot lights White 10 ZBV0113 0.002
Green 10 ZBV0133 0.002
Red 10 ZBV0143 0.002
Yellow 10 ZBV0153 0.002
Blue 10 ZBV0163 0.002
5 different colored grooved lenses (1) 1 ZBV0103S 0.010
Illuminated pushbuttons,
with ush push
White 10 ZBW9113 0.002
Green 10 ZBW9133 0.002
Red 10 ZBW9143 0.002
Yellow 10 ZBW9153 0.002
Blue 10 ZBW9163 0.002
Illuminated pushbuttons,
with projecting push
White 10 ZBW9313 0.002
Green 10 ZBW9333 0.002
Red 10 ZBW9343 0.002
Yellow 10 ZBW9353 0.002
Blue 10 ZBW9363 0.002
Square lens caps for light sources with integral LED
Pilot lights White 10 ZBCV0113 0.002
Green 10 ZBCV0133 0.002
Red 10 ZBCV0143 0.002
Yellow 10 ZBCV0153 0.002
Blue 10 ZBCV0163 0.002
Illuminated pushbuttons,
with ush push
White 10 ZBCW9113 0.002
Green 10 ZBCW9133 0.002
Red 10 ZBCW9143 0.002
Yellow 10 ZBCW9153 0.002
Blue 10 ZBCW9163 0.002
Illuminated pushbuttons,
with projecting push
White 10 ZBCW9313 0.002
Green 10 ZBCW9333 0.002
Red 10 ZBCW9343 0.002
Yellow 10 ZBCW9353 0.002
Blue 10 ZBCW9363 0.002
Miscellaneous accessories
Description For use with Sold in
lots of
Color Unit reference Weight
kg
Bezel tool ZB5AZ901 head 10 –ZB5AZ905 0.016
Plastic blanking plugs
(with xing nut)
Square shape for
Ø 22 units
(2) 10 Black ZB5SZ5 0.009
Circular shape for
Ø 22 units
10 Black ZB5SZ3 0.009
Terminal branch XALD and XALK control stations 10 XALZ09 0.003
Bellow seals (IP 69K)
(3)
Control station with 1 cut-out, installed in
harsh environment + Emergency Stop
pushbutton type ZB5 (see page 3/42)
2Black ZBZ28 0.009
Yellow ZBZ58 0.009
Replacement keys for Emergency stop key release heads and key switches
Description Key number Reference Weight
kg
Set of 2 keys (4) 455 ZBG455 0.013
421E ZBG421E 0.014
458A ZBG458A 0.014
520E ZBG520E 0.014
3131A ZBG3131A 0.014
(1) Set of 5 different colored lenses: white, green, red, yellow and blue.
(2) Body/xing collar ZB5AZ009 necessary for xation, to be ordered separately.
(3) Not compatible with
Ø 30 mm
Emergency Stop heads
.
(4) Other key numbers are available.
Aquire the information
Control stations and enclosures
Plastic control stations XALD and XALK
For Harmony® XB5 control and signaling units Ø 22 Stations for
customer assembly: accessories
PF100885
ZBG455
ZBV01•3-PRO-3M
815354
ZBV01p3
501578
ZB2BP01p
References (continued)
DF540815
ZB5AZ905
DF540770
ZB5SZ3
ZBZp8
DF540008
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/56
Presentation Aquire the information
Wireless remote control system
Harmony eXLhoist
Presentation
The Harmony eXLhoist range of wireless remote control systems provide complete
and innovative crane operator control solutions to: improve the machine and crane
operator efciency, enhance safety for people and equipment, and to reduce
installation and maintenance downtime.
The remote control system XARS is a combination of remote control device
(or transmitter: XART) and base station (or receiver: XARB), which transmits
commands and information from the operator to the machine and vice versa by a
wireless transmission means.
The XARS system offers movement in 3 directions (for example: hoist, bridge, and
trolley) at 2 speed levels (low and high) for each movement.
The 2 modes available in the system are:
b Single mode: the remote control device controls one base station
b Tandem mode (1): the remote control device controls 2 base stations
simultaneously.
Radio communication
Each base station have a unique identication code (2) managed by Schneider
Electric. The frequency of radio communication is 2.4 GHz and the automatic
frequency hopping permits up to 50 systems working at same time in an
100 x 100 m/328 x 328 ft area.
eXLhoist Conguration software
A free of charge software with graphic user interface can be downloaded by the
customer to congure the remote control station. This software has a standard
Windows® interface. The conguration le is password protected and allows to
congure the following parameters:
b Base station pairing to remote control device
b Relays-pushbuttons assignment and interlock
b Access and re-start sequence
b Time-out duration to standby
b Machine number assignment
Environment
The degree of protection for Harmony eXLhoist are:
b IP 65 for base station
b IP 65 and NEMA 4 for wireless control device
b Product certications for base station: UL/CSA, CE, EAC
b Product certications for wireless control device: UL/CSA, CE, EAC.
(1) Tandem mode will be available in 2nd quarter 2015
(2) Third-party device cannot communicate with remote control system.
Example of overhead travelling cranes
Conguration software window
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/57
Aquire the information
Wireless remote control system
Harmony eXLhoist
Description
Description
Remote control device
The base station has following controls:
1-6 Auxiliary buttons (For ZART8D and ZART8L only 5
and 6 buttons are available)
7 Display (for ZART8L only LED display)
8 E-stop LED
9 OFF/ Stop button
10 ON/ Start/ Horn button
11 Motion buttons
12 Cover
13 RJ45 connector
14 Reset button
15 Trigger button
16 Connector for charging remote device
17 Cover of the connector
18 E-stop button
Base station
The base station has following controls:
1 M12 for external antenna (1)
2 Status LEDs
3 M20 for the Safeguarding function input wires (1)
4 62 pins connector (1)
5 M25 for output wires (2)
6 M25 for detected applicative alarms input wires (1)
7 4 holes for standard mounting on support (1)
(1) Covered by cap
(2) Covered by cable gland
Front view ZART12D remote device
2
7
4
6
8
10
1
3
5
9
11
Bottom view of remote device handle
16
17
18
Rear view of remote device
12
15
14
13
Bottom view of ZARBpH base station
4 3 2 1
Bottom view of ZARBpW base station
6 5 3 2 1
Front view of base station with the cover
ZARBpW
ZARBpH
77
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/58
References
Remote control device
Description Characteristics Reference Weight
kg/lb
Motion
pushbuttons
Auxiliary
pushbuttons
With LEDs 6 2 ZART8L 0.65/1.433
With display 6 2 ZART8D 0.65/1.433
With display 6 6 ZART12D 0.65/1.433
Base station
Description Characteristics Reference Weight
kg/lb
Outputs Inputs Power
supply
V
Wired
connection-
cable gland
12 relays +
2 safety relays
-z 24...240 ZARB12W 1.45/3.197
Industrial
plug
connection
12 relays +
2 safety relays
-z 24...48 ZARB12H 1.45/3.197
Wired
connection-
cable gland
18 relays +
2 safety relays
18 digital
(12 limiters +
6 alarms)
z 24...240 ZARB18W 1.45/3.197
Industrial
plug
connection
18 relays +
2 safety relays
18 digital
(12 limiters +
6 alarms)
z 24...48 ZARB18H 1.45/3.197
Wireless remote control
Description Characteristics Reference Weight
kg/lb
Special
functions
Connection
Complete
unit
(without
charger
device)
- Wiring XARS8L12W
(ZART8L + ZARB12W)
2.1/4.640
- Industrial
plug
XARS8L12H
(ZART8L + ZARB12H)
2.1/4.640
Limiter
protection (1)
Movement
monitoring
Wiring XARS8D18W
(ZART8D + ZARB18W)
2.1/4.640
Industrial
plug
XARS8D18H
(ZART8D + ZARB18H)
2.1/4.640
Wiring XARS12D18W
(ZART12D +
ZARB18W)
2.1/4.640
Industrial
plug
XARS12D18H
(ZART12D + ZARB18H)
2.1/4.640
(1) Limiter protection function for Tandem mode will be available in 2nd quarter 2015.
Aquire the information
Wireless remote control system
Harmony eXLhoist
XARS12D18H
ZART8L ZART8D
ZARB12H ZARB18W
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/59
Kits
Description Characteristics Reference Weight
kg/lb
Components
Starting kit comprising of
Remote control system +
accessories + USB/RJ45 cable
ZART8L + ZARB12W +
ZARC01 + ZARC02 +
TCSMCNAM3M002P
XARSK8L12W 2.8/6.173
ZART8L + ZARB12H +
ZARC01 + ZARC02 +
TCSMCNAM3M002P
XARSK8L12H 2.8/6.173
ZART8D + ZARB18W +
ZARC01 + ZARC02 +
TCSMCNAM3M002P
XARSK8D18W 2.8/6.173
ZART8D + ZARB18H +
ZARC01 + ZARC02 +
TCSMCNAM3M002P
XARSK8D18H 2.8/6.173
ZART12D + ZARB18H +
ZARC01 + ZARC02 +
TCSMCNAM3M002P
XARSK12D18W 2.8/6.173
ZART12D + ZARB18H +
ZARC01 + ZARC02 +
TCSMCNAM3M002P
XARSK12D18H 2.8/6.173
Accessories
Description Characteristics Reference Weight
kg/lb
Charger for remote device a100...240 V
power supply
ZARC01 0.350/0.772
Shoulder belt for remote
device
2m/6.56 ft length ZARC02 0.100/0.220
External antenna for Base
station (1)
with 2m/6.56 ft cable and
bracket included
ZARC03 0.200/0.441
Holder for remote device 104 x 239 mm/4.09 x 9.41
in.
ZARC04 0.250/0.551
Connector plug female with cable
1.5 m/4.92 ft
ZARC05 2/4.409
Cable gland kit with wire
grommets
1 x M25 + 1 x M20 ZARC06 0.05/0.110
Kit for adhesive labels for
remote device
in Black and White ZARC07 0.150/0.331
Kit for adhesive labels for
remote device and crane
equipment
multi color ZARC08 0.250/0.551
Fixation kit silent block + magnet and
metal support
ZARC09 0.1/0.220
Connector plug female with cable
3 m/9.84 ft
ZARC12 4/8.818
Connector plug female with cable
5 m/16.40 ft
ZARC18 7/15.432
Connector cable USB to RJ45 TCSMCNAM3M002P 0.100/0.220
(1) Use of this accessory allows to increase radio range in severe environment conditions.
References (continued) Aquire the information
Wireless remote control system
Harmony eXLhoist
ZARC02
ZARC04
XARSK8L12W
ZARC01
ZARC07
TCSMCNAM3M002P
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/60
Operating principle,
characteristics
Operating principle
Enabling switches, comprising an XY2 AU grip and an XPS VC monitoring module, allow
authorised personnel to undertake adjustment, programming or maintenance operations
near machine equipment hazardous zones, providing certain conditions are met.
In effect, to gain access, these operations, often performed at reduced speed, must
be selected by authorised personnel using selectors, with or without keys. Once
selection is made, the enabling switch temporarily assumes control of the hazardous
zone’s usual protection measures. Important note: the enabling switch alone must
not lead to the actuation of any dangerous movements associated with the machine;
a secondary, intentional control action is required from the operator. In addition, each
person in the hazardous zone must be provided with an enabling switch to ensure
their own safety.
Environment
Conforming to standards Products IEC/EN 60947-1 , IEC/EN 60947-5-1, cUL us 508 and CSA C22-2 n° 14
Machine assemblies IEC/EN 60204-1
Maximum safety level (1) PL e, category 4 conforming to EN/ISO 13849-1 and SIL 3 conforming to EN/IEC 61508
Reliability data B10d 5,000,000 (data value for a service life of 10 years: can be limited by contact and
mechanical wear)
Protective treatment Standard version: TC
Ambient air temperature Operation °C - 10…+ 60
Storage °C - 40…+70
Vibration resistance 6 gn (5…55 Hz) conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance 10 gn (11 ms) conforming to IEC 60068-2-27
Electric shock protection Class II conforming to IEC/EN 61140
Degree of protection IP 66 conforming to IEC 60529, IP 65 with a pushbutton, IK 06 conforming to EN 50102
Mechanical durability Op.
cycle
1 million
Enclosure Double insulated enclosure made of PA66
Cable diameter mm 7…13
Contact block characteristics
Rated operational characteristics a AC-15 : C300 or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 1.5 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.75 A
c DC-13 : R300 or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.22 A
conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A
Thermal current (Ithe) A5
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) V 250, degree of pollution III (II inside) conforming to IEC 60947-1
125, contact 7-8
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) kV 2.5 conforming to EN 60947-1
Positive operation 2 3-position contacts with positive opening operation conforming to IEC 60947-5-1
appendix K
Contact operation Slow break
Resistance across terminals mW≤ 50
Actuation force 1…2: 12 N
2…3: 50 N
Terminal referencing Numbered conforming to CENELEC EN 50013
Short-circuit protection 4 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
Connection mm2Terminal block, 1 x 0.34…1 x 1.5
(1) Using an appropriate and correctly connected control system.
Aquire the information
Enabling switches
For safety circuits
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/61
References
References
Number
of contacts
Contact
type
Contact
blocks and scheme
Reference Weight
kg
32 enabling
3 positions
+ 1 N/C
XY2AU1 0.310
2 enabling
3 positions
+ 1 N/C
+ 1 N/O
supplementary
contact
XY2AU2 0.320
Separate components and spare parts
Description Reference Weight
kg
Grip support XY2AZ1 0.215
Cover kit for key actuator XCSZ01 or XCSZ11
only applicable to XY2AU1
XY2AZ2 0.015
Cover XY2AZ3 0.060
6 5
20
12
1
34
6 5
20
12
1
34
78
Aquire the information
Enabling switches
For safety circuits
XY2 AZ3
XY2 AUp
XY2 AZ1
XY2 AZ2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/62
Aquire the information
Two-hand ergonomic control stations
With Harmony XB4 B control units
Presentation
Presentation
The design of the control station incorporates features to signicantly reduce
occupational illnesses associated with repetitive movements of the hands,
particularly “carpal tunnel syndrome”.
The health and comfort of the machine operator is assured by:
b the numerous alternative hand positions for operating the 2 pushbutton actuators,
see diagrams to left,
b a hand rail,
b simple and fast adjustments of control station position.
This two-hand control station protects machine operators against both industrial
accidents and illnesses related to their occupation.
It conforms to the following European safety standards:
b EN 574/ISO 13851 (two-hand control),
b EN 999 (approach speeds of parts of the human body and positioning of safety
devices).
The control station can be mounted:
b directly on the machine housing,
b on a pedestal, enabling 3 directional adjustment:
v height,
v rake,
v skew.
The use of a two-hand control station in conjunction with a safety module type
XPS BCE or XPS BF provides type IIIC two-hand control conforming to EN 574/ISO
13851 and PL e / Category 4 according to EN/ISO 13859-1.
The range comprises:
b two-hand control stations with or without pre-wired terminal blocks,
b kits (control station + pedestal), with or without pre-wired terminal blocks.
The products are supplied with an installation manual, which is also available as a
separate item.
803047
803045803046803044
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/63
Description,
characteristics
Description
835...1170
30˚
180˚
30˚
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
The control station
1
has ve cut-outs (Ø 22 mm)
2
as
standard. Five additional cut-outs are possible
3
.
Its pedestal
5
enables the following quick and simple
adjustments:
b Control station rake (± 30°) using handle
4
.
b Control station skew (± 180°) using handle
6
.
b Control station height (835 to 1170 mm) using handle
6
.
The baseplate
8
can be tted with safety foot switches
XPE R
9
, together with their protective covers
7
.
Characteristics
Environment
Conformity to standards EN/IEC 60947-5-1, EN 574/ISO 13851
Maximum safety level (1) PL e, category 4 conforming to EN/ISO 13849-1 and SIL 3 conforming to EN/IEC 61508
Reliability data B10d Contact block Harmony XB4B 25,000,000 (data value for a service life of 10 years: can be limited by contact and
mechanical wear)
Colour Orange RAL 2008
Protective treatment Standard version “TC”
Ambient air temperature For operation °C - 25…+ 70
For storage °C - 40…+ 70
Vibration resistance Conforming to EN/IEC
60068-2-6
5 gn (2…500 Hz)
Shock resistance Conforming to EN/IEC
60068-2-27
10 gn (duration 11 ms)
Electric shock protection Conforming to EN/IEC 61140 Class I
Degree of protection Conforming to EN/IEC 60529 IP 65
Mechanical life Number of operating cycles 1 million
Contact block characteristics
Rated operational
characteristics
a AC-15 A600 or Ue = 240 V and Ie = 3 A
c DC-13 Q600 or Ue = 250 V and Ie = 0.27 A conforming to EN/IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A
Rated insulation voltage Conforming to EN/IEC 60947-1 VUi = 600, degree of pollution 3
Conforming to UL 508 and
CSA C22-2 n° 14
VUi = 600
Rated impulse withstand
voltage
Conforming to EN/IEC 60947-1 kV Uimp = 6
Contact operation Slow break, with positive
opening operation
N/C + N/O break before make on each black actuator pushbutton
N/C + N/C simultaneous on Emergency stop pushbutton
N/C + N/O break before make on Lock out pushbutton
Positive operation Conforming to EN/IEC
60947-5-1 Appendix K
N/C contact with positive opening operation
Terminal referencing Conforming to CENELEC EN 50013
Short-circuit protection Conforming to EN/IEC 269 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
Connection Screw clamp terminals mm2Minimum clamping capacity: 1 x 0.22 or 1 x 0.22 + 1 x 0.34
Maximum clamping capacity: 1 x 2.5 or 2 x 1.5
Electrical durabilityConforming
to EN/IEC 60947-5-1
Appendix C
Operating rate: 3600 operating
cycles/hour. Load factor: 0.5
a.c. supply for 1 million operating
cycles utilisation category AC-15
V24 120 230
A432
d.c. supply for 1 million operating
cycles utilisation category DC-13
V24 110
A0.5 0.2
Electrical reliability Failure rate According to EN/IEC
60947-5-4
At 17 V and 5 mA, λ < 10-8
At 5 V and 1 mA, λ < 10-6
(1) Using an appropriate and correctly connected control system.
Aquire the information
Two-hand ergonomic control stations
With Harmony XB4 B control units
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/64
References
Two-hand control stations - painted
Description Mushroom head Reference Weight
kg
Function and
colour
Contacts
2 control
pushbuttons with
N/C + N/O break
before make contacts
and 1 mushroom
head pushbutton
Emergency stop
Red
N/C + N/C slow break XY2SB71 4.000
Lock out
(Schaltsperre)
Yellow
N/C + N/O break
before make
XY2SB75 4.000
2 control
pushbuttons with
N/C + N/O break
before make contacts
and 1 mushroom
head pushbutton,
with pre-wired
terminal block
Emergency stop
Red
N/C + N/C slow break XY2SB72 4.000
Lock out
(Schaltsperre)
Yellow
N/C + N/O break
before make
XY2SB76 4.000
Kits (control station + pedestal)
Description Mushroom head Reference Weight
kg
Function and
colour
Contacts
2 control
pushbuttons and
1 mushroom head
Emergency stop
pushbutton
+ pedestal XY2SB90
Emergency stop
Red
N/C + N/C slow break XY2SB714 17.000
2 control
pushbuttons and
1 mushroom head
Emergency stop
pushbutton, with
pre-wired terminal
block + pedestal
XY2SB90
Emergency stop
Red
N/C + N/C slow break XY2SB724 17.000
Documentation
Description For use with Reference Weight
kg
Installation manual All control stations XY2SB7pp XCOM2514 0.200
XY2SB7p
803051
XY2SB7p4
803052
Aquire the information
Two-hand ergonomic control stations
With Harmony XB4 B control units
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/65
Aquire the information
Two-hand ergonomic control stations
With Harmony XB4 B control units
Separate components and spare parts
Various accessories
Description For use with Colour Unit reference Weight
kg
Metal pedestal
adjustable height
XY2SBpp Orange XY2SB90 13.000
Collar for guard rail
(welded xing)
XY2SB90 Orange XY2SB98 0.800
Control station top
without control devices
– Orange XY2SB511 2.500
Control station base – Orange XY2SB531 1.200
Double protective metal
cover
Metal pedestal
XY2SB90 and foot
switches type XPE R
Orange XY2SB96 4.370
Replacement handle
(sold in lots of 5)
Metal pedestal
XY2SB90
Black XY2SB93 0.155
Replacement seals – – XY2SB99 0.300
Adaptor (sold in lots of 5) ISO M25 – DE9RA2125 0.010
Fixing nut
(sold in lots of 5)
Adaptor – DE9EC21 0.005
Control units (1)
Description Component part Colour Reference Weight
kg
Pushbutton actuator Ø 60 mm mushroom
head
Black ZB4BR216 0.095
N/C + N/O
body/contact
assembly
–ZB4BZ105 0.055
Emergency stop
pushbutton
Ø 40 mm mushroom
head
Red ZB4BS844 0.060
N/C + N/C
body/contact
assembly
–ZB4BZ104 0.055
Lock out pushbutton Ø 40 mm mushroom
head
Yellow,
marked
“Schaltsperre”
ZB4BS845S 0.060
N/C + N/O
body/contact
assembly
–ZB4BZ105 0.055
(1) Other XB4 B control and signalling units are suitable for use on the control stations. Please
refer to our “Human Machine Interface catalogue”.
Constituants pour applications de sécurité
Pupitres de commande bimanuelle ergonomique
Avec boutonnerie XB2-B
Références
XY2SB90
803059_1
XY2SB98
803057_1
XY2SB511
803058_1
XY2SB99
522964
ZB4 BR216
803054_1
ZB4 BS844
803055_1
ZB4 BS845S
503745
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/66
Presentation Aquire the information
Complementary safety products
Safety light curtains
Emergency stop rope pull switches
Safety switches
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/67
Presentation Aquire the information
Complementary safety products
Safety light curtains
Emergency stop rope pull switches
Safety switches
Schneider Electric recommends his partner
Telemecanique Sensors, which proposes few ranges
of safety products:
>Please discover this offer on the web site:
http://www.tesensors.com/global
>Access to the catalog by product at this URL:
http://www.tesensors.com/global/en/product/catalog/ 2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/74
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules types XPSAC,
XPSAXE
For Emergency stop and switch monitoring
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSAC and XPSAXE are used for monitoring Emergency stop
circuits conforming to standards EN/ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60204-1 and also
meet the safety requirements for the electrical monitoring of switches in protective
devices conforming to standard EN/ISO 14119. They provide protection for both the
machine operator and the machine by immediately stopping the dangerous
movement on receipt of a stop instruction from the operator, or on detection of a
fault in the safety circuit itself.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have LEDs which provide information on the
monitoring circuit status.
bThe XPSAC module has 3 safety outputs and a solid-state output for signalling to
the PLC.
bThe XPSAXE module has 3 safety outputs and a relay output for signalling to the
PLC
References
Description Connection Number of
instantaneous
opening
safety circuits
Additional
outputs
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for
Emergency stop and switch
monitoring
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
integrated
in module
3 1 solid-state a and c 24 V
XPSAC5121
0.160/
0.353
a 48 V
XPSAC1321
0.210/
0.463
a 115 V
XPSAC3421
0.210/
0.463
a 230 V
XPSAC3721
0.210/
0.463
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
3 1 solid-state a and
c 24 V
XPSAC5121P
0.160/
0.353
a 48 V
XPSAC1321P
0.210/
0.463
a 115 V
XPSAC3421P
0.210/
0.463
a 230 V
XPSAC3721P
0.210/
0.463
1 relay a and
c 24 V
XPSAXE5120P
0.229/
0.505
Spring terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
3 1 relay a and
c 24 V
XPSAXE5120C
0.229/
0.505
XPSAXE5120P
XPSAXE5120C
XPSACppppP
XPSACpppp
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/75
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules types XPSAV,
XPSABV, XPSATE
For Emergency stop and switch monitoring
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSAV, XPSABV and XPSATE are used for monitoring Emergency stop circuits conforming
to standards EN/ISO 13850 and EN/IEC 60204-1 and also meet the safety requirements for the electrical
monitoring
of switches in protection devices conforming to standard EN/ISO 14119.
They provide protective for both the machine operator and the machine by immediately stopping the dangerous
movement on receipt of a stop instruction from the operator, or on detection of a fault in the safety circuit itself.
In addition to the stop category 0 instantaneous opening safety outputs (3 for XPSAV, 2 for XPSABV and 2 for
XPSATE), the modules incorporate stop category 1 time delay outputs (3 for XPSAV, 1 for XPSABV and 3 for
XPSATE) which allow for controlled deceleration of the motor components until a complete stop is achieved (for
example, motor braking by variable speed drive).
At the end of the preset delay, the supply is disconnected by opening the time delay output circuits.
bFor module XPSAV, the time delay of the 3 output circuits is adjustable, in 15 preset values, between 0 and 300
seconds using selector buttons.
bFor module XPSABV, the time delay of the 3 output circuits is adjustable between 0.15 and 3 seconds or 1.5
and 30 seconds, depending on the model, using a selector switch.
bFor module XPSATE, the time delay of the 3 output circuits is adjustable between 0 and 30 seconds using a
12-position selector switch.
Module XPSAV also incorporates 3 solid-state signalling outputs for signalling to the process PLC.
Module XPSATE incorporates 4 solid-state signalling outputs for signalling to the process PLC.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have LEDs which provide information on the monitoring circuit status.
The Start button monitoring function is congurable depending on the wiring.
References
Description Connection Number of
safety circuits
Additional
outputs
Setting range
of time delay
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety
modules for
Emergency
stop and
switch
monitoring
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
integrated in module
6 NO
(3 NO time delay)
3 solid-state 0…300 s c 24 V
XPSAV11113
0.320/
0.705
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from module
6 NO
(3 NO time delay)
3 solid-state 0…300 s c 24 V
XPSAV11113P
0.320/
0.705
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
integrated in module
6 NO
(3 NO time delay)
3 solid-state 0…300 s
(Start delay 0,5 s)
c 24 V
XPSAV11113T050
0.320/
0.705
6 NO
(3 NO time delay)
3 solid-state 0.1 …2 s c 24 V
XPSAV11113Z002
0.320/
0.705
3 NO
(1 NO time delay)
–0,15…3 s c 24 V
XPSABV1133P
0.280/
0.617
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from module
Spring terminals
Terminal block
removable from module
3 NO
(1 NO time delay)
–0,15…3 s c 24 V
XPSABV1133C
0.275/
0.606
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from module
3 NO
(1 NO time delay)
–1,5…30 s c 24 V
XPSABV11330P
0.280/
0.617
Spring terminals
Terminal block
removable from module
3 NO
(1 NO time delay)
–1,5…30 s c 24 V
XPSABV11330C
0.275/
0.606
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
integrated in module
5 NO
(3 NO time delay)
4 solid-state 0…30 s a and
c 24 V
XPSATE5110
0.280/
0.617
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from module
5 NO
(3 NO time delay)
4 solid-state 0…30 s a and
c 24 V
XPSATE5110P
0.280/
0.617
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
integrated in module
5 NO
(3 NO time delay)
4 solid-state 0…30 s a 115 V
XPSATE3410
0.380/
0.838
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from module
5 NO
(3 NO time delay)
4 solid-state 0…30 s a 115 V
XPSATE3410P
0.380/
0.838
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
integrated in module
5 NO
(3 NO time delay)
4 solid-state 0…30 s a 230 V
XPSATE3710
0.380/
0.838
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from module
5 NO
(3 NO time delay)
4 solid-state 0…30 s a 230 V
XPSATE3710P
0.380/
0.838
XPSABVppppP
XPSABVppppC
XPSAV11113
XPSAV11113P
XPSATE5110
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/76
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety module type XPSATR
For Emergency stop and protective guard applications
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSATR meet the requirements of Performance Level PL e/Category 4
conforming to standard
EN ISO 13849-1
.
Safety modules XPSATR are electronic, redundant and self-monitoring devices with
positively driven relays.
They are used for monitoring Emergency stop circuits (single or two-channel) and
protective guard applications.
The modules are conforming to standards EN/ISO 13850 and EN 60204-1.
They provide protection for both the machine operator and the machine by
immediately stopping the dangerous movement on receipt of a stop instruction from
the operator, or on detection of a fault in the safety circuit itself.
XPSATR incorporate 3 NO and 1 NC not delayed contacts and 3 delayed NO
contacts.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have 5 LEDs on the front face which provide
information on the monitoring circuit status.
References
Description Connection Number of
safety circuits
Additional
outputs
Time
setting
range
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety
modules for
emergency
stop
and safety
guards
monitoring
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
3 NO
+ 3 NO time delay
1 NC 0.1…3 s c 24 V
XPSATR1153P
0.330/
0.728
0.1…3 s a 115…230 V
XPSATR3953P
0.350/
0.772
0…30 s c 24 V
XPSATR11530P
0.330/
0.728
0…30 s a 115…230 V
XPSATR39530P
0.350/
0.772
Cage clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
3 NO
+ 3 NO time delay
1 NC 0.1…3 s c 24 V
XPSATR1153C
0.330/
0.728
0.1…3 s a 115…230 V
XPSATR3953C
0.350/
0.772
0…30 s c 24 V
XPSATR11530C
0.330/
0.728
0…30 s a 115…230 V
XPSATR39530C
0.350/
0.772
XPSATRppppP
XPSATRppppC
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/77
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSAF
For Emergency stop and switch monitoring
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSAF meet the requirements of Performance Level PL e/Category 4
conforming to standard EN/ISO 13849-1.
They are used for:
b Monitoring Emergency stop circuits conforming to standards EN/ISO 13850 and
EN/IEC 60204-1.
b Electrical monitoring of switches activated by protection devices conforming
to standard EN/ISO 14119.
Housed in a compact enclosure, the modules have 3 safety outputs.
Preventa safety modules XPSAFppppP incorporate removable terminal blocks, thus
optimising machine maintenance.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have 3 LEDs on the front face which provide
information on the monitoring circuit status.
The Start button monitoring function is congurable depending on the wiring.
References
Description Connection Number of safety
circuits
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for
Emergency stop and switch
monitoring
Captive screw clamp terminals
Terminal block integrated
in module
3a and
c 24 V
XPSAF5130
0.250/
0.551
Captive screw clamp terminals
Terminal block removable from
module
3a and
c 24 V
XPSAF5130P
0.250/
0.551
XPSAF5130
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/78
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSAFL
For Emergency stop, switch and safety light curtain
monitoring
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSAFL meet the requirements of Performance Level
PL e/Category 4 conforming to standard EN/ISO 13849-1.
They are used for:
bMonitoring Emergency stop circuits conforming to standards EN/ISO 13850 and
EN/IEC 60204-1.
bElectrical monitoring of switches activated by protection devices conforming to
standard EN/ISO 14119.
They can also be used for monitoring type 4 light curtains conforming to EN 61496-1
that have solid-state safety outputs (for example, light curtains type XUS L, see
page 30304-EN/2). This system conforms to Performance Level PL e/Category 4 in
accordance with EN/ISO 13849-1.
Housed in a compact enclosure, the modules have 3 safety outputs.
Preventa safety modules XPSAFLppppP incorporate removable terminal blocks,
thus optimising machine maintenance.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have 3 LEDs on the front face which provide
information on the monitoring circuit status.
The Start button monitoring function is congurable depending on the wiring.
References
Description Connection Number of
safety circuits
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for
Emergency stop,
switch and safety light curtain
monitoring
Captive screw clamp terminals
Terminal block integrated in module
3a and
c 24 V
XPSAFL5130
0.250/
0.551
Captive screw clamp terminals
Terminal block removable from
module
3a and
c 24 V
XPSAFL5130P
0.250/
0.551
XPSAFL5130
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/79
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSAR
For Emergency stop, switch or safety light curtain
monitoring
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSAR meet the requirements of Performance Level PL e/
Category 4 conforming to standard EN/ISO 13849-1 and are designed for the
following safety applications:
b Monitoring Emergency stop circuits conforming to EN/ISO 13850 and
EN/IEC 60204-1.
b Electrical monitoring of switches activated by protection devices conforming
to standard EN/ISO 14119.
b Monitoring type 4 light curtains conforming to EN/IEC 61496-1 that have
solid-state safety outputs with test function (light curtains XUS L).
In addition to 7 safety outputs, modules XPSAR incorporate 2 relay signalling
outputs and 4 solid-state signalling outputs for signalling to the process PLC.
Safety modules XPSARppppppP incorporate removable terminal blocks, thus
optimising machine maintenance.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have 4 LEDs on the front face which provide
information on the monitoring circuit status.
The Start button monitoring function is congurable depending on the wiring.
References
Description Connection Number
of
safety circuits
Additional
outputs/
solid-state
outputs to PLC
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for
Emergency stop, switch
or safety light curtain
monitoring
Captive screw
clamp
terminals,
Terminal block
integrated
in module
7 2 / 4 a and c 24 V
XPSAR311144
0.300/
0.661
a 115 V
c 24 V
XPSAR351144
0.400/
0.882
a 230 V
c 24 V
XPSAR371144
0.400/
0.882
Captive screw
clamp
terminals,
Terminal block
removable from
module
7 2 / 4 a and c 24 V
XPSAR311144P
0.300/
0.661
a 115 V
c 24 V
XPSAR351144P
0.400/
0.882
a 230 V
c 24 V
XPSAR371144P
0.400/
0.882
XPSAR3p1144
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/80
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSAK
For Emergency stop, switch, sensing mat/edges
or safety light curtain monitoring
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSAK meet the requirements of Performance Level PL e/Category 4
conforming to standard EN/ISO 13849-1.
They are used for:
b Monitoring Emergency stop circuits conforming to standards EN/ISO 13850 and
EN/IEC 60204-1.
b Electrical monitoring of switches activated by protection devices, with optional
selection of synchronisation time between signals.
b Monitoring 4-wire sensing mats or edges.
b Monitoring type 4 light curtains conforming to EN/IEC 61496-1 which have
solid-state safety outputs with test function (light curtains XUSL).
Housed in a compact enclosure, the modules have 3 safety outputs, a relay signalling
output and 4 solid-state signalling outputs for signalling to the process PLC.
Preventa safety modules XPSAKppppP incorporate removable terminal blocks,
thus optimising machine maintenance.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have 4 LEDs on the front face which provide
information on the monitoring circuit status.
The Start button monitoring function is congurable depending on the wiring.
References
Description Connection Number
of safety
circuits
Additional
outputs /
Solid-state
outputs for PLC
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for
Emergency stop, switch,
sensing mat/edges or safety
light curtain monitoring
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
integrated in
module
3 1 / 4 a and
c 24 V
XPSAK311144
0.300/
0.661
a 110 V
c 24 V
XPSAK361144
0.400/
0.882
a 120 V
c 24 V
XPSAK351144
0.400/
0.882
a 230 V
c 24 V
XPSAK371144
0.400/
0.882
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
3 1 / 4 a and
c 24 V
XPSAK311144P
0.300/
0.661
a 48 V
XPSAK331144P
0.300/
0.661
a 110 V
c 24 V
XPSAK361144P
0.400/
0.882
a 120 V
c 24 V
XPSAK351144P
0.400/
0.882
a 230 V
c 24 V
XPSAK371144P
0.400/
0.882
XPSAK3p1144
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/81
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSVC
For enabling switch monitoring
Operating principle
The enabling grip switch system, comprising an enabling switch XY2AU and a monitoring
module XPSVC, enables authorised personnel to carry out adjustment, programming
or maintenance operations within hazardous zones of machines providing certain
conditions are met.
To be accessible, such operations are often carried out at reduced speed, and must
be intentionally selected by authorised persons by means of a selector switch or key
switch. Once the selection is made, the enabling switch system temporarily takes over
from the hazardous zone’s usual protection measures.
Caution: The enabling switch system alone must not cause dangerous movements of
the machine to be activated; a second intentional control action on the part of the
operator is required. In addition, each person remaining in the hazardous zone must
be provided with an individual enabling switch to ensure their own safety.
References
Description Connection Number of
safety circuits
Solid-state
outputs for PLC
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for enabling
switch monitoring
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
integrated in
module
2 NO 2 c 24
XPSVC1132
0.250/
0.551
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
2 NO 2 c 24
XPSVC1132P
0.250/
0.551
XPSVC1132
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/82
Operating principle
Two-hand control stations are designed to provide protection against hand injury.
They require machine operators to keep their hands clear of the dangerous movement zone.
The use of two-hand control is an individual protective measure, which can safely protect only one operator.
Separate two-hand control stations must be provided for each operator in a multiple-worker environment.
Safety modules XPSBAE, BCE and BF for two-hand control stations comply with the requirements of European
standard EN 574/ISO 13851 for two-hand control systems.
The control stations must be designed and installed such that they cannot be activated involuntarily or easily
rendered inoperative. Depending on the application, the requirements of type C standards specic to the
machinery involved must be met (additional personal protection methods may have to be considered).
To initiate a dangerous movement, both operators (two-hand control pushbuttons) must be activated within an
interval y 0.5 s (synchronous activation). If one of the two pushbuttons is released during a dangerous operation,
the control sequence is cancelled. Resumption of the dangerous operation is possible only if both pushbuttons
are returned to their initial position and reactivated within the required time interval.
The safety distance between the control units and the hazardous zone must be sufcient to ensure that when only
one operator is released, the hazardous zone cannot be reached before the dangerous movement has been
completed or stopped.
Selection
Requirements of standard EN 574/ISO 13851 Type I Type II Type III
AB C
Standard EN 574/
ISO 13851 denes the
selection of two-hand
controls according to its
behavior.
The following table details
the 3 types of two-hand
control conforming to EN
574/ISO 13851.
For each type, it lists the
operating characteristics
and minimum requirements.
Use of both hands (simultaneous action)
Link between input and output signals
Output signal inhibited
Prevention of accidental operation
Tamper-proof
Output signal reinitialised
Synchronous action (specied time limit)
Use of proven components
(Category 1 conforming to EN/ISO 13849-1)
XPSBAE
Redundancy with partial error detection
(Category 3 conforming to EN/ISO 13849-1)
XPSBCE
XPSBF
Redundancy + Self-monitoring
(Category 4 conforming to EN/ISO 13849-1)
XPSBCE
XPSBF
Two-hand control station XY2SBpp
Conforming to standard EN/ISO 13849-1 Meets the requirements of standard EN
574/ISO 13851
References
Description Type
conforming
to standard
EN 574
Connection Number of
safety
circuits
Additional
outputs
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety
modules for
electrical
monitoring
of two-hand
control
stations
III A Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
1 NO 1 NC a and 24 V c
XPSBAE5120P
0.100/
0.220
a 115/230V
XPSBAE3920P
0.100/
0.220
Spring terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
1 NO 1 NC a and 24 V c
XPSBAE5120C
0.100/
0.220
a 115/230V
XPSBAE3920C
0.100/
0.220
III C Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
2 NO 1 NC relay a and 24 V c
XPSBCE3110P
0.272/
0.600
a 115/120 V
XPSBCE3410P
0.322/
0.710
a 230 V
XPSBCE3710P
0.322/
0.710
Spring terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
2 NO 1 NC relay a and 24 V c
XPSBCE3110C
0.272/
0.600
a 115 /120 V
XPSBCE3410C
0.322/
0.710
a 230 V
XPSBCE3710C
0.322/
0.710
Captive screw clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
2 NO 2 solid-state c 24 V
XPSBF1132
0.150/
0.331
2 NO 2 solid-state c 24 V
XPSBF1132P
0.150/
0.331
Operating principle,
selection,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules types XPSBAE,
XPSBCE, XPSBF
For electrical monitoring of two-hand control stations
XPSBCEppppP
XPSBCEppppC
XPSBF1132
XPSBAEppppP
XPSBAEppppC
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/83
Operating principle
XPSCM safety modules used in conjunction with XU2S single-beam photo-electric
sensors (periodically tested), establish a category 2 light curtain conforming
to IEC/EN 61496 parts 1 and 2.
The connection of 1 to 4 pairs of XU2S photo-electric sensors makes it possible
to create a protected zone up to 1200 mm high conforming to EN 999/ISO 13855
and 8 m long.
The built-in “muting” function allows the automatic passage of parts to be machined,
or loaded pallets, without interrupting the transportation movement.
When the system is switched on by the start command (in series with the main circuit
feedback loop) and the light protection is not interrupted, the main circuit is closed
by the two safety relays of the XPSCM module.
An interruption of the protective eld causes the safety outputs to open instantaneously,
and the process PLC receives a stop command. The LED on the XPSCM front panel
changes from green to red. The “open” state is maintained until the module is restarted
using the start button.
The “muting” function allows the light curtain protection to be inhibited. This can be
used to authorise the passage of a materials trolley through the light curtain without
tripping the main circuit. The “muting” function cannot be activated by supplying the
inhibition sensors unless the safety outputs have been switched on beforehand.
To trigger the “muting” function, the inhibition devices must be activated within the
3 second time interval. This synchronisation time for the two inhibition inputs can be
deactivated by connecting two conguration terminals. The “muting” cycle has a maximum
duration of 60 seconds. During this period, materials can be transported through the
protection eld without deactivating the safety outputs. The 60 second limit value of the
“muting” cycle may be made innite by connecting two conguration terminals.
During the “muting” process, a light indicating the “muting” status is controlled by the
XPSCM module. An fault at indicator light level (short-circuit, open circuit) will be
immediately recognised and deactivate the “muting” function. The indicator light
comes on when a “muting” signal is generated and indicates the inhibition of the
protection function.
Conditions to be observed for the “muting” function
b The “muting” sensors must either be:
vThru-beam type, sensing distance 8 m: XU2S18PP340L5 (or XU2S18PP340D).
vThru-beam type, sensing distance 15 m: XUB2BKSNL2T (or XUB2BKSNM12T)
+ XUB2BPANL2R (or XUB2BPANM12R).
vPolarised reex type, sensing distance 2 m: XUB9BPNAL2 (or XUB9BPNAM12)
+ XUZC50.
vPolarised reex type, sensing distance 5 m: XUM9APCNL2 (or XUM9APCNM8)
or XUM9BPANL2 + XUZC50.
vLimit switches.
b dM y m to obtain continuous validation of the “muting” function.
b Avoid the intrusion of persons during the “muting” phase. This phase is indicated
by the indicator light connected to the “muting” indicator output of the XPSCM module.
b A materials trolley must provide the “muting” signal before entering the protection
eld and cease it once it has cleared all the sensors of the protection eld on exiting.
References
Description Type of
terminal
block
connection
Number
of safety
circuits
Additional
outputs
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules
for monitoring
single-beam
photo-electric
sensors, with a
built-in “muting”
function
Integrated
in module
2 4 24 V c
XPSCM1144
0.350/
0.772
Removable
from module
2 4 24 V c
XPSCM1144P
0.350/
0.772
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules and single-beam
photo-electric sensors
With a test input associated with a built-in “muting” function
D1, D2, D3, D4: monitoring photo-electric sensors.
MA1, MB1, MA2, MB2: “muting” photo-electric sensors.
m = trolley length (including material)
dM = distance between MA1, MB1 and MA2, MB2.
m
dM
D4
D2
MA1 MB1
D3
D1
MA2MB2
Entry direction
“Muting”
indication
Hazardous
zone
Materials trolley
Materials trolley
XPSCM1144p
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/84
Operating principle
XPSLCM safety modules are used with type 4 light curtains conforming to EN/
IEC 61496-1 to provide a system inhibiting the light curtain protection, i.e. “muting”.
This function enables the automatic passage of parts for machining or loaded
pallets, without interrupting the transportation movement within the zone protected
by the electro-sensitive protection equipment (ESPE) system. In addition to the
electro-sensitive protection and XPSLCM safety modules, the system comprises
4 to 8 inhibition sensors, 2 indicator lights and a key switch to reset the system to the
initial state in the event of a sequence error.
When the system is switched on by the start command and the light curtain
protection not interrupted, the main circuit is closed by the safety outputs of the
XPSLCM modules (solid-state safety outputs). In addition to safety outputs, the
modules incorporate signalling outputs for sending system status information to the
PLC. Either 5 or 14 LEDs and a 2-digit display, mounted on the front face of the
module, provide information on the safety circuit status.
An interruption of the protection eld monitored by the electro-sensitive protection
equipment causes instantaneous opening of the safety outputs; the process PLC
receives a stop command and the LED display mounted on the front face indicates
the change of state of the safety circuits. The “open” state is maintained until the
module is restarted using the Start button.
The “muting” function cannot be activated by supplying the inhibition sensors unless
the safety outputs have been switched on beforehand. To trigger the “muting”
function, the inhibition devices must be activated within the 3 second time interval.
During the activated “muting” phase, materials can be transported through the
protection eld without deactivating the safety outputs. In the event of intrusion into
the hazardous zone, a person cannot activate the inhibition sensors in the same way
and the system stops.
Whilst the “muting” function is activated, a “muting” status indicator light is controlled
by the XPSLCM module. A fault at indicator light level (short-circuit, open circuit)
is immediately recognised and deactivates the “muting” function. The indicator light
only illuminates when a “muting” signal is generated and indicates the inhibition
of the protection function.
Conditions to be observed for the “muting” function
b The “muting” sensors must either be:
vThru-beam type, sensing distance 15 m: XUM2APCNL2 (or XUM2APCNM8) or
XUM2BPANL2 or XUM2BPBNL2.
vPolarised reex type, sensing distance 5 m: XUM9APCNL2 (or XUM9APCNM8)
or XUM9BPANL2 or XUM9BPBNL2 + XUZC50.
vPolarised reex type, sensing distance 11 m: XUX9APANT16 (or XUX9APANM12)
or XUX9APBNT16 (or XUX9APBNM12) + XUZC50.
vLimit switches
b dM y m to obtain continuous validation of the “muting” function.
b Avoid the intrusion of persons during the
“muting”
phase. This phase is indicated
by the indicator light connected to the
“muting”
indicator output of the XPSLCM module.
b A materials trolley must provide the “muting” signal before entering the protection
eld and cease it once it has cleared all the sensors of the protection eld on exiting.
References
Description Type of
terminal
block
connection
Number of
safety
circuits
Auxiliary
outputs
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety module
for “muting”
function
Removable
from module
2 PNP 1 PNP + 1 NPN 24 V c
XPSLCM1150
0.660/
1.455
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Safety monitoring module
Preventa XPSLCM
for the “muting” function of type 2 and type 4 safety
light curtains
m
dM
A B C D
Entry direction
“Muting” indication
Hazardous
zone
Materials
trolley
Materials
trolley
ESPE
(Light curtain)
ESPE: electro-sensitive protection equipment (light curtain).
A, B, D, C: “muting” sensors.
m: trolley length and dM = distance between A, B and D, C.
XPSLCM1150
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/85
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules types XPSECME,
XPSECPE
For extending the number of safety contacts
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSECME and XPSECPE, for extending the number of safety contacts, are available as
additions to Preventa XPSbase modules (Emergency stop, limit switch, two-hand control, etc.).
They are used to extend the number of safety output contacts of the base modules.
References
Description Connection Number of
safety
circuits
Additional
outputs
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for extending
the number of safety contacts,
for use with XPSbase modules
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
4 2 a and
c 24 V
XPSECME5131P
0.270/
0.595
Spring terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
4 2 a and
c 24 V
XPSECME5131C
0.270/
0.595
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
81a and
c 24 V
XPSECPE5131P
0.550/
1,213
Spring terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
81a and
c 24 V
XPSECPE5131C
0.650/
1.433
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
81a 115…230 V
XPSECPE3910P
0.650/
1.433
Spring terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
81a 115…230 V
XPSECPE3910C
0.650/
1.433
XPSECME5131P
XPSECPE5131C
XPSECPE5131P
XPSECME5131C
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/86
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules types XPSTSA,
XPSTSW
For safety time delays
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSTSA and XPSTSW are used in applications requiring safety
time delays:
b modules XPSTSA in applications with interlocking on high inertia machines with
long rundown time (guards unlocked after safety time delay has elapsed),
b modules XPSTSW in applications with a safety switchover contact (shunting
contact in association with XPSVN modules for zero speed detection, solenoid valve
monitoring, etc.).
The time delay of safety circuits can be set to 16 preset values, using 2 selectors
located on the front face of the modules.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have LEDs which provide information on the
monitoring circuit status and 2 solid-state outputs for signalling to the process PLC.
In addition, their removable terminal blocks optimise machine maintenance.
References
Description Connection Number of
safety circuits
Additional
outputs /
Solid-state
outputs to PLC
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for
applications with interlocking
on high inertia machines
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
1 delayed 2 NC / 2 a and c 24 V
XPSTSA5142P
0.250/
0.551
a 115 V
XPSTSA3442P
0.360/
0.774
a 230 V
XPSTSA3742P
0.360/
0.774
Safety modules for
applications with safety
switchover contact
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
1 pulse type 2 NC / 2 a and c 24 V
XPSTSW5142P
0.250/
0.551
a 115 V
XPSTSW3442P
0.360/
0.774
a 230 V
XPSTSW3742P
0.360/
0.774
XPSTSAppppP
XPSTSWppppP
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/87
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules types XPSDMB,
XPSDME
For coded magnetic switch monitoring
Operating principle
Safety modules XPSDMB and XPSDME are specically designed for monitoring
coded magnetic safety switches. They incorporate two safety outputs and two
solid-state outputs for signalling to the process PLC. Conforming to Performance
Level PL e/Category 4 conforming to EN/ISO 13849-1, modules XPSDMB can
monitor two independent sensors and modules XPSDME can monitor up to six
independent sensors.
To monitor a higher number of magnetic switches using these safety modules,
the magnetic switches can be connected in series parallel, while meeting the
requirements of Performance Level PL d/Category 3 conforming to standard
EN/ISO 13849-1.
Safety modules XPSDMpppppP incorporate removable terminal blocks, thus
optimising machine maintenance.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have LEDs on the front face which provide
information on the monitoring circuit status.
References
Description Connection Number
of safety
circuits
Synchro
time
between
inputs
Solid-
state
outputs
for PLC
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety module for
monitoring 2 coded
magnetic switches
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
integrated
in module
2 NO < 0.5 s 2c 24 V
XPSDMB1132
0.250/
0.551
Safety module for
monitoring 6 coded
magnetic switches
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
integrated
in module
2 NO < 0.5 s 2c 24 V
XPSDME1132
0.300/
0.661
Safety module for
monitoring 2 coded
magnetic switches
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
2 NO < 0.5 s 2 c 24 V
XPSDMB1132P
0.250/
0.551
Safety module for
monitoring 6 coded
magnetic switches
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
2 NO < 0.5 s 2c 24 V
XPSDME1132P
0.300/
0.661
Safety module for
monitoring 6 coded
magnetic switches
Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
integrated
in module
2 NO < 2.2 s 2 c 24 V
XPSDME1132TS220
0.300/
0.661
XPSDMB1132
XPSDME1132
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/88
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSVNE
For zero speed detection
XPSVNEppppp
Operating principle
Preventa safety modules XPSVNE for zero speed detection are used to detect the
stop condition of electric motors. Their most common applications include: providing
the unlock signal for electrically interlocked sliding or removable machine guards,
controlling rotation direction signals for reversing motors and engaging locking
brakes after a motor has come to a standstill.
As electric motors run down, a remanent voltage is produced in the windings of the
motor due to residual magnetism. This voltage is proportional to the speed of the
motor and, therefore, decreases as the motor comes to a standstill.
This remanent voltage is measured in a redundant manner so as to detect the stop
condition of the motor. The cabling between the motor windings and the inputs of the
XPSVNE module is also monitored to prevent a cabling breakage or fault being seen
as a stopped motor.
A transformer should not be used to connect the motor to terminals Z1, Z2 and Z3
since there is no monitoring of the connection with the motor winding via the
resistance monitoring.
Modules XPSVNE are suitable for detecting the stop condition of all types of AC
or DC motor driven machines which, when the motor runs down, produce a remanent
voltage in the windings due to residual magnetism. These machines can be controlled
by electronic devices, such as variable speed drives or DC injection brakes.
The input lters for standard XPSVNE modules are designed for a frequency
of up to 60 Hz.
For motors operating at a frequency higher than 60 Hz, which therefore produce a high
frequency remanent voltage, special modules XPSVNEppppHS should be used.
Modules XPSVNE have 2 potentiometers mounted on the front face of the module
which allow independent adjustment of the switching threshold for each input circuit.
This allows adjustment for different types of motors and application requirements.
To aid diagnostics, modules XPSVNE have 4 LEDs and 2 solid-state outputs to provide
information on the status of the zero speed detection circuit.
References
Description Connection Number of
safety circuits/
Solid-state
outputs for PLC
Supply Frequency
of motor power
supply
Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for zero
speed detection
Captive screw
clamp
terminals
Terminal block
removable from
module
2/
2
c 24 V y 60 Hz
XPSVNE1142P
0.500/
1.102
> 60 Hz
XPSVNE1142HSP
0.500/
1.102
a 115 V y 60 Hz
XPSVNE3442P
0.600/
1.333
> 60 Hz
XPSVNE3442HSP
0.600/
1.323
a 230 V y 60 Hz
XPSVNE3742P
0.600/
1.323
> 60 Hz
XPSVNE3742HSP
0.600/
1.323
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/89
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety module type XPSEDA
For lift control
Operating principle
When the cabin is parked at a landing, with the doors open, some lifts automatically
correct their level (isolevelling) in relation to the landing in order to compensate for
any differences generated by modication of the load in the cabin.
During this operation, European standard EN/IEC 81 recommends that the presence
of the cabin be checked within a zone of +/- 0.2 m around the landing (door
unlocking zone), by means of a safety circuit which will cause the cabin to stop if it
moves out of the specied zone.
The use of the safety module XPSEDA, which checks the presence of the cabin in
the specied zone at two points, meets this requirement.
The module incorporates two safety outputs and two solid-state outputs for signalling
functions. Four LEDs on the front face of the module provide visual indication of the
status of the safety circuit.
The position of the cabin in relation to the landing is detected by two limit switches in
the lift shaft. It is also possible to use non-contact sensors (magnetic sensors with
reed contact).
When the cabin reaches the preset position and when it is within the permissible
tolerances in relation to the landing, the two safety circuits in safety module XPSEDA
close and allow isolevelling of the cabin with the doors open. Any change in one of
the input signals (cabin outside the specied zone) or detection of a fault (break in
the wiring, short-circuit, etc.) causes immediate opening of the safety outputs in the
XPSEDA module and subsequent stopping of the cabin.
References
Description Connection Number of
safety circuits
Solid-state
outputs for PLC
Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety module for lift control Captive screw
clamp terminals
Terminal block
integrated
in module
2 2 a and
c 24 V
XPSEDA5142
0.180/
0.397
Cabin
Cabin doors
Landing doors
Landing
Landing indicator
(stop reference point)
Door unlocking
zone
XPSEDA5142
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/90
XPSPVT1180
Operating principle Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety module type XPSPVT
For dynamic monitoring of hydraulic valves on
linear presses
Operating principle
Safety module XPSPVT is specically designed for monitoring hydraulic safety
system valves which control the movements of potentially dangerous machines.
The operating principle of this module is explained in the circuit diagram
of a hydraulic safety system for linear presses (see below).
This hydraulic safety system features a 3 position piston which controls the up and
down stroke of the operating cylinder. The circuit is equipped with a safety valve
to complete the redundant system. This circuit must be activated to enable the
up and down stroke of the cylinder.
If either of the 2 pistons becomes defective (for example, due to a broken spring
or to oil contamination), and the valve piston shifts from its normal position towards
the open position, the XPSPVT module will detect it and prevent resumption of the
piston stroke.
Proximity sensors integrated in the valve to detect the piston positions and
connected to the XPSPVT module must be damped when the valve coils are in the
de-energised state (zero position).
The sensor circuits of the XPSPVT module are designed to allow connection of NPN
and PNP proximity sensors or sensing components. Either 2-wire or 3-wire types
can be used.
Hydraulic safety system circuit operating on a linear press.
Monitoring of valves in position 0.
(1) 3 position hydraulic valve.
(2) 2 position hydraulic valve.
S3
A B
P
(2)
Y3
(1)
S2
Y2
S1
Y1
A B
P T
Pressure
release valve
Opening
Pressure
release
valve
Pump
Closing +
opening
Closing
Reference
Description Display Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety module for
dynamic monitoring of
hydraulic valves on
linear presses
8 LEDs 24 V c
XPSPVT1180
0.540/
1.190
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/91
Operating principle
Safety module XPSPVK is specially designed for dynamic monitoring of the safety
valves in eccentric presses, conforming to European standard EN 692.
This standard establishes the specications related to safety control systems for
presses equipped with friction clutches.
To meet the requirements of this standard, the clutch/brake control must be monitored
dynamically.
This function is provided by a double-bodied solenoid valve (safety valve for presses)
which performs the functions of two valves mounted in one body.
The position of the two valve pistons can be monitored by proximity sensors, mechanical
limit switches or pressure switches.
Module XPSPVK checks for the correct operation of the double-bodied safety valves
at 3 points in the cycle.
b Start at top dead centre: checks the rest position of the two valves.
b Take-on point (transfer function): checks that the two valves are in the “activated”
(energised) position.
b Press stop trigger point: checks that the two valves return to the rest position.
Return must be simultaneous for both valves within a dened time period.
To set up an automatic disconnect of the XPSPVK module at the rst machine stroke,
a NC auxiliary contact mounted on the main control contactor or on another contactor/
relay, activated at the same time, can be wired to terminals 7 and 8 in parallel with the
RESET button.
If a fault is detected during the cycle, the XPSPVK module will stop the slide stroke
and will also inhibit the start of another cycle.
Operating principle,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSPVK
For dynamic monitoring of double-bodied solenoid
valves
XPSPVK
References
Description Display Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for
dynamic monitoring
of double-bodied
solenoid valves
8 LEDs 24 V c
XPSPVK1184
0.700/
1.543
115 V a
XPSPVK3484
0.900/
1.984
230 V a
XPSPVK3784
0.900/
1.984
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/92
Operating principle Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSOT
For safety stop with automatic overtravel monitoring
and control
Operating principle
Safety module XPSOT is used on eccentric presses to monitor overtravel and
ensure that the press slide stops in a non-dangerous position, i.e. top dead centre
(TDC), during normal (non-emergency) operation.
Use of this module, designed in accordance with standard EN 692 relating to
mechanical press safety, makes it possible to create a redundant, self-monitoring
control system.
The two essential functions of this safety module are to:
bTrigger the end of cycle stop sequences slightly before top dead centre
(at point A) so as to come to a complete stop at TDC.
After TDC, the permissible overtravel is approximately 10°. The safety module
immediately detects any overtravel. Overtravel is indicative of braking device
deterioration and, in this case, jog mode must be used to move the slide back
to TDC. The next cycle will be inhibited to allow maintenance to be performed
on the braking device (cam 1).
bTake over control monitoring during the dangerous part of the cycle (slide
downstroke). Any stop instruction issued between TDC (0°) and point C
(approximately 150° after TDC) causes an immediate stop of the press.
This approximate value of 150° corresponds to the 8 mm tool closure
dimension (safety point).
When a stop instruction is issued after this safety point, the press completes the
cycle and comes to a complete stop at TDC (cam 2).
Control of the dangerous part of the cycle (generally the slide downstroke) is
usually activated from a two-hand control station associated with a safety module
(type XPSBCE).
Overtravel monitoring is performed on each cycle by safety module XPSOT.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/93
Operating principle
(continued),
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety modules type XPSOT
For safety stop with automatic overtravel monitoring
and control
Operating principle (continued)
Press diagram Control cams diagram
1 Permissible overtravel zone.
2 Dangerous zone (usually slide downstroke).
3 Non-dangerous zone (usually slide upstroke).
S Permissible overtravel.
A Press stop trigger point.
B Point at which permissible overtravel is exceeded (a stop instruction issued after point B will
lock up the press).
C Takeover point, beyond which the press will complete its cycle up to TDC.
TDC Top dead centre, actual stopping zone of the press.
BDC Bottom dead centre.
Cam operation
Cam 1 is associated with the OTS, limit switch (LS), cam 2 with the UN limit switch (the limit
switches must be located on different cams for safety reasons).
The OTS limit switch is deactivated at TDC, at which point the UN limit switch
is activated.
Point A1 of cam 1 is located approximately 300° after TDC and, when reached,
the press stops and comes to a standstill: A1 is the press stop trigger point.
Point B1, located approximately 10° after TDC, constitutes the end of cam 1: If B1
is exceeded during stopping, the overtravel is abnormally long, the press locks up and the
next cycle is inhibited.
Point A2 of cam 2 functions like point A1 on cam 1 (contact state of the UN limit switch reversed
in relation to the state of the OTS limit switch).
Point C2, located approximately 150° after TDC, corresponds to the 8 mm tool closing
dimension. Stop instructions issued after C2 is reached are not executed until point A2 is
reached.
Top Dead Centre
Bottom dead centre
Die
mm Max.
TDC
BDC
TDC Stop and overtravel monitoring Restart + Stop
approx.
approx.
approx.
Cam
Cam
Limit
switch
OTS
Limit
switch
UN
References
Description Display Supply Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Safety modules for
safety stop with
automatic overtravel
monitoring and control
4 LEDs 115 V a
XPSOT3444
1.100/
2.425
230 V a
XPSOT3744
1.100/
2.425
XPSOT
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/94
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Modicon TM3 expansion modules
Presentation of the range
Digital I/O modules
Analog I/O modules
Expert I/O modules
Functional Safety modules
Bus expansion modules
Presentation
The Modicon TM3 expansion module offer provides an opportunity to enhance the
capabilities of Modicon M221, M241 and M251 logic controllers:
vDigital I/O modules which can be used to create congurations with up to
488 digital I/O (according to the controller). These modules are available with the
same connections as the controllers.
vAnalog I/O modules which can be used to create congurations with up to
114 analog I/O (according to the controller) and are designed to receive, amongst
other things, position, temperature or speed sensor signals. They are also capable
of controlling variable speed drives or any device equipped with a current or
voltage input.
vExpert modules for control of TeSys motor starters which simplify wiring up the
control section due to connection with RJ45 cables.
vFunctional Safety modules which simplify wiring and can be congured in the
SoMachine and/or SoMachine Basic softwares.
In addition, the TM3 expansion system is exible due to the possibility of remotely
locating some of the TM3 modules in the enclosure or another cabinet (up to
5 meters (16.404 ft.) away, using a bus expansion system.
The Modicon TM3 expansion system is common to the whole range of Modicon
M221, M241 and M251 logic controllers, meaning that the model of controller can be
revised without changing expansion module.
Modicon TM3 range
Digital
I/O modules
vmodules with 8 to 32 inputs/outputs:
- 24 V or 120 V c 50/60 Hz inputs
- relay or transistor outputs
Analog I/O
modules
vmodules with 2 to 8 inputs/outputs:
- current/voltage or temperature inputs
- current/voltage outputs
Expert module vmodule for control of one to four TeSys motor starters
Functional Safety
modules
vmodules designed using Preventa technology for integral
machine safety:
- control of emergency stops
- control of switches
- control of light curtains
- control of pressure-sensitive mats or edges
Bus expansion
system
vtransmitter module
vreceiver module
vbus expansion cable
Specic features
Modicon TM3 expansion modules have been designed with a simple interlocking
assembly mechanism. A bus expansion connector is used to distribute data and the
power supply when assembling the Modicon TM3 expansion modules with logic
controllers.
Connections
A wide choice of connections is available depending on the model of Modicon TM3
module:
vremovable screw terminal blocks (1)
vremovable spring terminal blocks (1)
vHE 10 connector, to be used with HE 10 cables/bare wires or HE 10/HE 10 and
Telefast sub-bases (2)
The connectors (screw terminal blocks, spring terminal blocks, HE 10 connector,
RJ 45) are located on the front of the TM3 expansion modules and are therefore
accessible.
(1) The terminal blocks are supplied with Modicon TM3 expansion modules.
(2) Telefast Modicon ABE7 pre-wired system to be ordered separately , visit our web site: www.
schneider-electric.com
Compatibility of offers
Modicon TM3 expansion modules
>Modicon M221 logic controllers
>Modicon M221 Book logic controllers
>Modicon M241 logic controllers
>Modicon M251 logic controllers
>SoMachine Basic software
>SoMachine software
>Modicon TM2 expansion modules
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/95
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Modicon TM3 expansion modules
Bus expansion system
Presentation
Modicon TM3 bus expansion system
A PLC conguration consists of a controller with its embedded input and output
channels, used in conjunction with local or remote expansion modules which are
used to increase the number of channels and/or functions.
vExpansion modules are connected directly by simple interlocking with the
controller (local I/O) or remotely (remote I/O) with a TM3 bus expansion cable, up
to 5 meters (16.404 ft.) away.
vThe bus expansion connector, located on the side of the controllers and on each
side of the Modicon TM3 expansion modules, transmits and synchronizes data.
2
1
55
4
23
366
47
Local I/O
< 7 modules max. (1) >
Embedded I/O Remote I/O
< 7 modules max. >
24 V c
1 Logic controller (M221, M221 Book, M241, M251)
2 Modicon TM3 digital I/O modules.
3 Modicon TM3 analog I/O modules.
4 Modicon TM3 expert module: control of TeSys motor starters.
5 Modicon TM3 functional safety modules.
6 Modicon TM3 bus expansion modules (transmitter and receiver).
7 TM3 bus expansion cable.
bLocal I/O
Maximum conguration: 7 Modicon TM3 expansion modules associated with an
M2pp logic controller. (With limited number of relay or transistor outputs.
bRemote I/O
Maximum conguration: 14 Modicon TM3 expansion modules (7 local modules +
7 remote modules) with the use of Modicon TM3 bus expansion system
(transmitter and receiver modules).
The transmitter and receiver bus expansion modules can be used to:
vincrease from 7 to 14 the number of I/O expansion modules that can be connected
to an M2pp logic controller
vlocate Modicon TM3 expansion modules remotely, up to 5 meters (16.404 ft.)
away
The transmitter module and receiver module are physically linked by a
VDIP184546ppp bus expansion cable, or any other shielded cable Cat 5E, F/UT.
Mounting
vModicon TM3 expansion modules are mounted on a symmetrical rail. They have
a locking clip on the top of their casing.
vFor plate or panel mounting, use the TMAM2 kit.
(1) Depending on type of TM3 module used.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/98
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Modicon TM3 functional safety modules
(Powered by Preventa technology)
Presentation
Modicon TM3 functional safety modules are designed using Preventa technology.
They can be used to incorporate machine safety into the overall machine control.
Data acquisition: control of safety products
vEmergency stop button: complementary protection measures
vMonitoring devices used in protective systems to control access to hazardous
areas
vLight curtains and safety mats to detect intrusion into hazardous areas
Monitoring and processing
vModicon TM3 functional safety modules control the input signals from monitoring
devices and act as an interface with contactors and variable speed drives, causing
the machine to stop.
vModicon TM3 functional safety modules complement the embedded I/O on M221,
M221 Book, M241 and M251 logic controllers.
Modicon TM3 functional
safety modules
Safety system/Performance level reached
For control of
emergency stops
Category 4 architecture / PL e, SIL3
Contactor 1
CON 1
Emergency stop
Contactor 2
CON 2
Input Outputs
For control of switches Category 4 architecture / PL e, SIL3
Contactor 2
CON 2
Switch
Contactor 1
CON 1
Input Outputs
For control of type 4
light curtains
Category 4 architecture / PL e, SIL3
Contactor 2
CON 2
Type 4 light
curtains
Contactor 1
CON 1
Input Outputs
For control of pressure-
sensitive mats or edges
Category 4 architecture / PL e, SIL3
Contactor 2
CON 2
Pressure-
sensitive mats
or edges
Contactor 1
CON 1
Input Outputs
vThe safety outputs available on the 4 modules are relay type, guided by
microprocessor technology.
vDiagnostic utilities use LEDs, found on the module front face. They provide
information on the monitoring circuit status.
vThe diagnostic information is shared via the TM3 bus.
vThe Start button monitoring function is congurable depending on the wiring.
Connections
Equipped, depending on the model, with removable screw or spring-type terminals
for connecting the safety channels.
Conguration
Modicon TM3 functional safety modules connect to M221, M221 Book, M241 and
M251 logic controllers according to the general rules for the TM3 system: 7 modules
max. and 14 modules max. with the use of Modicon TM3 bus expansion system
(transmitter and receiver).
Mounting
vModicon TM3 functional safety modules are mounted on a symmetrical rail.
vFor plate or panel mounting, use the TMAM2 kit.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/99
Presentation,
description,
references
Monitor and Processing
Modicon TM3 functional safety modules
(Powered by Preventa technology)
Description
Modicon TM3 functional safety modules
1 Adjacent module locking latch.
2 TM3 bus connectors (one on each side). These are designed to provide
continuity of the link between connected modules.
3 symmetrical rail locking clip.
4 Display block (6 LEDs - green, red) for the module channels and diagnostics.
5 Removable spring or screw-type terminal blocks (depending on the model) for
connecting the safety channels and the power supply.
References
Designation Maximum achievable
safety level
Term.
block
for
input
conn.
(1)
Reference Weight
kg
lb
24 V c power supply
Functional Safety modules
for control of
vemergency stops
vswitches
PL d/Category 3
conforming to
EN/ISO 13849-1
SILCL2 conforming
to EN/IEC 61508-1
screw TM3SAC5R 0.190
0.420
spring TM3SAC5RG 0.190
0.420
Functional Safety modules
for control of
vemergency stops
vswitches
PL e/Category 4
conforming to
EN/ISO 13849-1
SILCL3 conforming
to EN/IEC 61508-1
screw TM3SAF5R 0.190
0.420
spring TM3SAF5RG 0.190
0.420
Functional Safety modules
for control of
vemergency stops
vswitches
vsafety light curtains with
solid-state outputs
PL d/Category 3
conforming to
EN/ISO 13849-1
SILCL2 conforming
to EN/IEC 61508-1
screw TM3SAFL5R 0.190
0.420
spring TM3SAFL5RG 0.190
0.420
Functional Safety modules
for control of
vemergency stops
vswitches
vsafety light curtains with
solid-state outputs
vpressure-sensitive mats
or edges
PL e/Category 4
conforming to
EN/ISO 13849-1
SILCL3 conforming
to EN/IEC 61508-1
screw TM3SAK6R 0.190
0.420
spring TM3SAK6RG 0.190
0.420
Separate parts
Designation Description Reference Weight
kg
lb
Mounting kit
Sold in lots of 10
For mounting Functional Safety
modules on a plate or panel
TMAM2 0.065
0.143
(1) Removable terminal blocks equipped with screw terminals or spring terminals, supplied with
the controller.
TM3SAC5R TM3SAC5RG
TM3SAF5R TM3SAF5RG
TM3SAFL5R TM3SAFL5RG
TM3SAK6R TM3SAK6RG
2
5
5
3
2
1
4
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/100
Presentation,
description
Monitor and Processing
Modicon TM3 bus expansion system
Transmitter module and receiver module
Presentation
Modicon TM3 transmitter and receiver modules can be used to:
vincrease from 7 to 14 the number of TM3 I/O expansion modules that can be
connected to an M2pp logic controller (1)
vlocate Modicon TM3 expansion modules remotely, up to 5 m (16.404 ft.) away
The transmitter and receiver modules are physically linked by a VDIP184546ppp
bus expansion cable, or any other shielded cable Cat 5E, F/UT.
Mounting
vTM3 bus expansion modules are mounted on a symmetrical rail.
vFor plate or panel mounting, use the TMAM2 kit.
Description
TM3XTRA1 transmitter module
1 Block with 2 LEDs displaying the communication status and power supply status.
2 RJ 45 connector for connecting the VDIP184546ppp bus expansion cable, or any
other shielded cable Cat 5E, F/UT.
3 Screw terminal for the functional ground (FG) connection.
4 symmetrical rail locking clip.
5 TM3 bus connector providing continuity of the link with the connected module.
6 Adjacent module locking latch.
TM3XREC1 receiver module
1 Block with 2 LEDs displaying the communication status and power supply status.
2 RJ 45 connector for connecting the VDIP184546ppp bus expansion cable, or any
other shielded cable Cat 5E, F/UT.
3 Screw terminal block for connecting the power supply.
4 symmetrical rail locking clip.
5 TM3 bus connector providing continuity of the link with the connected module.
6 Adjacent module locking latch.
4
5
6
3
2
1
TM3XTRA1
4
5
6
3
2
1
TM3XREC1
(1) It is not possible to use the bus expansion system Modicon TM3 if one or more Modicon TM2
expansion modules are used in the conguration.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/101
References Monitor and Processing
Modicon TM3 bus expansion system
Transmitter module and receiver module
References
Modicon TM3 bus expansion system
Designation Characteristics Reference Weight
kg
lb
Transmitter module Data transmission module
Power supply: using the TM3 bus
TM3XTRA1 0.065
0.143
Receiver module Data reception module
Power supply: 24 V c
(with external power supply)
TM3XREC1
(1)
0.075
0.165
Cordsets
Designation Used for Length Reference Weight
kg
lb
Shielded category 5E
TM3 bus expansion
cables
TM3 bus expansion by
linking transmitter and
receiver modules
Equipped with an RJ 45
connector at each end
0.5 m
1.64 ft
VDIP184546005 –
1 m
3.28 ft
VDIP184546010 –
2 m
6.56 ft
VDIP184546020 –
3 m
9.84 ft
VDIP184546030 –
5 m
16.40 ft
VDIP184546050 –
Functional ground
cable
Functional ground for the
TM3XTRA1 transmitter
module
0.12 m
0.39 ft
Cable supplied with the
TM3XTRA1 transmitter
module
Spare parts
Designation Description Unit reference Weight
kg
lb
Mounting kit
Sold in lots of 10
For mounting bus expansion
modules on a plate or panel
TMAM2 0.065
0.143
Set of terminal blocks
for connecting the
power supply
8 removable terminal blocks with screw
terminals
TMAT2PSET 0.127
0.280
(1) The TM3XREC1 module is supplied with a removable screw terminal block for connecting the
power supply.
TM3XTRA1
TM3XREC1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/104
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety controllers Type XPSMP
With pre-dened functions
Presentation
Presentation
Operating principle
Preventa safety controller modules XPSMP are designed for a Performance Level of
up to PL e/Category 4 conforming to standard EN/ISO 13849-1.
They enable two independent safety functions (selected from a choice of 15
pre-dened congurations) to be performed using the same product. Conguration
selection is easily made using 3 buttons on the front face of the module.
These 15 pre-programmed safety functions provide a solution for the majority
of safety applications, for example: monitoring Emergency stops, limit switches,
safety mats and sensing edges, enabling switches, coded magnetic switches,
type 4 safety light curtains conforming to EN 61496-1.
Safety controllers XPSMP incorporate 6 safety outputs (3 per function) and 3
solid-state signalling outputs for signalling to the process PLC.
To aid diagnostics, the modules have LEDs on the front face which provide
information on the monitoring circuit status. They also indicate and assist selection
of the 2 required congurations.
Maximum achievable safety level
b PL e/Category 4 conforming EN ISO 13849-1,
b SILCL 3 conforming to EN/IEC 61508 and EN/IEC 62061
Product certications
b UL
b CSA
b TÜV
Conguration Synchronisation
time
Type of start (1) Start test Notes
Automatic or
unmonitored
Monitored
Functions disabled 0– – – – Factory setting
Emergency stop monitoring,
1-channel wiring (category 2)
1– X – – –
2– – X – –
Emergency stop monitoring,
2-channel wiring, or guard
monitoring (category 4)
3Unlimited X – X –
4Unlimited – X X –
51.5 s X – X –
61.5 s – X X –
7Unlimited X – – –
8Unlimited – X – –
Guard monitoring for injection
press or blowing machine
(category 4)
91.5 s – X X Uses both safety
outputs (2)
Enabling grip switch monitoring
(3 position switch) (category 4)
10 – X – X The start button
acts as start-up
preparation
Sensing mat and edges monitoring
(category 3)
11 – X – – Mats with circuit
making contacts
12 – – X –
Relay output safety light curtain
monitoring (category 4)
13 0.5 s – X X –
Coded magnetic switch
monitoring (category 4)
14 1.5 s X – – Magnetic switches
with 2 contacts,
1 NO and 1 NC
15 1.5 s – X –
(1) Automatic start: there is no contact or it is shunted.
Unmonitored start: The output is activated on closing of the start contact.
Monitored start: the start input is monitored so that there is no start-up in the event of the start contact being shunted or the start circuit being closed for more than
10 seconds.
Start-up is triggered following activation of the start button (push-release function) on opening of the contact.
(2) Tool zone guard with 3rd switch.
Additional rear guard (optional) with automatic start. The opening of the guard cuts all outputs.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/105
Monitor and Processing
Preventa safety controllers Type XPSMP
With pre-dened functions
References,
schemes
XPSMP11123P
XPSMP11123
References
Description Type of
terminal block
connection
Number of
safety circuits
Additional
outputs
Supply Reference Weight
kg/lb
Modules for 2 independent
safety functions
Integrated
in module
3 NO per
function
(6 NO total)
3 solid-state 24 V c XPSMP11123 0.320
0.71
Removable
from module
3 NO per
function
(6 NO total)
3 solid-state 24 V cXPSMP11123P 0.320
0.71
Schemes
Wiring diagram and Functional Diagram are available on the “e-Shop” via the partnumber.
Click on a partnumber, the hyperlink opens the “e-Shop”
Click on “Documents & Download”
Click on “Instruction sheet”
Embedded hyperlinks
in catalogues
=
direct access to
information on the
internet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/106
Monitor and Processing
Preventa congurable safety controllers
Type XPSMC
Presentation
XPSMC16ZC
XPSMC32ZC
Presentation
Congurable safety controllers XPSMCppZp are designed to provide a solution for
safety applications requiring conformity to Performance Level PL e/Category 4 EN/
ISO 13849-1 and SIL 3 EN/IEC 61508.
The range of congurable safety controllers comprises 6 products, each with
different technical characteristics.
Congurable
controllers
Safety
inputs
Safety
outputs (1)
Communication via
CANopen
bus
Probus
bus
Modbus serial
link
XPSMC16Z 16 6 + 2 x 2 – – Yes, slave
XPSMC16ZC 16 6 + 2 x 2 Yes, slave – Yes, slave
XPSMC16ZP 16 6 + 2 x 2 – Yes, slave Yes, slave
XPSMC32Z 32 6 + 2 x 2 – – Yes, slave
XPSMC32ZC 32 6 + 2 x 2 Yes, slave – Yes, slave
XPSMC32ZP 32 6 + 2 x 2 – Yes, slave Yes, slave
Line control
The safety inputs are supplied by the various control outputs (2), in such a manner so
as to monitor for short-circuits between the inputs, short-circuits between each input
and earth or the presence of residual voltages.
The controller, assisted by the control outputs, continuously tests all the connected
inputs. As soon as an error is detected on an input, all the outputs associated with this
input are disconnected. Safety outputs associated with other inputs remain active.
Conguration
Safety controllers XPSMCppZp are congurable and addressable using software
XPSMCWIN running on a PC. Connection accessories required: see page 3/109.
Connections
For connection of safety inputs and outputs, safety controllers XPSMCppZp can be
tted with a choice of: screw connectors type XPSMCTSpp, or spring clip connectors
type XPSMCTCpp.
These connectors are to be ordered separately, see page 3/109.
Safety functions
Conguration of the safety functions is carried out using software XPSMCWIN which is
available on the Safety Suite V2 CD-ROM.
30 certied safety functions are available with this software and they are easily
assignable to the safety outputs. The safety functions have multiple combination
possibilities and various starting conditions.
The safety functions are:
v certied in accordance with EN/ISO 13849-1 and IEC 61508,
v congurable in controller XPSMC using software XPSMCWIN which is available on
the Safety Suite V2 software pack.
All 8 safety outputs are suitable for use in safety related parts of control systems
conforming to Performance Level PL e/Category 4 in accordance to EN/ISO 13849-1.
Main safety functions
b Emergency stop monitoring, with or without time delay, 1 or 2-channel wiring
b Two-hand control (type III- A and C conforming to EN 574/ISO 13851)
b Guard monitoring with 1 or 2 limit switches
b Guard monitoring for injection presses and blowing machines
b Magnetic switch monitoring
b Sensing mat monitoring
b Light curtain (type 4 conforming to EN/IEC 61496, relay or solid-state output)
monitoring
b Zero speed detection
b Dynamic monitoring of hydraulic valves on linear presses
b Monitoring safety stop at top dead centre on eccentric press
b Safety time delays
b “Muting” function of light curtains
b Enabling switch monitoring, 2 or 3 contact
b Hydraulic press
b Eccentric press
b Foot switch monitoring
b Chain shaft breakage monitoring
b Position selector
Application schemes and functional diagrams
See instruction sheet on www.schneider-electric.com
(1) 8 independent safety outputs = 6 solid-state safety outputs + 2 x 2 relay outputs (4 relay
outputs with mechanically linked contacts).
(2) 8 control outputs are available but they are not safety outputs.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/107
Monitor and Processing
Preventa congurable safety controllers
Type XPSMC
Presentation (continued),
Description
Communication
Modicon STB
Premium automation
platform
CANopen bus
Congurable
controllers
XPSMC16ZC,
MC32ZC
Micro automation platform
ATV71
TeSys Quickt
FTB1CN
TeSys U
CANopen eldbus
Congurable safety controllers XPSMCppZC incorporate
a SUB-D 9-pin male connector for direct connection on CANopen
bus.
CANopen bus is a open bus that ensures deterministic and
reliable access to the real-time data of automation equipment.
The bus uses a shielded dual twisted pair on which a maximum of
127 devices can be connected by chaining.
The baud rate varies between 10 Kbps and 1Mbps depending on
the length of the bus (5000 m/16404.15 ft to 20 m/65.62 ft).
Probus bus
Premium automation platform
Third-party
products
Congurable controller
XPSMC16ZP, MC32ZP
Repeater
(3 max.)
Probus bus
Congurable safety controllers XPSMCppZP incorporate
a SUB-D 9-pin male connector for connection on Probus bus.
Congurable safety controllers XPSMCppZP are slaves
on the Probus bus.
Probus bus is a eldbus that meets industrial communication
requirements. The topology of the Probus bus is of the linear
type with a centralised master/slave type access procedure.
The physical link is a single shielded twisted pair.
Magelis graphic terminalPremium automation platform
Congurable controllers XPSMC16Zp/MC32Zp,
slaves of the Modbus serial link
Modbus serial link
Modbus serial link
Congurable safety controllers XPSMCppZp incorporate
a Modbus communication interface (RJ45 connector) for
conguration and diagnostics.
This interface enables connection of the controllers to:
v a PC (conguration),
v a PLC (diagnostics), or
v an operator dialogue terminal (diagnostics).
The Modbus serial link comprises a master station (Premium
automation platform) and slave stations (congurable controllers
XPSMC16/32Zp).
Two exchange mechanisms are possible:
b Question/response: the questions from the master are
addressed to a given slave. The response is expected by return
from the interrogated slave.
b Distribution: the master distributes a message to all the
stations of the Modbus serial link. The latter execute the order
without transmitting a reply.
Description
1
2
3
4
5
9
7
8
6
Congurable safety controller XPSMCppZp, with screw
connectors
Front face
1 LED display and system diagnostics.
2 Two LEDs for CANopen or Probus (1) connection status.
3 SUB-D 9-pin male connector for connection on CANopen bus
(XPSMC16ZC/MC32ZC) or SUB-D 9-pin female connector for
connection on Probus bus (XPSMC16ZP/MC32ZP).
4 Solid-state safety output and “muting” indicator light terminals.
5 Power supply (24 V c) and relay safety output terminals.
6
Control output terminals for power supply to safety inputs and
safety input terminals.
7 RJ45 connector for connection on Modbus serial link.
8 RESET button (resetting of controller).
Rear face:
9 Fixing plate for mounting on rail.
(1) Depending on controller model.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/108
Monitor and Processing
Preventa congurable safety controllers
Type XPSMCType XPSMC
References
References
Congurable safety controllers (connector not included)
Number of
inputs
Number of outputs Communication
(Link and bus)
Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Relay
Solid-state
16 4 (2 x 2) 6Modbus XPSMC16Z 0.820/
1.808
Modbus, CANopen XPSMC16ZC 0.820/
1.808
Modbus, Probus XPSMC16ZP 0.820/
1.808
32 4 (2 x 2) 6Modbus XPSMC32Z 0.840/
1.852
Modbus, CANopen XPSMC32ZC 0.840/
1.852
Modbus, Probus XPSMC32ZP 0.840/
1.852
Plug-in connectors for congurable safety controllers (1)
Description For use with Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Screw
connectors
XPSMC16Z, MC16ZC, MC16ZP XPSMCTS16 0.080/
0.176
XPSMC32Z, MC32ZC, MC32ZP XPSMCTS32 0.110/
0.243
Spring clip
connectors
XPSMC16Z, MC16ZC, MC16ZP XPSMCTC16 0.080/
0.176
XPSMC32Z, MC32ZC, MC32ZP XPSMCTC32 0.110/
0.243
Conguration software
b Reference XPSMCWIN is the full version of conguration software XPSMCWIN
version 2.4 and must be installed if no previous version of this software has been
installed.
Description Operating system
Languages
Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Conguration
software for
controllers
XPSMCppZp
CD-ROM + user
manual
Windows 7
FR,
EN,
DE,
IT,
ES,
PT
XPSMCWIN 0.520/
1.146
XPSMCWIN
software update
CD-ROM + user
manual
Windows 7
Software update available on
www.schneider-electric.com
Starter packs
The Starter packs contain the necessary components to start using the safety controller
containing:
b Safety controller (pack reference designates type of safety controller)
b XPSMCWIN conguration software
b Congurations cable
b Connectors
Description Controller included in the pack Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Starter packs XPSMC16Z XPSMC16ZPACK –
XPSMC16ZC XPSMC16ZCPACK –
XPSMC16ZP XPSMC16ZPPACK –
XPSMC32Z XPSMC32ZPACK –
XPSMC32ZC XPSMC32ZCPACK –
XPSMC32ZP XPSMC32ZPPACK –
(1) To be ordered separately to the controllers.
XPSMC16Z XPSMC32Z
XPSMC16ZC XPSMC32ZC
XPSMC16ZP XPSMC32ZP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/109
Monitor and Processing
Preventa congurable safety controllers
Type XPSMCType XPSMC
References
References
Connecting cables (1)
Function Length
m/ft
Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Diagnostics using Magelis operator dialogue terminal type XBT GT 3/
9.84
VW3A8306R30 1.130/
2.491
Conguration software USB / RJ45 cable: used to connect the controller to
a PC
Equipped with a USB connector (PC end) and an
RJ45 connector (controller end)
2.5/
8.20
TCSMCNAM3M002P 0.160 /
0.353
Function Medium Length
m/ft
Reference Weight
kg/
lb
Modbus serial link access Premium automation platform TSX SCY 21601 – XPSMCSCY –
CANopen bus access
1 CANopen connection cables
(tted with: 1 SUB-D 9-pin female connector
at each end)
0.3/
0.98
TSXCANCADD03 –
1/
3.28
TSXCANCADD1 –
3/
9.84
TSXCANCADD3 –
5/
16.40
TSXCANCADD5 –
2 CANopen tap-off box – TSXCANTDM4 –
3 Standard CANopen cables 50/
164.04
TSXCANCA50 –
100/
328.08
TSXCANCA100 –
300/
984.24
TSXCANCA300 –
Probus bus access 100/
328.08
TSXPBSCA100 –
400/
1312.33
TSXPBSCA400 –
Power supply (1)
Regulated switch mode
power supply, single-phase
Output voltage: 24…28.8 V c
Nominal current: 10 A
Nominal power: 240 W
ABL8RPS24100 1.000 /
2.205
(1) To be ordered separately to the controllers.
TSXCANTDM4
ABL8RPS24100
TCSMCNAM3M002P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/110
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
General overview
F
l
e
x
i
b
l
e
&
s
c
a
l
a
b
l
e
C
u
s
t
o
m
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
&
s
e
r
v
i
c
e
s
m
a
c
h
i
n
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
A
r
c
h
i
t
e
c
t
u
r
e
s
&
e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g
i
n
t
e
l
l
i
g
e
n
c
e
Machine builders like you are constantly looking for new ways to design and
build more innovative machines in less time and at lower cost.
MachineStruxureTM can help.
The NEXT generation of MachineStruxure is a complete machine automation
solution that provides exible and scalable machine control, ready-to-use
architectures, efcient engineering solutions, and comprehensive customization
and engineering support services. It can help you meet your challenges for
improved efciency and greater productivity, as well as allow you to deliver higher
added value to your customers throughout the entire machine life cycle.
Safety Chain Solutions
Save time by using the ready to use, and easy to adapt certied Safety Chain
Solutions: the design of the machine, the re-use of the provided documentation with
wiring diagram and documented calculations, for ease with the certication process.
3
4
5
6
1
2
7
5
Solution Breakdown
1 Harmony XALK emergency stop
2 OsiSense safety limit switches
3 Phaseo power supply 24 V c
4 Preventa XPSMCM modular safety controller
5 Harmony signaling and control devices
6 TeSys D contactor
7 Harmony XY2SB two-hand control station
Maximize your business and machine
performance with MachineStruxure
Emergency Stop
Guard Monitoring
Perimeter Guarding
Enabling movement
Position Monitoring
Speed Monitoring
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/111
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
General overview
Improve efciency Flexible and scalable performance
Schneider Electric offer is covering all the safety functionality and
scalability you need for your machine to improve efciency:
>Single function offer designed for standalone machines
>Multi functional offer designed for standalone machines
>Multi functional offer designed for machine lines with safe distributed
architectures
Increase protability Everything you need is embedded
>Find the exact match to your specications
>Optimize your conguration
>Save space in a cabinet with less components
>Expand from small to large conguration by a wide range of expansion and
communication modules
>Build up to 6 island architectures via safe communication up to 50 m between
each island
Performance
Embedded Safety NetworkStandalone
Embedded Modicon TM3
safety functional module
Single function
Traditional Preventa
XPS safety module
Multi-function distributed
Preventa XPSMCM
modular safety controller
Modicon TM5 Embedded
safety PLC
Embedded safety for Altivar drives
and Lexium 32 motion controllers
Multi-function
Preventa XPSMC
safety controller
Up to Cat. 4, Pl e, SIL3
Safe I/O
module
Safe relay
module
Safe communication
module
Communication
module
Communication
via the expansion bus connector
Safety controller
CPU
Screw removable connector
Safe speed
monitoring module
Mini USB 2.0 conguration port
+ Network and Machine bus: Ethernet IP, Universal Serial Bus (USB), Modbus TCP
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/112
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
General overview
Reduce your time to market Intuitive automation with SoSafe Congurable
Easy conguration using intuitive software SoSafe Congurable
Conguration
1 Dene hardware
module conguration
2 Create project
conguration by drag
and drop of function
blocks and assignment
of inputs and outputs
Online visualization & testing
>Validate software
conguration
>View conguration
behavior by online
visualization in
graphic or text views
Commissioning
>Use project
documentation to
support the wiring and
safety calculation to
complete the
commissioning
Simplify integration & maintenance Connected everywhere
>Variety of communication bus for diagnostics for automation systems (I/O status,
alarm and alert information)
>Live diagnostics with PC via USB connection
>Removable memory card transfering conguration data to new controller without
using a PC
Customization and services
Our experts help you every step of the way, from perfecting machine design to
on-site services of the nished machine. Global support, 24/7 hotline services, and
replacement parts centers around the world enable you to deliver superior customer
support and satisfaction.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/113
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
General overview
Make the most of your energySM
Schneider Electric – the
provider of the complete safety
chain powered by Preventa
technology, helps you simply to
reach the right level of safety for
your machine!
Approved
>Safety chain
solutions to achieve the
safety level required
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/114
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
System components
General presentation
The Preventa modular safety controller type XPSMCM is a modular congurable
safety controller able to monitor multiple safety functions on and around a
machine to minimise the risk of people accessing the dangerous moving parts
of the machine.
This modular safety controller is designed for monitoring safety functions such as:
>Emergency Stop
>Guard Monitoring
>Perimeter Guarding
>Position Monitoring
>Speed Monitoring
>Enabling Movement
with input devices such as emergency stop pushbuttons, safety guard and limit
switches, safety foot switches, safety light curtains and laser scanners, safety mats,
safety encoders and proximity sensors, two-hand control stations and enabling
switches.
XPSMCM system applications
The XPSMCM system offers numerous advantages compared to traditional
safety modules, such as:
>The hardware architecture of expansion modules and layout can be designed
according to the machine specication and thus reduces the number of
components and the footprint and wiring
>Simplify input and output wiring by software conguration combining multiple
functions together
>Allowing machine scalability from 8 inputs and 2 outputs and up to 128 inputs and
16 outputs with the expansion modules connected directly to the controller or
distributed among 6 islands
>Connected everywhere with wide range of communication expansion modules
>Provided with intuitive software for logical conguration, online visualization and
testing, and commissioning
>Simplication of machine maintenance through removable memory card, which
can be used to transfer the conguration to a new controller without software
XPSMCM system components
The XPSMCM system is composed of:
>A safety controller CPU, which can be used as standalone or together with
expansion modules
>Safe expansion modules: digital input modules, solid state and relay output
modules, or mixed input/output modules
>Safe speed monitoring modules for proximity sensors and safety encoders: Sin/Cos
>Safe communication expansion modules for safe island creation
>Non-safe communication modules: interfaces to network (Modbus TCP, Ethernet IP)
>A conguration software: SoSafe Congurable
>A memory card, available for saving conguration data for ease of maintenance
and controller setup
>Expansion bus connectors, for connecting safe modules to the safety controller
CPU
Conguration software
The modular safety controller XPSMCM is supported by a completely
intuitive software: SoSafe Congurable.
The software follows a simple drag and drop function block approach to
conguration and is completed with a library of congurable safety functions and
logical functions as well as easy to use tools for:
>online conguration monitoring
>conguration validator
>hardware device scanner
>printable schematics and documentation
SoSafe Congurable supports a quick and easy setup of the machine.
Expansion bus connector
SoSafe Congurable software
Removable memory card
Safety controller
CPU
Safe I/O expansion
module
Safe communication
expansion module
Non-safe
communication
module
6 types of modules for 6 types of functionnality
Safe relay output
module
Safe speed
monitoring module
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/115
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
Certication – Directive and standards
General presentation
XPSMCM system certication
The XPSMCM system is certied by TüV SÜD meeting the industrial safety
standards of Category 4, PL e according to EN/ISO 13849-1 and SILCL 3 according
to IEC/EN 61508 and IEC/EN 60261.
Directive and standards
Preventa modular safety controller type XPSMCM complies with the
following directives and standards.
Directives and
standards
Subject
2006/42/EC Machinery Directive
2004/108/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
2006/95/EC Low Voltage Directive (LVD)
IEC/EN 61131-2 Programmable Controllers– Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN/ISO 13849-1 Safety of machinery: Safety-related parts of control systems – Part 1:
General principles for design
EN/ISO 13849-2 Safety of machinery: Safety-related parts of control systems – Part 2:
Validation
EN 61496-1
(Type 4)
Safety of machinery: Electro-Sensitive Protection Equipment, Part 1:
General requirements and tests
IEC/EN 62061 Safety of machinery – Functional safety of safety-related electrical,
electronic and programmable electronic control systems
EN 61508-1 Functional safety of electrical, electronic and programmable electronic
safety-related systems – Part 1: General requirements
EN 61508-2 Functional safety of electrical, electronic and programmable electronic
safety-related systems – Part 2: Requirements for electrical, electronic and
programmable electronic safety – related systems
EN 61508-3 Functional safety of electrical, electronic and programmable electronic
safety-related systems – Part 3: Software requirements
IEC 61784-3 Industrial communication networks – Proles – Part 3: Functional safety
eld buses – General rules and prole denitions
for Europe, cULus mark for USA and Canada
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/116
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
System components
Flexibility and scalability
The modular safety controller type XPSMCM provides exibility and scalability
starting with the main unit: the safety controller XPSMCMCP0802.
>It embeds 8 safety digital inputs, 2 OSSD pairs and 2 status outputs. It is an
appropriate solution for machines with a small number of safety functions
requiring the conguration exibility of a safety controller.
>The safety controller XPSMCMCP0802 can be used:
- as standalone
- and also with 14 expansion modules: the system is expandable up to 128
inputs and 16 outputs, ideal for machines requiring multiple safety function
monitoring
>Distributed architecture: it is possible to connect 6 islands up to 50 meters apart
(164.04 ft.), using the safe expansion bus.
Expansion of the XPSMCM system
>Minimum size of hardware: a safety controller XPSMCMCP0802 is used as
standalone.
8 safety digital inputs + 2 OSSD pairs + 2 status outputs
>Maximum size of hardware: a safety controller XPSMCMCP0802 connected to
14 expansion modules via the expansion bus connectors.
128 inputs and 16 OSSD pairs + 16 status outputs
Key gures of the XPSMCM system
Each of the XPSMCM system components are compact designed: a single
module dimensions are 22.5 x 99 x 114.5 mm ( 0.89 x 3.9 x 4.51 in.), size of a
typical safety relay.
The safe components are red colored and equipped with:
1 Removable screw-type terminal blocks for connecting the safety channels and/or
the power supply
2 Slot for a memory card (only on safety controller)
3 symmetrical rail locking clip
4 Slot for expansion bus connectors
5 LEDs displaying the status (I/O, communication, power supply, reset, ...)
6 Protective cover
7 Mini USB 2.0 connector for conguration (only on safety controller)
The non-safe components are black colored and equipped with:
8 Removable screw-type terminal blocks for connecting the power supply
9 symmetrical rail locking clip
10 LEDs displaying the status (I/O, communication, power supply, reset, ...)
11 Specic connector for connecting to the machine bus or network (depending on
model) (see page 3/118)
12 Mini USB 2.0 connector for conguration
Non safe components: non-safe
communication modules
8
8
12
10
11
9
4
Expansion bus connectors
1
1
2
4
3
Safe components
5
6
7
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/117
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
System components
Flexibility and scalability
Safe communication with decentralized I/O’s
The safety controller CPU has the possibility to create up to 6 decentralized
safety related islands with a distance of 50 meters (164.04 ft.) between each
island on a single Safety controller CPU.
>The safety controller CPU, the expansion modules and the safe communication
expansion modules communicate safely through the use of the expansion bus
performed with the expansion bus connectors which are physically located on the
back of each safe module.
>The safe communication expansion modules are used in order to create safe
decentralized islands (cabinets) ; they are connected in a line or tree
conguration.
>The islands can be expanded to 50 meters (164.04 ft.) between islands and use
RS 485 cabling.
>The order of the safe expansion modules connected with the expansion bus
connectors is not important, the conguration automatically recognizes the
architecture based on the module addressing.
Ethernet
RS 485 Up to 6 decentralized islands
124
3
2322
3 3
Decentralized
cabinet 1
Decentralized
cabinet 2
Decentralized
cabinet 3
567
Safe expansion
modules
Safe expansion
module
Safe expansion
modules
Safe expansion
modules
Safety related communication
RS 485 serial interface shielded cable (up to 50 m /164.04 ft.) between
two decentralized islands)
1 Safety controller CPU
2 Safe communication expansion modules (line conguration)
3 Safe expansion modules: mixed I/O modules, Safe relay output modules, Safe
speed monitoring modules for proximity sensors and safety encoders
Non-safety related communication
4 Non-safe communication modules: interfaces to network (Ethernet IP, ModbusTCP),
for non-safety related communication
5 Modicon TM4 communication module (Ethernet switch module)
6 Modicon M241 logic controller
7 Modicon TM3 expansion I/O module
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/118
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
Safety controller, expansion modules
XPSMCM system components
Safety controller
The safety controller XPSMCMCP0802 is designed to monitor a safety
conguration.
Its conguration is created using the software SoSafe Congurable.
The safety controller CPU is also usable as a standalone device or able to be
connected to any of the expansion units of the XPSMCM system such as I/O
expansion modules, relay output modules, communication expansion modules,
speed monitoring modules and non-safe eldbus communication modules.
The safety controller features:
>A conguration memory card (optional)
>A LOG le containing the last 5 conguration modications in chronological order,
with date of modication
>24 terminals in 22.5 mm (0,89 in.)
>Connection with other expansion modules via the expansion bus connectors (sold
separately)
>mini USB 2.0 connector for conguration
Safety controller
reference
Description
XPSMCMCP0802 >8 safety digital inputs
>2 OSSD pairs with 400 mA output current
>4 test outputs for line control monitoring of input circuits
>2 inputs for Start/Restart interlock and external device monitoring
(EDM)
>2 congurable status outputs
Expansion modules
6 types of expansion modules are available, designed for safety inputs or
outputs.
The safety inputs/outputs are congurable individually or in pairs, with several
possibilities:
>Monitoring using line control monitoring via dedicated test outputs
>Congurable lters and delays for each single input
>Congurable output activation and de-activation delays
>Independent control of pairs of outputs
>Congurable diagnostic output signals
>Simple diagnostics via front led signalling, conguration software, communication
expansion modules
Expansion module
reference (item)
Description
XPSMCMMX0802 (1) >8 digital inputs
>2 OSSD pairs with 400mA output current
>4 test outputs for line control monitoring of input circuits
>2 congurable status outputs
>2 inputs for Start/Restart interlock and external device monitoring
(EDM)
XPSMCMDI0800 (2) >8 digital inputs
>4 test outputs for line control monitoring of input circuits
XPSMCMDI1600 (3) >16 digital inputs
>4 test outputs for line control monitoring of input circuits
XPSMCMDI1200MT (4) >12 digital inputs
>8 test outputs for line control monitoring: can monitor up to four
4-wire safety mats
XPSMCMDO0002 (5) >2 OSSD pairs with 400mA output current
>2 inputs for Start/Restart interlock and external device
monitoring (EDM)
>2 congurable status outputs
XPSMCMDO0004 (6) >4 OSSD pairs with 400mA output current
>4 inputs for Start/Restart interlock and external device
monitoring (EDM)
>4 congurable status outputs
>The Safe expansion modules are connected to the safety controller CPU via the expansion bus
connectors.
Safety controller CPU
mini USB 2.0 connector for conguration
Safe expansion modules
1
5
2 3
4 6
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/119
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
Safe relay output modules, Safe speed monitoring
modules
XPSMCM system components
Safe relay output modules
4 types of safe relay output modules are available.
Safe relay output
module reference
(item)
Description
XPSMCMER0002 (1) >2 forcibly guided contact safety relay output (2 NO + 1 NC) modules
for 1 output without expansion bus connection
>1 input for Start/Restart interlock and external device monitoring
(EDM)
XPSMCMER0004 (2) >4 forcibly guided contact safety relay output (2 NO + 1 NC) modules
for 2 independent outputs without expansion bus connection
>2 inputs for Start/Restart interlock and external device monitoring
(EDM)
>The safe relay output modules XPSMCMER000p do not require the expansion bus connectors
as they are directly wired to the selected OSSDs.
XPSMCMRO0004 (3) >4 forcibly guided contact safety relay output modules with expansion
bus connection
>Expansion module with 4 independent safety relay outputs and the
corresponding 4 inputs for the external feedback contacts (EDM)
>The relay can be congured according to Category 1, 2 and 4
architectures
XPSMCMRO0004DA (4) >4 forcibly guided contact safety relay output modules with
expansion bus connection
>Expansion module with 4 independent safety relay outputs and the
corresponding 4 inputs for the external feedback contacts (EDM)
>The relay can be congured according to Category 1, 2 and 4
architectures
>8 congurable status outputs
>The safe relay output modules XPSMCMRO000p are connected to the safety controller CPU
via the expansion bus connectors.
Safe speed monitoring modules
The safe speed monitoring modules are designed to monitor zero speed
control, max speed (limited speed), speed range and direction.
>Up to four logically selectable limited speed thresholds (freely congurable via
SoSafe Congurable software) for each logical intput (axis)
>The safe speed monitoring modules (excluding XPSMCMEN0200) are equipped
with RJ 45 connectors (1 or 2 depending on the model) for encoders and terminal
blocks for proximity switches
>Max input frequency: 500 kHz for encoder monitoring and 5 kHz for proximity
sensors
>The modules can be congured with incremental encoders and PNP/NPN proximity
switches as described below:
Safe speed monitoring
module reference
(item)
Description Connector type
XPSMCMEN0100SC (1) >1 input for Sin/Cos encoder
+ 1 or 2 proximity switches
1x RJ 45 (ENC1) and terminal
blocks for proximity sensor wiring
XPSMCMEN0200SC (2) >1 or 2 inputs for Sin/Cos
encoders
+ 1 or 2 proximity switches
2x RJ 45 (ENC1/ENC2) and
terminal blocks for proximity sensor
wiring
XPSMCMEN0200 (3) >2 inputs for proximity switches Terminal blocks for proximity sensor
wiring
>The safe speed monitoring modules are connected to the safety controller CPU via the
expansion bus connectors.
Safe relay output modules
1 2 3 4
Safe speed monitoring modules
2 3
1
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/120
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
Safe communication expansion modules,
Non-safe communication modules
XPSMCM system components
Safe communication expansion modules
The safe communication expansion modules enable the connection of
XPSMCMCP0802 modular safety controller with the expansion modules
placed at distances, 50 m ( 164 ft.).
Using RS 485 shielded cable two XPSMCMCO0000S modules placed at the desired
distance can be linked together thus joining the expansion modules to the Modular
Safety Controller.
>Each XPSMCMCO0000S2 safe communication expansion module has 2
independent connection channels; typically used in between 2
XPSMCMCO0000S1 modules.
>The XPSMCMCO0000S1 safe communication expansion module has only one
channel connection for transmitting/receiving data and must be connected as the
rst or last module.
>Up to 6 islands can be created using the safe communication modules with a total
length of 250 meters (820.2 ft.) and a maximum of 50 meters (164 ft.) between two
safe communication modules. The system response time does not change with
the use of the safety communication modules.
Safe communication
expansion module
reference (item)
Description
XPSMCMCO0000S1 (1) >1 connection interface: single channel transmitter/receiver (1)
XPSMCMCO0000S2 (2) >2 connections interface: dual channel transmitter/receiver
(1) End of the network or Start of the network if connected to a single RS 485 cable
Non-safe eldbus communication modules
The non-safe communication modules are designed for diagnostics
connection and data communication purposes to machine eld bus or
network systems.
non-safe communication
module reference (item)
Machine bus/network interface Connector type
XPSMCMCO0000EI (1) >Ethernet IP 1x RJ 45 (in/out)
XPSMCMCO0000EM (2) >Modbus TCP 1x RJ 45 (in/out)
XPSMCMCO0000UB (3) >Universal Serial Bus Mini USB
>The non-safe communication modules are connected to the safety controller via the Expansion
bus connector. Each of them have a mini USB 2.0 connector for conguration
>Only one non-safe communication module type can be connected on a safety controller.
Non-safe communication modules
321
Safe communication expansion modules
1 2
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/121
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
Accessories, software
Memory card
Expansion bus connector
XPSMCM system components
Accessories
bMemory card
XPSMCMMEM0000 is a removable memory card that can be used to save
XPSMCM conguration data for subsequent transfer to a new device without using
a PC.
>The conguration in the XPSMCMMEM0000 overwrites any other conguration
present on the safety controller CPU XPSMCMCP0802, replacing this with that
contained in the card.
>This conguration replacement function can be disabled on the safety controller
CPU via SoSafe Congurable software.
>Overwrite operations are recorded in chronological order in the safety controller
CPU XPSMCMCP0802 LOG le.
bExpansion bus connector
XPSMCMCN0000SG is an expansion bus connector:
>It provides a safe communication between safe expansion components and the
safety controller CPU.
>Only the XPSMCMCP0802 safety controller CPU requires the purchase of the
expansion bus connector. Each expansion module is provided with one expansion
bus connector.
bConguration cable
TCSXCNAMUM3P is a conguration cable to be used for software conguration
between a PC, the safety controller CPU, and to the eldbus communication modules.
>Length 3 m (9.84 ft.)
>It is equipped with USB connectors: USB A and USB mini B
bSafe communication cable
>RS 485 serial interface shielded cable are used between the safe communications
expansion modules to create up to 6 decentralized safety related islands
>Available lengths: 10 to 50 m (32.81 to 164.04 ft.)
bEncoder splitter cable
>The encoder splitter cable enables the connection of an embedded encoder within
the PacDrive M motion system to the speed monitoring module of the modular
safety controller
>Available lengths: 1 to 5 m (3.3 to 16.4 ft.)
Software
The SoSafe Congurable software, installed on a PC, is used to create complex
logical conditions using logical operators and safety functions, such as muting, timer,
counters, memories, etc. via a simple and intuitive graphic conguration interface.
Conguration data are transferred to the safety controller CPU XPSMCMCP0802 via
a USB link.
SoSafe Congurable software
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/122
References Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
System components
Safety controller
Description Inputs
(number &
type)
Outputs
(number &
type)
Connector
type
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Safety controller
CPU
8 digital
inputs
+
2 for
Start/Restart
interlock
2 OSSD pairs
+
4 test outputs
+
2 status
outputs
Screw XPSMCMCP0802 0.250
0.55
Safe expansion modules
Safe expansion I/O modules
Description Inputs
(number &
type)
Outputs
(number &
type)
Connector
type
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Safe mixed I/O
expansion
modules
8 digital
inputs
+ 2 for
Start/Restart
interlock
2 OSSD pairs
+
4 test outputs
+
2 status
outputs
Screw XPSMCMMX0802 0.250
0.55
Safe input
expansion
modules
8 digital
inputs
4 test outputs Screw XPSMCMDI0800 0.230
0.51
16 digital
inputs
4 test outputs Screw XPSMCMDI1600 0.250
0.55
12 digital
inputs
8 test ouputs
for 4 wires
safety Mats
Screw XPSMCMDI1200MT 0.250
0.55
Safe output
expansion
modules
2 for
Start/Restart
interlock
2 OSSD pairs
+
2 status
outputs
Screw XPSMCMDO0002 0.230
0.51
4 for
Start/Restart
interlock
4 OSSD pairs
+
4 status
outputs
Screw XPSMCMDO0004 0.250
0.55
Safe relay output modules
Safe relay output
modules (without
expansion bus
connection)
1 for Start/
Restart
interlock
2 relays for
1 output
(2 NO +1 NC)
Screw XPSMCMER0002 0.250
0.55
2 for Start/
Restart
interlock
4 relays for
2 independant
outputs
(4 NO + 2 NC)
Screw XPSMCMER0004 0.300
0.66
Safe relay output
modules
(wiring with the
expansion bus
connector)
4 for Start/
Restart
interlock
4 relays Screw XPSMCMRO0004 0.300
0.66
4 for Start/
Restart
interlock
4 relays with
8 status
outputs
Screw XPSMCMRO0004DA 0.330
0.73
Safe speed monitoring modules
Description bInputs (number & type)
bConnector type
Connector
type
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Safe speed
monitoring
modules
v1 Sin/Cos encoder and
2 proximity sensor inputs
v1x RJ 45 (ENC1)
vProximity sensor
connection via terminal
blocks
Screw XPSMCMEN0100SC 0.280
0.62
vUp to 2 Sin/Cos encoders
and 2 proximity sensor inputs
v2x RJ 45 (ENC1/ENC2)
vProximity sensor
connection via terminal
blocks
Screw XPSMCMEN0200SC 0.300
0.66
v2 inputs for proximity
switches
vProximity sensor
connection via terminal
blocks
Screw XPSMCMEN0200 0.230
0.51
XPSMCMCP0802
XPSMCMMX0802
XPSMCMDO0002
XPSMCMDI0800 XPSMCMDI1600
XPSMCMDI1200MT XPSMCMDO0004
XPSMCMEN0100SC XPSMCMEN0200SC XPSMCMEN0200
XPSMCMER0002
XPSMCMRO0004
XPSMCMER0004
XPSMCMRO0004DA
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/123
References (continued) Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
System components
Safe expansion modules
Safe communication expansion modules
Description Characteristics Connector
type
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Safe RS 485 bus
expansion
module for
remote extension
1 connection interface:
single channel transmitter/
receiver network
connection
Screw XPSMCMCO0000S1 0.300
0.66
2 connections interface:
dual channel transmitter/
receiver network
connection
Screw XPSMCMCO0000S2 0.300
0.66
Non-safe communication modules
Description bField bus / network type
vConnector type
Connector
type
Reference Weight
kg/lb
Non-safe
communication
modules
bEthernet IP
v1x RJ 45 (in/out)
Screw XPSMCMCO0000EI 0.300
0.66
bModbus TCP
v1x RJ 45 (in/out)
Screw XPSMCMCO0000EM 0.300
0.66
bUniversal Serial Bus
v1x Mini USB
Screw XPSMCMCO0000UB 0.300
0.66
Accessories
Description Application Reference Weight
kg/lb
Expansion bus
connector (1)
For connecting the various expansion
modules to the safety controller CPU
XPSMCMCN0000SG 0.001
0.002
Memory card For saving conguration data for
subsequent transfer to a new device
without using a PC
XPSMCMME0000 0.004
0.009
Description Use Length Reference Weight
kg/lb
Conguration cable For software conguration,
between a PC, the safety
controller CPU, and to the
eldbus communication
modules
Equipped with 2x USB
connectors: USB A and
USB mini B
3 m /
9.84 ft
TCSXCNAMUM3P 0.065
0.143
RS 485 shielded
cables
Between two safe
communication expansion
modules
10 m /
32.81 ft
TSXSCMCN010 0.920
2.03
25 m /
82.02 ft
TSXSCMCN025 2.300
5.07
50 m /
164.04 ft
TSXSCMCN050 4.600
10.14
Encoder splitter
cables
Between SIN/COS safe
speed monitoring module
and PacDrive M drives and
the associated servo motors
1 m /
3.3 ft
TSXESPPM001 0.110
0.24
3 m /
9.84 ft
TSXESPPM003 0.310
0.68
5 m /
16.40 ft
TSXESPPM005 0.510
1.12
Between SIN/COS safe
speed monitoring modules
and Lexium 62 (PacDrive 3),
Lexium 32 servo drives and
the associated servo motors
1 m /
3.3 ft
TSXESPP3001 0.150
0.33
3 m /
9.84 ft
TSXESPP3003 0.450
0.99
5 m /
16.40 ft
TSXESPP3005 0.750
1.65
(1) This reference needs to be ordered for the XPSMCMCP0802 reference only when it is connected
to expansion modules.
XPSMCMCO0000S1 XPSMCMCO0000S2
XPSMCMCO0000EI XPSMCMCO0000UBXPSMCMCO0000EM
XPSMCMCN0000SG
XPSMCMME0000
TCSXCNAMUM3P
TSXSCMCN0pp
TSXESPPM0pp
TSXESPP300p
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/124
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
Conguration software: SoSafe Congurable
Text visualization
Graphic visualization
The I/O MONITOR allows the real-time monitoring of all the I/O
of a Preventa XPSMCM system and the diagnostic information
about a working system.
Conguration software: SoSafe Congurable
SoSafe Congurable is used to create complex logical conditions using logical
operators and safety functions, such as muting, timer, counters, memories, etc. via a
simple and intuitive graphic conguration interface.
Conguration data are transferred to the safety controller XPSMCMCP0802 via a
USB link.
>XPSMCMCP0802 safety controller has a mini USB 2.0 connection to connect to a
PC where the SoSafe Congurable software is installed.
>An application held on XPSMCMCP0802 safety controller can be saved on the
memory card (optional) for fast transfer of the conguration data to other modules.
Password
The SoSafe Congurable software is protected with 2 levels of alphanumerical
password (max 8 characters.)
>The level 1 password is an operation and maintenance password. It allows only to
view the LOG le, the composition of the system and use the real time MONITOR .
>The level 2 password enables all features of the software to be accessible.
Allowing to load, modify, save, and download (from the PC to XPSMCMCP0802
safety controller) a project conguration.
LOG le (Level 1 password).
A log le with the creation date and CRC checksum (4-digit hexadecimal
identication) of a project are stored in the safety controller CPU.
> A logbook can record up to 5 consecutive events, after which these are
overwritten, starting from the least recent event.
>The log le can be visualized using the icon in the standard tool bar.
Main features
SoSafe Congurable software main features are:
>“Drag & Drop” conguration of all safety functions and logic
>Functional validation of design
>2-level password management for the prevention of unauthorised access and
therefore of incidental modications or tampering with system conguration
>Conguration of parameters of function blocks, for example:
- single – or double – channel NO or NC inputs
- test outputs for monitoring of electro-mechanical input devices and photocells
and related electrical connections
- automatic, manual and monitored manual restart
- synchronisation control of two channels
- contact anti-rebound lters and timers
- start-up test.
>Single or bi-directional 2 or 4 sensor muting function blocks
>Online monitoring of I/O status
>Project documentation and schematics
System requirements
SoSafe Congurable software runs on PC with:
>RAM: 256 MB
>Hard disk: free space > 300 MB
>USB connector: 1.1 or 2.0
>Microsoft Windows® XP SP3 (service Pack 3) / Vista 32-bit, Microsoft Windows® 7
32 and 64-bit , Microsoft Windows® 8.1 32 and 64-bit
>Microsoft Framework 3.5 (or higher).
SoSafe
Congurable
software
Safety controller CPU
Mini USB 2.0 connector
for conguration
TCSXCNAMUM3P
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/125
Presentation,
references
Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
Conguration software: SoSafe Congurable
Safety level parameters
Parameter Value Standard
PFHdu 10-8 PFHd < 10-7 IEC 61508
SIL 3
SILCL 3 IEC 62061
Type 4 EN 61496-1
PL e ISO 13849-1
DCavg High
MTTFd (years) 100 years
Category 4
Operation life time 20 years
Conguration software for XPSMCM system
Description Characteristics Reference Weight
kg /
lb
SoSafe Congurable vVersion 1.0
vAvailability: downloadable
from Schneider website
vUser manual included
vAvailable languages: English,
French, Italian, German,
Spanish, Chinese and Japanese
vMicrosoft Windows® XP SP3 /
Vista, Microsoft Windows® 7,
Microsoft Windows® 8.1
vMinimum PC requirement:
256 MB RAM, 300 MB mini. free
space on Hard drive
vmini USB connector 1.1 or 2.0
XPSMCMSW0000V10 –
XPSMCMSW0000V10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/126
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
SoSafe Congurable software: operator function blocks
Function blocks
Input objects
E-STOP Veries an emergency stop device inputs status. If the emergency stop button has been pressed
(contacts open) the output is 0. If not the output is 1.
SAFETY GUARD Veries a mobile guard or safety gate device input status. If the mobile guard or safety gate is
open, the output is 0. Otherwise the output is 1.
ENABLE (enable key) Veries a manual key device Input status. If the key is not turned the output is 0. Otherwise the
output is 1.
LIGHT CURTAIN
(optoelectronic safety light
curtain / laser scanner)
Veries an optoelectronic safety light curtain (or laser scanner) inputs state. If the area protected
by the light curtain is occupied, (light curtain outputs 0) the output is 0. Otherwise, with the area
clear and outputs to 1 the output of this function block is 1.
FOOTSWITCH (safety pedal) Veries the status of the inputs of a safety pedal device. If the pedal is not pressed the output is
0. Otherwise the output is 1.
PHOTOCELL (safety
photocell)
Veries the status of the inputs of an optoelectronic safety photocell. If the beam of the photocell
is occupied (photocell output 0) the output is 0. Otherwise with the beam clear and an output of 1
the output is 1.
SELECTOR SWITCH Veries the status of the inputs from a mode selector (up to 4 inputs). If only one input is 1 the
corresponding output is also 1. In all other cases, and thus when all inputs are 0 or more than
one input is 1 all the outputs are 0.
TWO HAND CONTROL Veries the status of the inputs of a two hand control switch. If both the buttons are pressed
within 500 msec the output is 1. Otherwise the output is 0.
SAFETY MAT (safety mat or
safety edge)
Veries the status of the inputs of a safety mat or safety edge. If a person stands on the mat the
output is 0. Otherwise, with the mat clear, the output is 1. Test outputs must be used. Cannot be
used with 2-wire mats and termination resistance mats.
ENABLE SWITCH Veries the input Inx status of an Enabling Switch. In the event that the switch is not pressed
(position 1) or completely pressed (position 3), the OUTPUT will be 0. If it is pressed in the
middle (position 2), the output will be 1.
TESTABLE SAFETY DEVICE The function can be used with every generic input either one or two channels and either NO or
NC contacts.
SENSOR Veries the status of the input of a sensor (non-safety sensor). If the beam of the sensor is
occupied (sensor output 0) the output is 0. Otherwise, with the beam clear and an output of 1
then the output is 1.
LOCK FEEDBACK Veries the feedback from the Guardlock solenoid generating a 1 when the guardlock is locked
and 0 when open.
SWITCH Veries the input status of a pushbutton or switch (non-safety switch). If the pushbutton is
pressed the output is 1. Otherwise, the output is 0.
SOLID STATE DEVICE Veries INx input status. If the the inputs are High the output is 1 else 0.
FIELDBUS INPUT Veries the eldbus input value signals (up to 8 bits) from the machine control unit via the
eld-bus module. The signal is connected directly into the conguration.
LL0 0 input value
LL1 1 input value
Speed Monitoring
Zero Speed Monitoring Veries the speed of a device generating an output 1 when the speed is 0. If the speed is
different from 0 generates an output 0 .
Zero and Max Speed
Monitoring
Veries the speed of a device generating an output Zero = 1 when the speed is 0. If the speed is
different from 0 generates an output Zero = 0. Moreover, this block veries the speed of a device
generating an output Over = 0 when the speed is over a dened threshold.
Maximum Speed Monitoring Veries the speed of a device generating an output 0 when the speed is over a dened threshold.
Speed Range Monitoring Veries the speed of a device generating an output 1 when the speed is inside a dened range.
Output objects
OSSD (safety outputs) The OSSD semiconductor PNP safety static output pair.
The 2 output cannot operate independently. Each OSSD pair can work in both AUTO/Manual
restart mode and can perform the EDM of external relays or contactors using the dedicated
RESTART_FBK input.
STATUS (signal output) The Status outputs are non-safety diagnostic outputs which can be used to provide the status of
part of the logic within the conguration.
Relay The Relay output is used with the XPSMCMRO0004 modules and is congurable to Category 1, 2
and 4.
FIELDBUS PROBE OUTPUT The eldbus probe is used to provide the status of part of the logic within the conguration to a
PLC or HMI device.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/127
Presentation Monitor and Processing
Preventa modular safety controller
type XPSMCM
SoSafe Congurable software: operator function blocks
Function blocks
Muting operators
MUTING “L” with 2 Muting
sensors, only for one-way
openings
Monitors the 2 muting sensors along with the light curtain for L Muting setup.
MUTING “T” with 2 Muting
sensors for two-way
openings
Monitors the 2 muting sensors along with the light curtain for T Muting setup.
MUTING “Sequential” with 4
Muting sensors for two-way
openings
Monitors the 4 muting sensors along with the light curtain for sequential Muting setup.
MUTING “Concurrent” with 4
Muting sensors for two-way
openings
Monitors the 4 muting sensors along with the light curtain for concurrent Muting setup.
MUTING OVERRIDE OVERRIDE command forces the output high allowing to remove the material obstructing the
gate.
Two different operations are available:
1 Manual action with hold to run
2 Automatic with pulse command
General/Miscellaneous
Serial Output Transfers the state of up to a maximum of 8 inputs into a serial line data output.
Network Allows to distribute in a local network Stop and Reset commands between XPSMCMCP0802
controllers.
Interpage IN and
Interpage OUT
Memory bit which are reused from inputs to multiple outputs.
Memory operators
D FLIP FLOP Saves the previously set status on output Q on the clock rising edge.
SR FLIP FLOP Provides an output Q at 1 with Set, 0 with Reset.
USER RESTART MANUAL Used to create a common reset for multiple input functions on rising edge of the reset input.
USER RESTART MONITORED Used to create a common reset for multiple input functions on rising edge and falling edge of the
reset input.
Counter operator
COUNTER The counter generates a pulse as soon as the set count is reached.
Timer operators
PULSE GENERATOR Generates a clock signal output with the desired period if the input In is 1.
MONOSTABLE Generates a level 1 output activated by the rising edge of the input and remains in this condition
for the set time.
PASSING MAKE CONTACT The output follows the signal on the input. However, if this is 1 for longer than the set time, the
output changes to 0.
DELAY Applies a delay to a signal by setting the output to 1 after the set time, against a change in the
level of the input signal.
Logical operators
AND Returns 1 as output if all the inputs are 1
NAND Returns 0 as output if all the inputs are 1.
NOT Inverts the logical status of the input.
OR Returns 1 as output if at least one of the inputs is 1.
NOR Returns 0 as output if at least one of the inputs is 1.
XOR Returns 0 as output if all the inputs are in the same logical status.
XNOR Returns 1 as output if all the inputs are in the same logical status.
MULTIPLEXER Forwards the signal of the inputs to the output according to the Sel selection.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/130
Stop the machine
Mini-VARIO switch disconnectors
for standard applications
Complete units
b 3-pole rotary switch disconnectors, 12 to 20 A
b Padlockable operating handle (padlocks not supplied).
b Degree of protection IP 65.
b Marking on operator .
Main and Emergency stop switch disconnectors
For door mounting
Operator lth Reference Weight
Handle Front plate Fixing
mm mm A kg
Red, padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
60 x 60
Ø 22.5
12 VCDN12 0.177
20 VCDN20 0.177
Main and Emergency stop switch disconnectors
For mounting at back of an enclosure (1)
Operator lth Reference Weight
Handle Front plate Fixing
mm mm A kg
Red, padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
60 x 60
Ø 22.5
12 VCCDN12 0.334
20 VCCDN20 0.334
(1) Switches supplied with a shaft extension VZN17 and a door interlock plate KZ 32.
580551
580552
VCDN20
VCCDN20
References
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/131
Switch bodies
Description Rating
A
Reference Weight
kg
3-pole switch disconnectors 12 VN12 0.110
20 VN20 0.110
Add-on modules
Description Rating
A
Reference Weight
kg
Main pole modules 12 VZN12 0.020
20 VZN20 0.020
Neutral pole module
with early make and
late break contacts
12 and 20 VZN11 0.020
Earthing module 12 and 20 VZN14 0.016
Auxiliary contact block
modules
1 N/O late make contact VZN05 0.020
1 N/C early break contact VZN06 0.020
Input terminal
protection shrouds
For add-on pole modules or
auxiliary contact block modules
(single-pole shroud)
VZN26 0.004
For switch bodies
(3-pole shroud)
VZN08 0.007
Maximum number of add-on modules that can be tted on a switch body
VZN12 or VZN20 + + VZN12 or VZN20
VN12 or
or or VZN11 + VZN14
VN20 or
VZN05 or VZN06 VZN05 or VZN06
VZN11
VZN14
580800
580801
580802
580803
VN20
VZN05
Stop the machine
Mini-VARIO switch disconnectors
for standard applications
For customer assembly
References (continued)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/132
Stop the machine
VARIO switch disconnectors
for high performance applications
Complete units
References
b 3-pole rotary switch disconnectors, 12 to 175 A
b Marking on operator .
b Padlockable operating handle (padlocks not supplied).
Degree of protection IP 65.
Main and Emergency stop switch disconnectors
For door mounting
Handle Front plate
mm
Fixing Rating
A
Reference Weight
kg
Red,
padlockable
with up to
3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
60 x 60
Ø 22.5 12 VCD02 0.215
20 VCD01 0.215
25 VCD0 0.215
32 VCD1 0.215
40 VCD2 0.215
4 screws 12 VCF02 0.250
20 VCF01 0.250
25 VCF0 0.250
32 VCF1 0.250
40 VCF2 0.250
63 VCF3 0.560
80 VCF4 0.560
Red, long,
padlockable
with up to
3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
90 x 90
4 screws 125 VCF5 1.200
175 VCF6 1.200
For mounting at back of an enclosure (1)
Handle Front plate
mm
Fixing Rating
A
Reference Weight
kg
Red,
padlockable
with up to
3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
60 x 60
Ø 22.5 12 VCCD02 0.392
20 VCCD01 0.392
25 VCCD0 0.392
32 VCCD1 0.392
40 VCCD2 0.392
4 screws 12 VCCF02 0.527
20 VCCF01 0.527
25 VCCF0 0.527
32 VCCF1 0.527
40 VCCF2 0.527
63 VCCF3 0.440
80 VCCF4 0.680
Red, long,
padlockable
with up to
3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
90 x 90
4 screws 125 VCCF5 1.320
175 VCCF6 1.320
For mounting in an enclosure or for modular distribution boards
Handle Front plate
mm
Fixing Rating
A
Reference Weight
kg
Red,
padlockable
with 1 padlock
(Ø 4 to Ø 6)
Yellow
45 x 45
25 VVE0 0.250
32 VVE1 0.250
40 VVE2 0.250
63 VVE3 0.530
80 VVE4 0.530
(1) Switches supplied with a shaft extension VZN17 and a door interlock plate KZ32 or KZ74 (see
page 3/136).
580555 580554
VCF0
VCF5
VCCF0
580553
580804
VVE1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/133
Stop the machine
VARIO switch disconnectors
for high performance applications
Complete units
References (continued)
Switch bodies
Description Rating
A
Reference Weight
kg
3-pole switch disconnectors
(1)
12 V02 0.200
20 V01 0.200
25 V0 0.200
32 V1 0.200
40 V2 0.200
63 V3 0.500
80 V4 0.500
125 V5 0.900
175 V6 0.900
Add-on modules
Description Rating
A
Reference Weight
kg
Main pole modules 12 VZ02 0.050
20 VZ01 0.050
25 VZ0 0.050
32 VZ1 0.050
40 VZ2 0.050
63 VZ3 0.100
80 VZ4 0.100
Neutral pole modules
with early make and
late break contacts (1)
12 to 40 VZ11 0.050
63 to 80 VZ12 0.100
125 and 175 VZ13 0.250
Earthing modules 12 to 40 VZ14 0.050
63 and 80 VZ15 0.100
125 and 175 VZ16 0.250
Auxiliary contact block modules
Auxiliary contact block
modules with 2 auxil. contacts
N/O + N/C (2) VZ7 0.050
N/O + N/O VZ20 0.050
Maximum no. of add-on modules that can be tted on a switch body
1 add-on module on each side of the switch body
VZ7 or VZ20 +V0p
V0
to
V4
+VZ7 or VZ20 VZ7 +
V5
or
V6
+ VZ7
or or or or
VZ11 or VZ12 + + VZ11 or VZ12 VZ20 + + VZ20
or or or or
VZ14 or VZ15 + + VZ14 or VZ15 VZ13 + + VZ13
or or or or
VZ0p/VZ0 to VZ4 + + VZ0p/VZ0 to VZ4 VZ16 + + VZ16
2 add-on modules on each side of the switch body
VZ0p+VZ0p+V0p+VZ0p+ VZ7 or VZ20 or VZ11 or VZ14
VZ0 +VZ0 +V0 +VZ0 + VZ7 or VZ20 or VZ11 or VZ14
VZ1 + VZ1 + V1 + VZ1 + VZ7 or VZ20 or VZ11 or VZ14
VZ2 + VZ2 + V2 + VZ2 + VZ7 or VZ20 or VZ11 or VZ14
VZ3 + VZ3 + V3 + VZ3 + VZ7 or VZ20 or VZ12 or VZ15
VZ4 + VZ4 + V4 + VZ4 + VZ7 or VZ20 or VZ12 or VZ15
Note : The add-on modules mounted next to the switch body are main poles. Maximum of 3 main
pole modules per switch body.
(1) Protection shrouds are available if required: see page 3/136.
(2) Late make N/O, early break N/C contacts
580561
580560 580558
580559
V0
V5
VZ11
580556580557
VZ0
VZ15 VZ20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/134
Presentation
503800
VN12, VN20
V02…V2
VZN17, VZN30
V3, V4
KZ32, KZ83 KCp 1YZ
KCp 1PZ
VZ18, VZ31
V5, V6
KZ81
VZ18, VZ31
KCF 3PZ
KZ74
KCF 2PZ
Stop the machine
Mini-VARIO and VARIO switch disconnectors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/135
References
b Padlockable operating handle (padlocks not supplied).
b Degree of protection IP 65.
b Marking on operator .
Handles and front plates for main and Emergency stop
switch disconnectors
For
switch
body
Operator Reference Weight
Handle Front plate
Dimensions Fixing
mm kg
VN12, VN20
V02…V2
Red,
padlockable
with up to
1 padlock
(Ø 4 to Ø 6)
Yellow
45 x 45
Ø 22.5
KCC1YZ 0.050
4 screws
KCE1YZ 0.040
Red,
padlockable
with up to
3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
60 x 60
Ø 22.5
KCD1PZ 0.082
4 screws
KCF1PZ 0.075
V3 and V4 Red,
padlockable
with up to
3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
60 x 60
4 screws
KCF2PZ 0.070
V5 and V6 Red, long,
padlockable
with up to
3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8)
Yellow
90 x 90
4 screws
KCF3PZ (1) 0.160
(1) For door mounting of 63 and 80 A switch disconnectors, adapter plate KZ106 must be ordered
separately (see page 3/136).
Stop the machine
Mini-VARIO and VARIO switch disconnectors
Operators, handles and front plates
(for customer assembly)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/136
References (continued)
Input terminal protection shrouds
Description For
use on
Reference Weight
kg
For switch bodies
(3-pole shroud)
V02…V2 VZ8 0.015
V3 and V4 VZ9 0.020
V5 and V6 VZ10 0.060
For add-on pole modules
(single-pole shroud)
VZ02…VZ2, VZ11, VZ14 VZ26 0.005
VZ3, VZ4, VZ12, VZ15 VZ27 0.007
VZ13, VZ16 VZ28 0.020
For contact blocks
with 2 auxiliary contacts
–VZ29 0.005
Components for door interlocking
For rear xing switch disconnectors mounted at the back of an enclosure, in
addition to a direct operator
Description For
use on
Distance
enc.back/door
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
mm kg
Shaft
extensions
VN12, VN20
V02…V2
300…330 1VZN17
(1)
0.100
400…430 1VZN30
(1)
0.130
V02…V2 300…330 1VZ17 0.075
400…430 1VZ30 0.125
V3 and V4 300…320 1VZ18 0.170
400…420 1VZ31 0.215
V5 and V6 330…350 1VZ18 0.170
430…450 1VZ31 0.215
Door
interlock
plates
VN12, VN20
V02…V2
–5KZ32 0.177
V3…V6 – 5KZ74 0.020
Description For
use on
Front plate
dimensions
Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
mm kg
Plates for
door mounting
of handles with
4 screw xing
VN12, VN20
V02…V2
45 x 45 or
60 x 60
5KZ83 0.205
V3…V6 60 x 60 or
90 x 90
5KZ81 0.010
Adapter plate
for switch
disconnectors
V3 and V4 90 x 90 5KZ106 0.075
(1) Can be used with V02 to V2 switches.
Stop the machine
Mini-VARIO and VARIO switch disconnectors
Accessories
580563580564580565
580566
580567
VZ8
VZ26
VZ18
KZ32
KZ81
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/137
References (continued)
Accessories for operators
Description For
use on
Front plate
dimensions
Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
mm kg
Legend
holder with
silver coloured
blank legend
plate
Front plate 45 x 45 5KZ13 0,060
60 x 60 5KZ15 0,065
90 x 90 5KZ103 0,070
Legend
holders
without
legend plate
Front plate 45 x 45 20 KZ14 0,060
60 x 60 10 KZ16 0,065
90 x 90 5KZ101 0,070
Silver
coloured
blank legend
plates for
engraving by
customer
KZ14 – 20 KZ76 0,020
KZ16 – 10 KZ77 0,010
KZ101 –5KZ100 0,005
Seals VN12, VN20 45 x 45 5KZ65 0,037
V02…V2 60 x 60 5KZ66 0,033
V3 and V4 60 x 60 5KZ62 0,033
V3…V6 90 x 90 5KZ67 0,064
Tightening
tool
For operators
with Ø 22.5
xing
–5Z01 0,050
Stop the machine
Mini-VARIO and VARIO switch disconnectors
Accessories
580568
580569
580570
KZ15
KZ67
Z01
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/138
References Stop the machine
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
(pre-assembled)
Enclosed switch disconnectors for high performance applications
b Marking on operator .
b 3-pole rotary switch disconnectors from 10 to 140 A
b Padlockable operating handle (padlock not included).
b IP 65 degree of protection enclosures, sealable and lockable.
b Cover lockable in position “I” (ON) up to 63 A rating.
3-pole main and Emergency stop switch disconnectors
Operator lthe Power
AC-23
at 400 V
Incorporated
switch
body
Possible
attachments
(1)
Reference Weight
Handle Front plate
Dimensions
mm A kW kg
Red, padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8 shank)
Yellow
60 x 60
10 4V02 2VCF02GE 0.500
16 5.5 V01 2VCF01GE 0.500
20 7.5 V0 2VCF0GE 0.500
25 11 V1 2 VCF1GE 0.500
32 15 V2 2 VCF2GE 0.500
50 22 V3 3 VCF3GE 0.930
63 30 V4 3 VCF4GE 0.930
Red, long padlockable
with up to 3 padlocks
(Ø 4 to Ø 8 shanks)
Yellow
90 x 90
100 37 V5 1 VCF5GE 2.190
140 45 V6 1 VCF6GE 2.190
Enclosed switch disconnectors for standard applications
b 3-pole rotary switch disconnectors from 10 to 32 A
b Degree of protection IP 55.
3-pole main and Emergency stop switch disconnectors
Operator lthe Power
AC-23
at 400 V
Incorporated
switch
body
Possible
attachments
(1)
Reference Weight
Handle Front plate
Dimensions
mm A kW kg
Red, padlockable
with 1 padlock
(Ø 8 shank)
or up to 3 padlocks
(Ø 6 shank)
Yellow
60 x 60
10 4 VN12 2 VCFN12GE
(1)
0.422
16 5.5 VN20 2VCFN20GE
(1)
0.422
20 7.5 V0 0 VCFN25GE 0.512
25 11 V1 0VCFN32GE 0.512
32 15 V2 0VCFN40GE 0.512
(1) For enclosures VCF and VCFN, see page 3/140
580571
VCF 0GE
580572
VCF 3GE
580573
VCFN12GE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/139
References (continued) Stop the machine
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
(assembled by the user)
Empty enclosures
IP 65 enclosure with red padlockable handle operator and yellow front plate
(for mounting a main or Emergency stop switch disconnector)
For switch body type lthe Possible attachments (1) Reference Weight
Akg
VN12, VN20
V02…V2
10…32 2VCFXGE1 0.340
V02…V2 10…32 4VCFXGE4 0.660
V3 and V4 50…63 3VCFXGE2 0.660
4VCFXGDXE 0.660
Switch bodies for standard applications
Description Rating Reference Weight
Akg
3-pole
switch disconnectors
10 VN12 0.110
16 VN20 0.110
Switch bodies for high performance applications (2)
Description Rating Reference Weight
Akg
3-pole
switch disconnectors
10 V02 0.200
16 V01 0.200
20 V0 0.200
25 V1 0.200
32 V2 0.200
50 V3 0.200
63 V4 0.200
(1) See page 3/140.
VCFX GE2
580574
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/140
References
Add-on modules for enclosure VCF
Description Rating Reference Weight
Akg
Main pole modules
(mounted in enclosure)
10 VZ02 0.050
16 VZ01 0.050
20 VZ0 0.050
25 VZ1 0.050
32 VZ2 0.050
50 VZ3 0.100
63 VZ4 0.100
Neutral pole modules
with early make and
late break contacts
10 to 32 VZ11 0.050
50 and 63 VZ12 0.100
100 and 140 VZ13 0.250
Earthing modules 10 to 32 VZ14 0.050
50 and 63 VZ15 0.100
100 and 140 VZ16 0.250
Auxiliary contact block
modules with
2 auxiliary contacts
N/O + N/C (1) VZ7 0.050
N/O + N/O VZ20 0.050
Maximum number of add-on modules that can be tted on a
switch body
1 add-on module on each side of the switch body
VZ7 or VZ20 +V0p
V0
to
V4
+VZ7 or VZ20
or or
VZ 11 or VZ 12 + + VZ 11 or VZ 12
or or
VZ 14 or VZ 15 + + VZ 14 or VZ 15
or or
VZ 0p/VZ 0 to VZ 4 + + VZ 0p/VZ 0 to VZ 4
2 add-on modules on each side of the switch body
VZ 0p+VZ 0p+V0p+VZ 0p+ VZ 7 or VZ 20 or VZ 11 or VZ 14
VZ 0 +VZ 0 +V0 +VZ 0 + VZ 7 or VZ 20 or VZ 11 or VZ 14
VZ 1 + VZ 1 + V1 + VZ 1 + VZ 7 or VZ 20 or VZ 11 or VZ 14
VZ 2 + VZ 2 + V2 + VZ 2 + VZ 7 or VZ 20 or VZ 11 or VZ 14
VZ 3 + VZ 3 + V3 + VZ 3 + VZ 7 or VZ 20 or VZ 12 or VZ 15
VZ 4 + VZ 4 + V4 + VZ 4 + VZ 7 or VZ 20 or VZ 12 or VZ 15
Note : The add-on modules mounted next to the switch body are main pole modules. Maximum
of 3 main pole modules per switch body.
(1) Late make N/O, early break N/C contacts
580579
580578 580576
580577
VZ 0 VZ 11
VZ 15 VZ 20
Stop the machine 0
VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
Add-on modules
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/141
References (continued)
Add-on modules for enclosures VCFN12GE and 20 GE
Description Rating Reference Weight
Akg
Main pole modules 10 VZN12 0.020
16 VZN20 0.020
Neutral pole module
with early make and
late break contacts
10 and 16 VZN11 0.020
Earthing module 10 and 16 VZN14 0.016
Auxiliary contact block
modules
1 late make N/O contact VZN05 0.020
1 early break N/C contact VZN06 0.020
Maximum number of add-on modules that can be tted on a
switch body
VZN12 or VZN20 + + VZN12 or VZN20
VN12 or
VZN11
or
or or
VN20 VZN05 or VZN06
or
VZN05 or VZN06 VZN14
VZN11
VZN14
580580580581
VZN05
580582
Stop the machine 0
Mini-VARIO enclosed switch disconnectors
Add-on modules
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/154
Related product to safety
Modular tower lights
Harmony® type XVBL Ø 70 mm
Illuminated beacons for incandescent bulbs or LEDs
(BA 15d base tting)
Illuminated beacons with steady light signalling
Description Light source,
to be ordered
separately (1)
Colour Reference Weight
kg
Complete unit
comprising:
- 1 illuminated unit
- 1 base unit for direct xing
(IP 66) or tube xing (IP 65)
Incandescent bulb
7 W max.
250 V max.
Green XVBL33 0.260
Red XVBL34 0.260
Orange XVBL35 0.260
Blue XVBL36 0.260
Clear XVBL37 0.260
Yellow XVBL38 0.260
Illuminated beacons with integral ashing light signalling
Description Light source,
to be ordered
separately (1)
Colour Reference Weight
kg
Complete unit
comprising:
- 1 illuminated unit
- 1 base unit for direct xing
(IP 66) or tube xing (IP 65)
Incandescent bulb
7 W max.
a 24 V
c 24…48 V
Green XVBL4B3 0.280
Red XVBL4B4 0.280
Orange XVBL4B5 0.280
Blue XVBL4B6 0.280
Clear XVBL4B7 0.280
Yellow XVBL4B8 0.280
Incandescent bulb
7 W max.
a 48…230 V
Green XVBL4M3 0.280
Red XVBL4M4 0.280
Orange XVBL4M5 0.280
Blue XVBL4M6 0.280
Clear XVBL4M7 0.280
Yellow XVBL4M8 0.280
(1) Incandescent bulbs and LEDs, see page 3/161.
References
PF110458
PF110456
XVBL3p
XVBL4Bp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/155
Related product to safety
Modular tower lights
Harmony® type XVBL Ø 70 mm
Illuminated beacons with LED light source
Illuminated beacons with steady light signalling
Description Light source Colour Reference Weight
kg
Complete unit
comprising:
- 1 illuminated unit
- 1 base unit for direct xing
(IP 66) or tube xing (IP 65)
LED, included
z 24 V
Green XVBL0B3 0.270
Red XVBL0B4 0.270
Orange XVBL0B5 0.270
Blue XVBL0B6 0.270
Clear XVBL0B7 0.270
Yellow XVBL0B8 0.270
LED, included
a 120 V
Green XVBL0G3 0.270
Red XVBL0G4 0.270
Orange XVBL0G5 0.270
Blue XVBL0G6 0.270
Clear XVBL0G7 0.270
Yellow XVBL0G8 0.270
LED, included
a 230 V
Green XVBL0M3 0.270
Red XVBL0M4 0.270
Orange XVBL0M5 0.270
Blue XVBL0M6 0.270
Clear XVBL0M7 0.270
Yellow
XVBL0M8 0.270
Illuminated beacons with integral ashing light signalling
Description Light source Colour Reference Weight
kg
Complete unit
comprising:
- 1 illuminated unit
- 1 base unit for direct xing
(IP 66) or tube xing (IP 65)
LED, included
z 24 V
Green XVBL1B3 0.280
Red XVBL1B4 0.280
Orange XVBL1B5 0.280
Blue XVBL1B6 0.280
Clear XVBL1B7 0.280
Yellow XVBL1B8 0.280
LED, included
a 120 V
Green XVBL1G3 0.280
Red XVBL1G4 0.280
Orange XVBL1G5 0.280
Blue XVBL1G6 0.280
Clear XVBL1G7 0.280
Yellow XVBL1G8 0.280
LED, included
a 230 V
Green XVBL1M3 0.280
Red XVBL1M4 0.280
Orange XVBL1M5 0.280
Blue XVBL1M6 0.280
Clear XVBL1M7 0.280
Yellow XVBL1M8 0.280
References
101407SE
PF110455
XVBL0Bp
XVBL1Bp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/156
Related product to safety
Modular tower lights
Harmony® type XVBL Ø 70 mm
Illuminated beacons with ash discharge tube
Illuminated beacons with 5 Joule ash discharge tube
Description Light source Colour Reference Weight
kg
Complete unit
comprising:
- 1 illuminated unit
- 1 base unit for direct xing
(IP 66) or tube xing (IP 65)
Integral ash
discharge tube
z 24 V
Green XVBL6B3 0.440
Red XVBL6B4 0.440
Orange XVBL6B5 0.440
Blue XVBL6B6 0.440
Clear XVBL6B7 0.440
Yellow XVBL6B8 0.440
Integral ash
discharge tube
a 120 V
Green XVBL6G3 0.425
Red XVBL6G4 0.425
Orange XVBL6G5 0.425
Blue XVBL6G6 0.425
Clear XVBL6G7 0.425
Yellow XVBL6G8 0.425
Integral ash
discharge tube
a 230 V
Green XVBL6M3 0.435
Red XVBL6M4 0.435
Orange XVBL6M5 0.435
Blue XVBL6M6 0.435
Clear XVBL6M7 0.435
Yellow XVBL6M8 0.435
Illuminated beacons with 10 Joule ash discharge tube
Description Light source Colour Reference Weight
kg
Complete unit
comprising:
- 1 1 illuminated unit
- 1 base unit for direct xing
(IP 66) or tube xing (IP 65)
Integral ash
discharge tube
z 24 V
Green XVBL8B3 0.450
Red XVBL8B4 0.450
Orange XVBL8B5 0.450
Blue XVBL8B6 0.450
Clear XVBL8B7 0.450
Yellow XVBL8B8 0.450
Integral ash
discharge tube
a 120 V
Green XVBL8G3 0.460
Red XVBL8G4 0.460
Orange XVBL8G5 0.460
Blue XVBL8G6 0.460
Clear XVBL8G7 0.460
Yellow XVBL8G8 0.460
Integral ash
discharge tube
a 230 V
Green XVBL8M3 0.460
Red XVBL8M4 0.460
Orange XVBL8M5 0.460
Blue XVBL8M6 0.460
Clear XVBL8M7 0.460
Yellow XVBL8M8 0.460
References
PG110104SEPF110457
XVBL8Bp
XVBL6Bp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/157
Related product to safety
Modular tower lights
Harmony® type XVBC Ø 70 mm
Tower lights for customer assembly (up to 5 units)
Illuminated units for incandescent bulbs or LEDs (BA 15d base tting)
Illuminated units with steady light signalling
Description Light source,
to be ordered
separately (1)
Colour Reference Weight
kg
Illuminated units Incandescent bulb
7 W max.
250 V max.
or LED
Green XVBC33 0.140
Red XVBC34 0.140
Orange XVBC35 0.140
Blue XVBC36 0.140
Clear XVBC37 0.140
Yellow XVBC38 0.140
Illuminated units with integral ashing light signalling
Description Light source,
to be ordered
separately (1)
Colour Reference Weight
kg
Illuminated units Incandescent bulb
7 W max.
a 24 V
c 24…48 V
or LED
Green XVBC4B3 0.160
Red XVBC4B4 0.160
Orange XVBC4B5 0.160
Blue XVBC4B6 0.160
Clear XVBC4B7 0.160
Yellow XVBC4B8 0.160
Incandescent bulb
7 W max.
a 48…230 V
or LED
Green XVBC4M3 0.160
Red XVBC4M4 0.160
Orange XVBC4M5 0.160
Blue XVBC4M6 0.160
Clear XVBC4M7 0.160
Yellow XVBC4M8 0.160
(1) Incandescent bulbs and LEDs, see page 3/161.
For use with base unit XVBCpp: see page 3/160
References
101405SE821002
XVBC3p
XVBC4pp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/158
Related product to safety
Modular tower lights
Harmony® type XVBC Ø 70 mm
Tower lights for customer assembly (up to 5 units)
Illuminated units with integral LED
Illuminated units with steady light signalling
Description Voltage Colour Reference Weight
kg
Illuminated units
with integral LED
z 24 V Green XVBC2B3 (1) 0.150
Red XVBC2B4 (1) 0.150
Orange XVBC2B5 (1) 0.150
Blue XVBC2B6 (1) 0.150
Clear XVBC2B7 (1) 0.150
Yellow XVBC2B8 (1) 0.150
a 120 V Green XVBC2G3 0.150
Red XVBC2G4 0.150
Orange XVBC2G5 0.150
Blue XVBC2G6 0.150
Clear XVBC2G7 0.150
Yellow XVBC2G8 0.150
a 230 V Green XVBC2M3 0.150
Red XVBC2M4 0.150
Orange XVBC2M5 0.150
Blue XVBC2M6 0.150
Clear XVBC2M7 0.150
Yellow XVBC2M8 0.150
Illuminated units with integral ashing light signalling
Description Voltage Colour Reference Weight
kg
Illuminated units
with integral LED
z 24 V Green XVBC5B3 0.170
Red XVBC5B4 0.170
Orange XVBC5B5 0.170
Blue XVBC5B6 0.170
Clear XVBC5B7 0.170
Yellow XVBC5B8 0.170
a 120 V Green XVBC5G3 0.170
Red XVBC5G4 0.170
Orange XVBC5G5 0.170
Blue XVBC5G6 0.170
Clear XVBC5G7 0.170
Yellow XVBC5G8 0.170
a 230 V Green XVBC5M3 0.170
Red XVBC5M4 0.170
Orange XVBC5M5 0.170
Blue XVBC5M6 0.170
Clear XVBC5M7 0.170
Yellow XVBC5M8 0.170
(1) To order an illuminated unit with integral LED pre-tted with light diffuser XVBZ18, add the
letter “D” to the end of the reference. Example: XVBC2B3D.
For use with base unit XVBCpp: see page 3/160
References
821003821004
XVBC2pp
XVBC5pp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/159
Related product to safety
Modular tower lights
Harmony® type XVBC Ø 70 mm
Tower lights for customer assembly (up to 5 units)
Illuminated units with integral ash discharge tube
Illuminated units with 5 Joule ash discharge tube (1)
Description Light source Colour Reference Weight
kg
Illuminated units Integral ash
discharge tube
z 24 V
Green XVBC6B3 0.295
Red XVBC6B4 0.295
Orange XVBC6B5 0.295
Blue XVBC6B6 0.295
Clear XVBC6B7 0.295
Yellow XVBC6B8 0.295
Integral ash
discharge tube
a 120 V
Green XVBC6G3 0.280
Red XVBC6G4 0.280
Orange XVBC6G5 0.280
Blue XVBC6G6 0.280
Clear XVBC6G7 0.280
Yellow XVBC6G8 0.280
Integral ash
discharge tube
a 230 V
Green XVBC6M3 0.290
Red XVBC6M4 0.290
Orange XVBC6M5 0.290
Blue XVBC6M6 0.290
Clear XVBC6M7 0.290
Yellow XVBC6M8 0.290
Illuminated units with 10 Joule ash discharge tube (1)
Description Light source Colour Reference Weight
kg
Illuminated units Integral ash
discharge tube
z 24 V
Green XVBC8B3 0.305
Red XVBC8B4 0.305
Orange XVBC8B5 0.305
Blue XVBC8B6 0.305
Clear XVBC8B7 0.305
Yellow XVBC8B8 0.305
Integral ash
discharge tube
z 48 V
Orange XVBC8E5 0.315
Integral ash
discharge tube
a 120 V
Green XVBC8G3 0.315
Red XVBC8G4 0.315
Orange XVBC8G5 0.315
Blue XVBC8G6 0.315
Clear XVBC8G7 0.315
Yellow XVBC8G8 0.315
Integral ash
discharge tube
a 230 V
Green XVBC8M3 0.315
Red XVBC8M4 0.315
Orange XVBC8M5 0.315
Blue XVBC8M6 0.315
Clear XVBC8M7 0.315
Yellow XVBC8M8 0.315
(1) Warning: illuminated units with a ash discharge tube are not suitable for steady light
signalling due to the heat generated.
For use with base unit XVBCpp: see page 3/160
References
821006 821005
XVBC8pp
XVBC6pp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/160
Related product to safety
Modular tower lights
Harmony® type XVBC Ø 70 mm
Tower lights for customer assembly (up to 5 units)
Audible units, base units, cover, accessories
Audible units
Description Characteristics Reference Weight
kg
Buzzer, 90 dB at 1 m
Adjustable with
microswitch:
- from 70 to 90 dB
- continuous or intermittent
tone
z 12…48 V
XVBC9B 0.170
a 120…230 V XVBC9M 0.180
Base units - for direct (IP 66) or tube xing
Description For use with Type Reference Weight
kg
Base unit + cover
with bottom or side cable
entry
Modular tower lights without ash
discharge tube unit
Standard XVBC21 0.190
Base unit only
with bottom or side cable
entry
Modular tower lights with ash
discharge tube unit
Standard XVBC07 0.160
Base unit + cover
with side cable entry
All types of modular tower lights AS-Interface
(1)
XVBC21A –
Base unit + cover
with bottom entry,
pre-cabled (length 1 m) and
tted with M12 end
connector
All types of modular tower lights AS-Interface
(1)
XVBC21B –
Accessories specic to tower lights XVBC
Description Application Unit reference Weight
kg
Cover only For use with XVBC2, XVBC3, XVBC4, XVBC5 and XVBC9 XVBC081 0.030
Set of 6 coloured markers For identication of the position of units in the event of
dismantling the modular tower light
XVBC22 0.001
Set of 5 legend holders For identication of stacked units on base unit XVBC23 0.002
Sheet of 85 legends For use with base unit legend holder XVBC23
XVBCY1 0.005
Sheet of 52 legends For identication of stacked units, used on locking ring XVBCY2 0.005
Adaptor for side entry
through base unit
With 13P cable gland XVBC14 0.015
SIS labelling software
(in English, French, German,
Italian and Spanish)
For creating legends XBY2U 0.100
Light diffuser,
clear plastic
(Sold in boxes)
Only for use with LED illuminated units (all colours)
One box allows to equip 5 illuminated units.
XVBZ18 0.080
(1) For further information on AS-Interface connections, refer to our “Industrial communication in machines and installations”
catalogue.
References
XVBC081
821007101396SE107830SEDF524020
XVBC9p
XVBC07
XVBZ18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/161
Related product to safety
Modular tower lights
Harmony® type XVBØ 70 mm
Illuminated beacons, tower lights for customer assembly
(up to 5 units)
Accessories common to beacons XVBL and tower lights XVBC
Description Height under
base unit (mm)
Colour Reference Weight
kg
Fixing bases comprising
Ø 25 mm aluminium
support tube glued into a
black plastic xing plate
(IP 65)
80 Black aluminium XVBZ02 0.110
Aluminium XVBZ02A 0.110
380 Black aluminium XVBZ03 0.200
Aluminium XVBZ03A 0.200
780 Black aluminium XVBZ04 0.325
Aluminium XVBZ04A 0.325
Description For use with Material Reference Weight
kg
Support tube
concealment cover
Support tubes XVBZ02, XVBZ02A ABS XVBC020 0.080
Support tubes XVBZ03, XVBZ03A ABS XVBC030 0.305
Support tubes XVBZ04, XVBZ04A ABS XVBC040 0.610
Ø 25 mm aluminium
support tube
Height under base unit
780 mm
Fixing plate XVBZ01
(to be glued into the plastic xing plate)
Plastic
XVBZ14 0.690
Fixing plate for use
on horizontal support
Ø 25 mm aluminium support tube Plastic XVBZ01 0.050
Fixing plate for use
on vertical support
Base unit (direct mounting), xing plate
XVBZ01 or xing bases XVBZ0pZamak
XVBC12 0.380
Description Characteristics Sold in
lots of
Unit reference Weight
kg
Incandescent bulbs (1)
BA 15d base tting
12 V 7 W 10 DL1BEJ 0.090
24 V 6.5 W 10 DL1BEB 0.090
48 V 6 W 10 DL1BEE 0.090
120 V 7 W 10 DL1BEG 0.090
230 V 7 W 10 DL1BEM 0.090
LEDs (1)
BA 15d base tting
z 24 V White 1DL1BDB1 0.015
Green 1DL1BDB3 0.015
Red 1DL1BDB4 0.015
Orange 1DL1BDB5 0.015
Blue 1DL1BDB6 0.015
Yellow 1DL1BDB8 0.015
a 120 V White 1DL1BDG1 0.015
Green 1DL1BDG3 0.015
Red 1DL1BDG4 0.015
Orange 1DL1BDG5 0.015
Blue 1DL1BDG6 0.015
Yellow 1DL1BDG8 0.015
a 230 V White 1DL1BDM1 0.015
Green 1DL1BDM3 0.015
Red 1DL1BDM4 0.015
Orange 1DL1BDM5 0.015
Blue 1DL1BDM6 0.015
Yellow 1DL1BDM8 0.015
Flashing LEDs (1)
BA 15d base tting
z 24 V White 1DL1BKB1 0.015
Green 1DL1BKB3 0.015
Red 1DL1BKB4 0.015
Orange 1DL1BKB5 0.015
Blue 1DL1BKB6 0.015
Yellow 1DL1BKB8 0.015
a 120 V White 1DL1BKG1 0.015
Green 1DL1BKG3 0.015
Red 1DL1BKG4 0.015
Orange 1DL1BKG5 0.015
Blue 1DL1BKG6 0.015
Yellow 1DL1BKG8 0.015
a 230 V White 1DL1BKM1 0.015
Green 1DL1BKM3 0.015
Red 1DL1BKM4 0.015
Orange 1DL1BKM5 0.015
Blue 1DL1BKM6 0.015
Yellow 1DL1BKM8 0.015
(1) Warning: illuminated units with incandescent bulbs must not be combined with LED illuminated units, due to the risk of
overheating. Also, when different units (e.g. steady, ashing…) are combined, the maximum temperature is limited to that
of the weaker unit.
References
109753821012109754109755DF524033DF524034
109748
XVBZ02 XVBZ03/Z04
XVBC020
XVBZ01
XVBC12
DL1Bpp
DL1BDpp/DL1BKpp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/162
Presentation Related product to safety
Rotating beacons Harmony® type XVR
(equipped with Super Bright LED)
Presentation
The rotating beacons in the Harmony® XVR range are optical signalling units
designed for long distance signalling applications.They are used mainly in the iron
and steel industry, on industrial handling vehicles or for safety applications.
The range involves complete products offering simplicity of use and speed of
installation: they are supplied pre-cabled, and equipped with their light source. The
use of “Super-bright” LED’s guarantees a good illuminating power and a long service
life (reduced time for maintenance) owing to their high resistance to mechanical
shock and vibration. These light sources are also energy saving with low power
consumption. A reecting prism can be used for increasing light diffusion.
4 sizes are available:
bØ 84 mm (XVR08). Colours : red, orange, green and blue,
bØ 106 mm (XVR10). Colours : red, orange, green and blue,
bØ 120 mm (XVR12). Colours : red, orange, green and blue,
bØ 130 mm (XVR13). Colours : red, orange.
For more efciency, Ø 120 mm rotating beacons may be delivered with a
complementary audible unit: a buzzer present at the base of the product, with a
continuous or intermittent tone and an adjustable sound level of 50 dB to 90 dB at
1 m.
Environment
XVR rotating beacons can offer a high degree of protection:
vowing to the adjunction of an accessory : a rubber base guarantees a degree of
protection type IP 55 or IP 65 for small models,
vaccording to the selected model:Ø 130 mm rotating beacons guarantee a degree
of protection type IP 66 (resistant to vibration) or IP 67 (see opposite page).
These products meet the requirements of the following standards:
vEN/IEC 61000-6-2 and EN/IEC 61000-6-4 forØ 84 mm (XVR08), 106 mm
(XVR10), 120 mm (XVR12) and 130 mm with direct current (XVR13Bpp and
XVR13Jpp),
vEN/IEC 60947-1 and EN/IEC 60947-5-1 for the otherØ 130 mm rotating beacons
(XVR13ppL) with voltage 24V A.C./D.C., 120 V A.C. or 230 V A.C.
These products are e, UL and CSA certied.
Connection
The connection is through ying leads, length 400 mm (500 mm for XVR08) and
section 0.83 mm2 (1,25 mm2 for XVR13).
XVR13pppLl
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/163
Complete, pre-cabled rotating beacons
Diameter
mm
Sound option IP degree
of protection
Voltage
V
Colour Reference Weight
kg
Ø 84 Without buzzer IP 23
(IP 65
With
accessories)
z 12 Red XVR08J04 0.300
Orange XVR08J05 0.300
Green XVR08J03 0.300
Blue XVR08J06 0.300
z 24 Red XVR08B04 0.300
Orange XVR08B05 0.300
Green XVR08B03 0.300
Blue XVR08B06 0.300
Ø 106 Without buzzer IP 23
(IP 55
With accessories)
z 12 Red XVR10J04 0.500
Orange XVR10J05 0.500
Green XVR10J03 0.500
Blue XVR10J06 0.500
z 24 Red XVR10B04 0.500
Orange XVR10B05 0.500
Green XVR10B03 0.500
Blue XVR10B06 0.500
Ø 120 Without buzzer IP 23 z 12 Red XVR12J04 0.500
Orange XVR12J05 0.500
Green XVR12J03 0.500
Blue XVR12J06 0.500
z 24 Red XVR12B04 0.500
Orange XVR12B05 0.500
Green XVR12B03 0.500
Blue XVR12B06 0.500
Ø 120 With buzzer
Continuous or
intermittent tone
Sound level at 1 m:
50 to 90 dB
IP 23 z 12 Red XVR12J04S 0.500
Orange XVR12J05S 0.500
Green XVR12J03S 0.500
Blue XVR12J06S 0.500
z 24 Red XVR12B04S 0.500
Orange XVR12B05S 0.500
Green XVR12B03S 0.500
Blue XVR12B06S 0.500
Ø 130 Without buzzer IP 66
Resistant to
vibration
c 12 Red XVR13J04 0.800
Orange XVR13J05 0.800
c 24 Red XVR13B04 0.800
Orange XVR13B05 0.800
IP 66 and IP 67 z 24 Red XVR13B04L 0.820
Orange XVR13B05L 0.820
a 120 Red XVR13G04L 0.990
Orange XVR13G05L 0.990
a 230 Red XVR13M04L 0.990
Orange XVR13M05L 0.990
Accessories for rotating beacons
Description To be used
for / with
Diameter
mm
Height
mm
Reference Weight
kg
Reecting prism Increasing light
diffusion
84 –XVRZR1 0.010
106 –XVRZR2 0.015
120/130 –XVRZR3 0.020
Rubber base Reaching IP 65 84 –XVRZ081 0.040
Reaching IP 55 106 –XVRZ082 0.050
Metal angle bracket Horizontal support 84, 106, 120 –XVCZ23 0.380
130 –XVR012L 1.300
Metal xing plate Horizontal support 106, 120 300 XVCZ13 0.700
References Related product to safety
Rotating beacons Harmony® type XVR
(equipped with Super Bright LED)
XVR13ppp
525877
XVR08ppp
525874
XVR10ppp
525875
XVR12pp
XVRZ081
XVRZR1
XVRZR2
XVRZR3XVRZ082
XVR13pppLl
PF540658
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/164
Presentation Related product to safety
Sound units Harmony® type XVS
Sirens and electronic alarms
Presentation
The sirens and electronic alarms in the Harmony® XVS range are audible signalling
units used for long distance indication of the operating status or sequences of a
machine or installation. They are mainly used on conveyor belts, on automated
industrial trucks and on the doors of electrical control panels.
The range involves several types of ready to use products:
vsirens with 2 tones, with very compact size, type XVS10,
vmultisound sirens (43 tones), pre-cabled, 8 channels, type XVS14.
The sound, with continuous or intermittent tone:
vguarantees a sound level of 106 dB at 1 m for XVS10,
vcan be adjusted from 0 to 105 dB at 1 m for XVS14.
Environment
The XVS sirens and electronic alarms offer the following degree of protection: IP 53
for sirens type XVS10 and XVS14.
These products meet the requirements of the following standards:
vEN/IEC 61000-6-2 and EN/IEC 61000-6-3 for voltages 120 V and 230 V A.C.
(XVS14BMW),
vEN/IEC 60947-1 and EN/IEC 60947-5-1 for voltages 12 V and 24 V A.C.
(XVS10, XVS14GMW and MMW).
They are e, UL and CSA certied.
Connection
Products are to be connected:
vthrough cable-glands for using 6.5 mm to 8.5 mm cables (XVS10)
vthrough power wire c.s.a.: 0.52 mm2 and signal wire c.s.a.: 0.33 mm2, with ying
leads, length 500 mm (XVS14),
For more technical information, please refer to our website
www.schneider-electric.com.
XVS10pM
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/165
References Related product to safety
Sound units Harmony® type XVS
Sirens and electronic alarms
References
Description Voltage Colour Reference Weight
V kg
Sirens
106 dB, 2 tones
z 12-24 White XVS10BMW 0.800
a 120 White XVS10GMW 1.000
a 230 White XVS10MMW 1.000
Multisound sirens
0 to 105 dB, 43 tones
8 channels
Pre-wired
c 12/24 White XVS14BMW 1.000
a 120 White XVS14GMW 1.200
a 240 White XVS14MMW 1.200
PF540616
XVS10pM
XVS14pMW
PF569825
3/166
Preventa solutions for efcient
machine safety
Product reference index
Index
9
9001KA1 3/29
9001KA2 3/29
9001KA3 3/29
9001KA4 3/29
9001KA5 3/29
9001KA6 3/29
9001KA41 3/29
9001KA42 3/29
9001KA43 3/29
9001KA51 3/29
9001KA52 3/29
9001KA53 3/29
9001KN8330 3/29
9001KN9330 3/29
9001KR16 3/29
9001KR16H2 3/29
9001KR16H13 3/29
9001SKR16 3/29
9001SKR16H2 3/29
9001SKR16H13 3/29
A
ABL8RPS24100 3/109
APE1C2150 3/15
3/24
APE1C2250 3/15
3/24
APE1PRE21 3/15
3/24
D
DE9EC21 3/65
DE9RA2125 3/65
DL1BDB1 3/161
DL1BDB3 3/161
DL1BDB4 3/161
DL1BDB5 3/161
DL1BDB6 3/161
DL1BDB8 3/161
DL1BDG1 3/161
DL1BDG3 3/161
DL1BDG4 3/161
DL1BDG5 3/161
DL1BDG6 3/161
DL1BDG8 3/161
DL1BDM1 3/161
DL1BDM3 3/161
DL1BDM4 3/161
DL1BDM5 3/161
DL1BDM6 3/161
DL1BDM8 3/161
DL1BEB 3/161
DL1BEE 3/161
DL1BEG 3/161
DL1BEJ 3/161
DL1BEM 3/161
DL1BKB1 3/161
DL1BKB3 3/161
DL1BKB4 3/161
DL1BKB5 3/161
DL1BKB6 3/161
DL1BKB8 3/161
DL1BKG1 3/161
DL1BKG3 3/161
DL1BKG4 3/161
DL1BKG5 3/161
DL1BKG6 3/161
DL1BKG8 3/161
DL1BKM1 3/161
DL1BKM3 3/161
DL1BKM4 3/161
DL1BKM5 3/161
DL1BKM6 3/161
DL1BKM8 3/161
K
KCC1YZ 3/135
KCD1PZ 3/135
KCE1YZ 3/135
KCF1PZ 3/135
KCF2PZ 3/135
KCF3PZ 3/135
KZ13 3/137
KZ14 3/137
KZ15 3/137
KZ16 3/137
KZ32 3/136
KZ62 3/137
KZ65 3/137
KZ66 3/137
KZ67 3/137
KZ74 3/136
KZ76 3/137
KZ77 3/137
KZ81 3/136
KZ83 3/136
KZ100 3/137
KZ101 3/137
KZ103 3/137
KZ106 3/136
T
TCSMCNAM3M002P 3/59
3/109
TCSXCNAMUM3P 3/123
TM3SAC5R 3/99
TM3SAC5RG 3/99
TM3SAF5R 3/99
TM3SAF5RG 3/99
TM3SAFL5R 3/99
TM3SAFL5RG 3/99
TM3SAK6R 3/99
TM3SAK6RG 3/99
TM3XREC1 3/101
TM3XTRA1 3/101
TMAM2 3/99
3/101
TMAT2PSET 3/101
TSXCANCA50 3/109
TSXCANCA100 3/109
TSXCANCA300 3/109
TSXCANCADD1 3/109
TSXCANCADD03 3/109
TSXCANCADD3 3/109
TSXCANCADD5 3/109
TSXCANTDM4 3/109
TSXESPP3001 3/123
TSXESPP3003 3/123
TSXESPP3005 3/123
TSXESPPM001 3/123
TSXESPPM003 3/123
TSXESPPM005 3/123
TSXPBSCA100 3/109
TSXPBSCA400 3/109
TSXSCMCN010 3/123
TSXSCMCN025 3/123
TSXSCMCN050 3/123
V
V0 3/133
3/139
V01 3/133
3/139
V1 3/133
3/139
V02 3/133
3/139
V2 3/133
3/139
V3 3/133
3/139
V4 3/133
3/139
V5 3/133
V6 3/133
VCCD0 3/132
VCCD01 3/132
VCCD1 3/132
VCCD02 3/132
VCCD2 3/132
VCCDN12 3/130
VCCDN20 3/130
VCCF0 3/132
VCCF01 3/132
VCCF1 3/132
VCCF02 3/132
VCCF2 3/132
VCCF3 3/132
VCCF4 3/132
VCCF5 3/132
VCCF6 3/132
VCD0 3/132
VCD01 3/132
VCD1 3/132
VCD02 3/132
VCD2 3/132
VCDN12 3/130
VCDN20 3/130
VCF0 3/132
VCF0GE 3/138
VCF01 3/132
VCF1 3/132
VCF01GE 3/138
VCF1GE 3/138
VCF02 3/132
VCF2 3/132
VCF02GE 3/138
VCF2GE 3/138
VCF3 3/132
VCF3GE 3/138
VCF4 3/132
VCF4GE 3/138
VCF5 3/132
VCF5GE 3/138
VCF6 3/132
VCF6GE 3/138
VCFN12GE 3/138
VCFN20GE 3/138
VCFN25GE 3/138
VCFN32GE 3/138
VCFN40GE 3/138
VCFXGDXE 3/139
VCFXGE1 3/139
VCFXGE2 3/139
VCFXGE4 3/139
VDIP184546005 3/101
VDIP184546010 3/101
VDIP184546020 3/101
VDIP184546030 3/101
VDIP184546050 3/101
VN12 3/131
3/139
VN20 3/131
3/139
VVE0 3/132
VVE1 3/132
VVE2 3/132
VVE3 3/132
VVE4 3/132
VW3A8306R30 3/109
VZ0 3/133
3/140
VZ01 3/133
3/140
VZ1 3/133
3/140
VZ02 3/133
3/140
VZ2 3/133
3/140
VZ3 3/133
3/140
VZ4 3/133
3/140
VZ7 3/133
3/140
VZ8 3/136
VZ9 3/136
VZ10 3/136
VZ11 3/133
3/140
VZ12 3/133
3/140
VZ13 3/133
3/140
VZ14 3/133
3/140
VZ15 3/133
3/140
VZ16 3/133
3/140
VZ17 3/136
VZ18 3/136
VZ20 3/133
VZ26 3/136
VZ27 3/136
VZ28 3/136
VZ29 3/136
VZ30 3/136
VZ31 3/136
VZN05 3/131
3/141
VZN06 3/131
3/141
VZN08 3/131
VZN11 3/131
3/141
VZN12 3/131
3/141
VZN14 3/131
3/141
VZN17 3/136
VZN20 3/131
3/141
VZN26 3/131
VZN30 3/136
X
XALD01 3/38
XALD01H7 3/38
XALD02 3/38
XALD02H7 3/38
XALD03 3/38
XALD03H7 3/38
XALD04 3/38
XALD04H7 3/38
XALD05 3/38
XALD05H7 3/38
XALD101 3/34
XALD101H29 3/34
XALD102 3/34
XALD102E 3/34
XALD103 3/34
XALD104 3/34
XALD111 3/34
XALD111H29 3/34
XALD112 3/34
XALD112E 3/34
XALD114 3/34
XALD114E 3/34
XALD115 3/34
XALD116 3/34
XALD117 3/34
XALD118 3/34
XALD132 3/36
XALD133H7 3/36
XALD134 3/36
XALD142 3/36
XALD144 3/36
XALD144E 3/36
XALD164 3/34
XALD164H29H7 3/34
XALD211 3/36
XALD211H29 3/36
XALD213 3/36
XALD213E 3/36
XALD214 3/36
XALD215 3/36
XALD222 3/37
XALD222E 3/37
XALD223 3/37
XALD224 3/36
XALD225 3/36
XALD241 3/36
XALD311 3/37
XALD311H29H7 3/37
XALD321 3/37
XALD321H29H7 3/37
XALD324 3/37
XALD324E 3/37
XALD325 3/37
XALD326 3/37
XALD328 3/37
XALD334 3/37
XALD339 3/37
XALD361B 3/36
XALD361M 3/36
XALD363B 3/36
XALD363G 3/36
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/167
Preventa solutions for efcient
machine safety
Product reference index
Index (continued)
XALD363M 3/36
XALK01 3/38
XALK01H29 3/38
XALK01H44 3/38
XALK01HFR 3/38
XALK01T 3/38
XALK01TH26 3/38
XALK01TH29 3/38
XALK01THFR 3/38
XALK02 3/38
XALK03 3/38
XALK04 3/38
XALK05 3/38
XALK178 3/35
XALK178E 3/35
XALK178F 3/35
XALK178FH26 3/35
XALK178FH29 3/35
XALK178FH44 3/35
XALK178FH49 3/35
XALK178G 3/35
XALK178GTH26 3/35
XALK178GTH29 3/35
XALK178GTH44 3/35
XALK178H26 3/35
XALK178H29 3/35
XALK178H44 3/35
XALK178H49 3/35
XALK188 3/35
XALK188E 3/35
XALK188F 3/35
XALK188G 3/35
XALK188GTH26 3/35
XALK198 3/35
XALZ09 3/39
3/55
XARS8D18H 3/58
XARS8D18W 3/58
XARS8L12H 3/58
XARS8L12W 3/58
XARS12D18H 3/58
XARS12D18W 3/58
XARSK8D18H 3/59
XARSK8D18W 3/59
XARSK8L12H 3/59
XARSK8L12W 3/59
XARSK12D18H 3/59
XARSK12D18W 3/59
XB4BS8442 3/9
XB4BS8444 3/9
XB4BS8445 3/9
XB4BS9445 3/9
XB4BS84441 3/9
XB4BT842 3/9
XB4BT845 3/9
XB5AS8442 3/18
XB5AS8444 3/18
XB5AS8445 3/18
XB5AS9442 3/18
XB5AS9445 3/18
XB5AT842 3/18
XB5AT845 3/18
XB6AS8349B 3/6
XB6AS9349B 3/6
XB6ETI522P 3/5
XB6ETI523P 3/5
XB6ETN521P 3/5
XB7NS8442 3/27
XB7NS8444 3/27
XB7NS8445 3/27
XB7NS9444 3/27
XB7NS9445 3/27
XB7NT842 3/27
XB7NT844 3/27
XB7NT845 3/27
XBTGH2460 3/31
XBTZGHL3 3/31
XBTZGHL5 3/31
XBTZGHL10 3/31
XBTZGHL20 3/31
XBTZGJBOX 3/31
XBY 2U 3/160
XBY2U 3/11
3/13
3/14
3/20
3/22
3/23
3/53
XCOM2514 3/64
XPSABV1133C 3/75
XPSABV1133P 3/75
XPSABV11330C 3/75
XPSABV11330P 3/75
XPSAC1321 3/74
XPSAC1321P 3/74
XPSAC3421 3/74
XPSAC3421P 3/74
XPSAC3721 3/74
XPSAC3721P 3/74
XPSAC5121 3/74
XPSAC5121P 3/74
XPSAF5130 3/77
XPSAF5130P 3/77
XPSAFL5130 3/78
XPSAFL5130P 3/78
XPSAK311144 3/80
XPSAK311144P 3/80
XPSAK331144P 3/80
XPSAK351144 3/80
XPSAK351144P 3/80
XPSAK361144 3/80
XPSAK361144P 3/80
XPSAK371144 3/80
XPSAK371144P 3/80
XPSAR3p1144 3/79
XPSAR311144 3/79
XPSAR311144P 3/79
XPSAR351144 3/79
XPSAR351144P 3/79
XPSAR371144 3/79
XPSAR371144P 3/79
XPSATE3410 3/75
XPSATE3410P 3/75
XPSATE3710 3/75
XPSATE3710P 3/75
XPSATE5110 3/75
XPSATE5110P 3/75
XPSATR1153C 3/76
XPSATR1153P 3/76
XPSATR3953C 3/76
XPSATR3953P 3/76
XPSATR11530C 3/76
XPSATR11530P 3/76
XPSATR39530C 3/76
XPSATR39530P 3/76
XPSAV11113 3/75
XPSAV11113P 3/75
XPSAV11113T050 3/75
XPSAV11113Z002 3/75
XPSAXE5120C 3/74
XPSAXE5120P 3/74
XPSBAE3920C 3/82
XPSBAE3920P 3/82
XPSBAE5120C 3/82
XPSBAE5120P 3/82
XPSBCE3110C 3/82
XPSBCE3110P 3/82
XPSBCE3410C 3/82
XPSBCE3410P 3/82
XPSBCE3710C 3/82
XPSBCE3710P 3/82
XPSBF1132 3/82
XPSBF1132P 3/82
XPSCM1144 3/83
XPSCM1144P 3/83
XPSDMB1132 3/87
XPSDMB1132P 3/87
XPSDME1132 3/87
XPSDME1132P 3/87
XPSDME1132TS220 3/87
XPSECME5131C 3/85
XPSECME5131P 3/85
XPSECPE3910C 3/85
XPSECPE3910P 3/85
XPSECPE5131C 3/85
XPSECPE5131P 3/85
XPSEDA5142 3/89
XPSLCM1150 3/84
XPSMC16Z 3/108
XPSMC16ZC 3/108
XPSMC16ZCPACK 3/108
XPSMC16ZP 3/108
XPSMC16ZPACK 3/108
XPSMC16ZPPACK 3/108
XPSMC32Z 3/108
XPSMC32ZC 3/108
XPSMC32ZCPACK 3/108
XPSMC32ZP 3/108
XPSMC32ZPACK 3/108
XPSMC32ZPPACK 3/108
XPSMCMCN0000SG 3/123
XPSMCMCO0000EI 3/123
XPSMCMCO0000EM 3/123
XPSMCMCO0000S1 3/123
XPSMCMCO0000S2 3/123
XPSMCMCO0000UB 3/123
XPSMCMCP0802 3/122
XPSMCMDI0800 3/122
XPSMCMDI1200MT 3/122
XPSMCMDI1600 3/122
XPSMCMDO0002 3/122
XPSMCMDO0004 3/122
XPSMCMEN0100SC 3/122
XPSMCMEN0200 3/122
XPSMCMEN0200SC 3/122
XPSMCMER0002 3/122
XPSMCMER0004 3/122
XPSMCMME0000 3/123
XPSMCMMX0802 3/122
XPSMCMRO0004 3/122
XPSMCMRO0004DA 3/122
XPSMCMSW0000V10 3/125
XPSMCSCY 3/109
XPSMCTC16 3/108
XPSMCTC32 3/108
XPSMCTS16 3/108
XPSMCTS32 3/108
XPSMCWIN 3/108
XPSMP11123 3/105
XPSMP11123P 3/105
XPSOT3444 3/93
XPSOT3744 3/93
XPSPVK1184 3/91
XPSPVK3484 3/91
XPSPVK3784 3/91
XPSPVT1180 3/90
XPSTSA3442P 3/86
XPSTSA3742P 3/86
XPSTSA5142P 3/86
XPSTSW3442P 3/86
XPSTSW3742P 3/86
XPSTSW5142P 3/86
XPSVC1132 3/81
XPSVC1132P 3/81
XPSVNE1142HSP 3/88
XPSVNE1142P 3/88
XPSVNE3442HSP 3/88
XPSVNE3442P 3/88
XPSVNE3742HSP 3/88
XPSVNE3742P 3/88
XVBC2B3 3/158
XVBC2B4 3/158
XVBC2B5 3/158
XVBC2B6 3/158
XVBC2B7 3/158
XVBC2B8 3/158
XVBC2G3 3/158
XVBC2G4 3/158
XVBC2G5 3/158
XVBC2G6 3/158
XVBC2G7 3/158
XVBC2G8 3/158
XVBC2M3 3/158
XVBC2M4 3/158
XVBC2M5 3/158
XVBC2M6 3/158
XVBC2M7 3/158
XVBC2M8 3/158
XVBC4B3 3/157
XVBC4B4 3/157
XVBC4B5 3/157
XVBC4B6 3/157
XVBC4B7 3/157
XVBC4B8 3/157
XVBC4M3 3/157
XVBC4M4 3/157
XVBC4M5 3/157
XVBC4M6 3/157
XVBC4M7 3/157
XVBC4M8 3/157
XVBC5B3 3/158
XVBC5B4 3/158
XVBC5B5 3/158
XVBC5B6 3/158
XVBC5B7 3/158
XVBC5B8 3/158
XVBC5G3 3/158
XVBC5G4 3/158
XVBC5G5 3/158
XVBC5G6 3/158
XVBC5G7 3/158
XVBC5G8 3/158
XVBC5M3 3/158
XVBC5M4 3/158
XVBC5M5 3/158
XVBC5M6 3/158
XVBC5M7 3/158
XVBC5M8 3/158
XVBC6B3 3/159
XVBC6B4 3/159
XVBC6B5 3/159
XVBC6B6 3/159
XVBC6B7 3/159
XVBC6B8 3/159
XVBC6G3 3/159
XVBC6G4 3/159
XVBC6G5 3/159
XVBC6G6 3/159
XVBC6G7 3/159
XVBC6G8 3/159
XVBC6M3 3/159
XVBC6M4 3/159
XVBC6M5 3/159
XVBC6M6 3/159
XVBC6M7 3/159
XVBC6M8 3/159
XVBC07 3/160
XVBC8B3 3/159
XVBC8B4 3/159
XVBC8B5 3/159
XVBC8B6 3/159
XVBC8B7 3/159
XVBC8B8 3/159
XVBC8E5 3/159
XVBC8G3 3/159
XVBC8G4 3/159
XVBC8G5 3/159
XVBC8G6 3/159
XVBC8G7 3/159
XVBC8G8 3/159
XVBC8M3 3/159
XVBC8M4 3/159
XVBC8M5 3/159
XVBC8M6 3/159
XVBC8M7 3/159
XVBC8M8 3/159
XVBC9B 3/160
XVBC9M 3/160
XVBC12 3/161
XVBC14 3/160
XVBC020 3/161
XVBC21 3/160
XVBC21A 3/160
XVBC21B 3/160
XVBC22 3/160
XVBC23 3/160
XVBC030 3/161
XVBC33 3/157
XVBC34 3/157
XVBC35 3/157
XVBC36 3/157
XVBC37 3/157
XVBC38 3/157
XVBC040 3/161
XVBC081 3/160
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/168
XVBCY1 3/160
XVBCY2 3/160
XVBL0B3 3/155
XVBL0B4 3/155
XVBL0B5 3/155
XVBL0B6 3/155
XVBL0B7 3/155
XVBL0B8 3/155
XVBL0G3 3/155
XVBL0G4 3/155
XVBL0G5 3/155
XVBL0G6 3/155
XVBL0G7 3/155
XVBL0G8 3/155
XVBL0M3 3/155
XVBL0M4 3/155
XVBL0M5 3/155
XVBL0M6 3/155
XVBL0M7 3/155
XVBL0M8 3/155
XVBL1B3 3/155
XVBL1B4 3/155
XVBL1B5 3/155
XVBL1B6 3/155
XVBL1B7 3/155
XVBL1B8 3/155
XVBL1G3 3/155
XVBL1G4 3/155
XVBL1G5 3/155
XVBL1G6 3/155
XVBL1G7 3/155
XVBL1G8 3/155
XVBL1M3 3/155
XVBL1M4 3/155
XVBL1M5 3/155
XVBL1M6 3/155
XVBL1M7 3/155
XVBL1M8 3/155
XVBL4B3 3/154
XVBL4B4 3/154
XVBL4B5 3/154
XVBL4B6 3/154
XVBL4B7 3/154
XVBL4B8 3/154
XVBL4M3 3/154
XVBL4M4 3/154
XVBL4M5 3/154
XVBL4M6 3/154
XVBL4M7 3/154
XVBL4M8 3/154
XVBL6B3 3/156
XVBL6B4 3/156
XVBL6B5 3/156
XVBL6B6 3/156
XVBL6B7 3/156
XVBL6B8 3/156
XVBL6G3 3/156
XVBL6G4 3/156
XVBL6G5 3/156
XVBL6G6 3/156
XVBL6G7 3/156
XVBL6G8 3/156
XVBL6M3 3/156
XVBL6M4 3/156
XVBL6M5 3/156
XVBL6M6 3/156
XVBL6M7 3/156
XVBL6M8 3/156
XVBL8B3 3/156
XVBL8B4 3/156
XVBL8B5 3/156
XVBL8B6 3/156
XVBL8B7 3/156
XVBL8B8 3/156
XVBL8G3 3/156
XVBL8G4 3/156
XVBL8G5 3/156
XVBL8G6 3/156
XVBL8G7 3/156
XVBL8G8 3/156
XVBL8M3 3/156
XVBL8M4 3/156
XVBL8M5 3/156
XVBL8M6 3/156
XVBL8M7 3/156
XVBL8M8 3/156
XVBL33 3/154
XVBL34 3/154
XVBL35 3/154
XVBL36 3/154
XVBL37 3/154
XVBL38 3/154
XVBZ01 3/161
XVBZ02 3/161
XVBZ02A 3/161
XVBZ03 3/161
XVBZ03A 3/161
XVBZ04 3/161
XVBZ04A 3/161
XVBZ14 3/161
XVBZ18 3/160
XVCZ13 3/163
XVCZ23 3/163
XVR08B03 3/163
XVR08B04 3/163
XVR08B05 3/163
XVR08B06 3/163
XVR08J03 3/163
XVR08J04 3/163
XVR08J05 3/163
XVR08J06 3/163
XVR10B03 3/163
XVR10B04 3/163
XVR10B05 3/163
XVR10B06 3/163
XVR10J03 3/163
XVR10J04 3/163
XVR10J05 3/163
XVR10J06 3/163
XVR12B03 3/163
XVR12B03S 3/163
XVR12B04 3/163
XVR12B04S 3/163
XVR12B05 3/163
XVR12B05S 3/163
XVR12B06 3/163
XVR12B06S 3/163
XVR12J03 3/163
XVR12J03S 3/163
XVR12J04 3/163
XVR12J04S 3/163
XVR12J05 3/163
XVR12J05S 3/163
XVR12J06 3/163
XVR12J06S 3/163
XVR012L 3/163
XVR13B04 3/163
XVR13B04L 3/163
XVR13B05 3/163
XVR13B05L 3/163
XVR13G04L 3/163
XVR13G05L 3/163
XVR13J04 3/163
XVR13J05 3/163
XVR13M04L 3/163
XVR13M05L 3/163
XVRZ081 3/163
XVRZ082 3/163
XVRZR1 3/163
XVRZR2 3/163
XVRZR3 3/163
XVS10BMW 3/165
XVS10GMW 3/165
XVS10MMW 3/165
XVS14BMW 3/165
XVS14GMW 3/165
XVS14MMW 3/165
XY2AU1 3/61
XY2AU2 3/61
XY2AZ1 3/61
XY2AZ2 3/61
XY2AZ3 3/61
XY2SB71 3/64
XY2SB72 3/64
XY2SB75 3/64
XY2SB76 3/64
XY2SB90 3/65
XY2SB93 3/65
XY2SB96 3/65
XY2SB98 3/65
XY2SB99 3/65
XY2SB511 3/65
XY2SB531 3/65
XY2SB714 3/64
XY2SB724 3/64
Z
Z01 3/137
ZALVB1 3/39
ZALVB3 3/39
ZALVB4 3/39
ZALVB5 3/39
ZALVB6 3/39
ZALVG1 3/39
ZALVG3 3/39
ZALVG4 3/39
ZALVG5 3/39
ZALVG6 3/39
ZALVM1 3/39
ZALVM3 3/39
ZALVM4 3/39
ZALVM5 3/39
ZALVM6 3/39
ZALY2 3/51
ZALY4 3/51
ZARB12H 3/58
ZARB12W 3/58
ZARB18H 3/58
ZARB18W 3/58
ZARC01 3/59
ZARC02 3/59
ZARC03 3/59
ZARC04 3/59
ZARC05 3/59
ZARC06 3/59
ZARC07 3/59
ZARC08 3/59
ZARC09 3/59
ZARC12 3/59
ZARC18 3/59
ZART8D 3/58
ZART8L 3/58
ZART12D 3/58
ZB2BE101 3/11
3/20
ZB2BE102 3/11
3/20
ZB2BP012 3/55
ZB2BP013 3/55
ZB2BP014 3/55
ZB2BP015 3/55
ZB2BP016 3/55
ZB4BR216 3/65
ZB4BS834 3/9
ZB4BS844 3/9
3/65
ZB4BS845S 3/65
ZB4BS864 3/9
ZB4BS934 3/9
ZB4BS944 3/9
ZB4BS964 3/9
ZB4BT84 3/9
ZB4BT844 3/9
ZB4BVG35 3/13
ZB4BVG45 3/13
ZB4BW643 3/9
ZB4BX84 3/9
ZB4BZ009 3/11
3/13
3/15
ZB4BZ62 3/17
3/26
ZB4BZ64 3/17
3/26
ZB4BZ65 3/17
3/26
ZB4BZ66 3/17
3/26
ZB4BZ101 3/11
ZB4BZ102 3/11
ZB4BZ103 3/11
ZB4BZ104 3/11
3/65
ZB4BZ105 3/11
3/65
ZB4BZ106 3/11
3/20
ZB4BZ107 3/11
3/20
ZB4BZ141 3/11
ZB4BZ1013 3/14
ZB4BZ1014 3/15
ZB4BZ1015 3/13
ZB4BZ1023 3/14
ZB4BZ1024 3/15
ZB4BZ1025 3/13
ZB4BZ1033 3/14
ZB4BZ1034 3/15
ZB4BZ1035 3/13
ZB4BZ1043 3/14
ZB4BZ1044 3/15
ZB4BZ1045 3/13
ZB4BZ1053 3/14
ZB4BZ1054 3/15
ZB4BZ1055 3/13
ZB4BZ1414 3/15
ZB5AA0 3/40
ZB5AA1 3/40
ZB5AA2 3/40
ZB5AA3 3/40
ZB5AA4 3/40
ZB5AA5 3/40
ZB5AA6 3/40
ZB5AA8 3/40
ZB5AA9 3/40
ZB5AA14 3/40
ZB5AA16 3/40
ZB5AA18 3/40
3/47
ZB5AA24 3/40
ZB5AA26 3/40
ZB5AA34 3/40
ZB5AA36 3/40
ZB5AA38 3/40
3/47
ZB5AA44 3/40
ZB5AA46 3/40
ZB5AA48 3/40
3/47
ZB5AA54 3/40
ZB5AA56 3/40
ZB5AA58 3/40
3/47
ZB5AA64 3/40
ZB5AA66 3/40
ZB5AA68 3/40
3/47
ZB5AA131 3/41
ZB5AA133 3/41
ZB5AA136 3/41
ZB5AA141 3/41
ZB5AA142 3/41
ZB5AA145 3/41
ZB5AA232 3/41
ZB5AA233 3/41
ZB5AA234 3/41
ZB5AA235 3/41
ZB5AA245 3/41
ZB5AA331 3/41
ZB5AA333 3/41
ZB5AA334 3/41
ZB5AA335 3/41
ZB5AA336 3/41
ZB5AA341 3/41
ZB5AA342 3/41
ZB5AA343 3/41
ZB5AA344 3/41
ZB5AA432 3/41
ZB5AA433 3/41
ZB5AA434 3/41
ZB5AA435 3/41
ZB5AC2 3/41
ZB5AC3 3/41
ZB5AC4 3/41
ZB5AC5 3/41
ZB5AC6 3/41
ZB5AC24 3/41
ZB5AC34 3/41
ZB5AC44 3/41
Preventa solutions for efcient
machine safety
Product reference index
Index (continued)
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/169
ZB5AC54 3/41
ZB5AC64 3/41
ZB5AD2 3/43
ZB5AD3 3/43
ZB5AD4 3/43
ZB5AD5 3/43
ZB5AD7 3/43
ZB5AD8 3/43
ZB5AD28 3/46
ZB5AD29 3/45
ZB5AD39 3/45
ZB5AD48 3/46
ZB5AD49 3/45
ZB5AD59 3/45
ZB5AD79 3/45
ZB5AD89 3/45
ZB5AD201 3/43
ZB5AD203 3/43
ZB5AD204 3/44
ZB5AD205 3/44
ZB5AD206 3/44
ZB5AD301 3/43
ZB5AD303 3/43
ZB5AD304 3/44
ZB5AD305 3/44
ZB5AD306 3/44
ZB5AD401 3/43
ZB5AD403 3/43
ZB5AD404 3/44
ZB5AD405 3/44
ZB5AD406 3/44
ZB5AD501 3/43
ZB5AD503 3/43
ZB5AD504 3/44
ZB5AD505 3/44
ZB5AD506 3/44
ZB5AD701 3/43
ZB5AD703 3/43
ZB5AD704 3/44
ZB5AD705 3/44
ZB5AD706 3/44
ZB5AD801 3/43
ZB5AD803 3/43
ZB5AD804 3/44
ZB5AD805 3/44
ZB5AD806 3/44
ZB5AD2801 3/46
ZB5AD2804 3/46
ZB5AD2806 3/46
ZB5AG0 3/45
ZB5AG0D 3/46
ZB5AG1 3/45
ZB5AG1D 3/46
ZB5AG2 3/45
ZB5AG02 3/45
ZB5AG2D 3/46
ZB5AG02D 3/46
ZB5AG3 3/45
ZB5AG3D 3/46
ZB5AG03D 3/46
ZB5AG4 3/45
ZB5AG4D 3/46
ZB5AG04D 3/46
ZB5AG5 3/45
ZB5AG05 3/45
ZB5AG5D 3/46
ZB5AG05D 3/46
ZB5AG6 3/45
ZB5AG6D 3/46
ZB5AG06D 3/46
ZB5AG7 3/45
ZB5AG07D 3/46
ZB5AG7D 3/46
ZB5AG8 3/45
ZB5AG08 3/45
ZB5AG8D 3/46
ZB5AG08D 3/46
ZB5AG9 3/45
ZB5AG09 3/45
ZB5AG9D 3/46
ZB5AG09D 3/46
ZB5AJ2 3/44
ZB5AJ3 3/44
ZB5AJ4 3/44
ZB5AJ5 3/44
ZB5AJ7 3/44
ZB5AJ8 3/44
ZB5AK1213 3/48
ZB5AK1233 3/48
ZB5AK1243 3/48
ZB5AK1253 3/48
ZB5AK1263 3/48
ZB5AK1313 3/48
ZB5AK1333 3/48
ZB5AK1343 3/48
ZB5AK1353 3/48
ZB5AK1363 3/48
ZB5AK1413 3/48
ZB5AK1433 3/48
ZB5AK1443 3/48
ZB5AK1453 3/48
ZB5AK1463 3/48
ZB5AK1513 3/48
ZB5AK1533 3/48
ZB5AK1543 3/48
ZB5AK1553 3/48
ZB5AK1563 3/48
ZB5AK1713 3/48
ZB5AK1733 3/48
ZB5AK1743 3/48
ZB5AK1753 3/48
ZB5AK1763 3/48
ZB5AK1813 3/48
ZB5AK1833 3/48
ZB5AK1843 3/48
ZB5AK1853 3/48
ZB5AK1863 3/48
ZB5AL1 3/40
ZB5AL2 3/40
ZB5AL3 3/40
ZB5AL4 3/40
ZB5AL5 3/40
ZB5AL6 3/40
ZB5AL232 3/41
ZB5AL233 3/41
ZB5AL234 3/41
ZB5AL235 3/41
ZB5AL432 3/41
ZB5AL433 3/41
ZB5AL434 3/41
ZB5AL435 3/41
ZB5AP1S 3/40
ZB5AP2S 3/40
ZB5AP3S 3/40
ZB5AP4S 3/40
ZB5AP5S 3/40
ZB5AP6S 3/40
ZB5AS12 3/42
ZB5AS42 3/42
ZB5AS52 3/42
ZB5AS55 3/42
ZB5AS72 3/42
ZB5AS834 3/18
3/42
ZB5AS842Y 3/19
ZB5AS844 3/18
3/42
ZB5AS934 3/18
3/42
ZB5AS942Y 3/19
ZB5AS944 3/18
3/42
ZB5AS944D 3/18
3/42
ZB5AS964 3/18
3/42
ZB5AT2 3/42
ZB5AT24 3/42
ZB5AT82Y 3/19
ZB5AT84 3/18
3/42
ZB5AT844 3/18
3/42
ZB5AT8643M 3/18
ZB5AV013 3/47
ZB5AV013E 3/47
ZB5AV013S 3/47
ZB5AV033 3/47
ZB5AV033E 3/47
ZB5AV033S 3/47
ZB5AV043 3/47
ZB5AV043E 3/47
ZB5AV043S 3/47
ZB5AV053 3/47
ZB5AV053E 3/47
ZB5AV053S 3/47
ZB5AV063 3/47
ZB5AV063E 3/47
ZB5AV063S 3/47
ZB5AW113 3/47
ZB5AW133 3/47
ZB5AW143 3/47
ZB5AW153 3/47
ZB5AW163 3/47
ZB5AW313 3/47
ZB5AW313S 3/47
ZB5AW333 3/47
ZB5AW333S 3/47
ZB5AW343 3/47
ZB5AW343S 3/47
ZB5AW353 3/47
ZB5AW353S 3/47
ZB5AW363 3/47
ZB5AW363S 3/47
ZB5AW713 3/48
ZB5AW733 3/48
ZB5AW743 3/18
3/48
ZB5AW753 3/48
ZB5AW763 3/48
ZB5AX84 3/18
ZB5AZ009 3/20
3/22
3/24
3/39
ZB5AZ101 3/20
ZB5AZ102 3/20
ZB5AZ103 3/20
ZB5AZ104 3/20
ZB5AZ105 3/20
ZB5AZ141 3/20
ZB5AZ901 3/39
ZB5AZ905 3/39
3/55
ZB5AZ1013 3/23
ZB5AZ1014 3/24
ZB5AZ1015 3/22
ZB5AZ1023 3/23
ZB5AZ1024 3/24
ZB5AZ1025 3/22
ZB5AZ1033 3/23
ZB5AZ1034 3/24
ZB5AZ1035 3/22
ZB5AZ1043 3/23
ZB5AZ1044 3/24
ZB5AZ1045 3/22
ZB5AZ1053 3/23
ZB5AZ1054 3/24
ZB5AZ1055 3/22
ZB5AZ1414 3/24
ZB5CA1 3/40
ZB5CA2 3/40
ZB5CA3 3/40
ZB5CA4 3/40
ZB5CA5 3/40
ZB5CA6 3/40
ZB5CA331 3/41
ZB5CA432 3/41
ZB5CA2912 3/41
ZB5CA2934 3/41
ZB5CA6939 3/41
ZB5CL1 3/40
ZB5CL2 3/40
ZB5CL3 3/40
ZB5CL4 3/40
ZB5CL5 3/40
ZB5CL6 3/40
ZB5CV003 3/47
ZB5CV013 3/47
ZB5CV033 3/47
ZB5CV043 3/47
ZB5CV053 3/47
ZB5CV063 3/47
ZB5CW313 3/47
ZB5CW333 3/47
ZB5CW343 3/47
ZB5CW353 3/47
ZB5CW363 3/47
ZB5SZ3 3/39
3/55
ZB5SZ5 3/55
ZB6AS834 3/6
ZB6AS934 3/6
ZB6Y002 3/7
ZB6Y003 3/7
ZB6Y004 3/7
ZB6Y005 3/7
ZB6Y006 3/7
ZB6Y006A 3/7
ZB6Y009 3/7
ZB6Y010 3/7
ZB6Y011 3/7
ZB6Y016 3/7
ZB6Y018 3/7
ZB6Y019 3/7
ZB6Y56 3/5
ZB6Y905 3/7
ZB6Y906 3/7
ZB6Y7001 3/6
ZB6Y7130 3/6
ZB6Y7230 3/6
ZB6Y7330 3/6
ZB6Y7430 3/6
ZB6Y7630 3/6
ZB6Z1B 3/7
ZB6Z2B 3/7
ZB6Z3B 3/7
ZB6Z4B 3/7
ZB6Z5B 3/7
ZBA1 3/54
ZBA2 3/54
ZBA3 3/54
ZBA4 3/54
ZBA5 3/54
ZBA6 3/54
ZBA9 3/54
ZBA131 3/54
ZBA133 3/54
ZBA136 3/54
ZBA137 3/54
ZBA138 3/54
ZBA141 3/54
ZBA142 3/54
ZBA145 3/54
ZBA232 3/54
ZBA233 3/54
ZBA234 3/54
ZBA235 3/54
ZBA245 3/54
ZBA331 3/54
ZBA333 3/54
ZBA334 3/54
ZBA335 3/54
ZBA336 3/54
ZBA337 3/54
ZBA338 3/54
ZBA341 3/54
ZBA342 3/54
ZBA343 3/54
ZBA344 3/54
ZBA346 3/54
ZBA432 3/54
ZBA433 3/54
ZBA434 3/54
ZBA435 3/54
ZBA639 3/54
ZBA2934 3/54
ZBA2935 3/54
ZBCV0113 3/55
ZBCV0133 3/55
ZBCV0143 3/55
ZBCV0153 3/55
ZBCV0163 3/55
ZBCW9113 3/55
ZBCW9133 3/55
ZBCW9143 3/55
ZBCW9153 3/55
ZBCW9163 3/55
ZBCW9313 3/55
Preventa solutions for efcient
machine safety
Product reference index
Index (continued)
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/170
ZBCW9333 3/55
ZBCW9343 3/55
ZBCW9353 3/55
ZBCW9363 3/55
ZBCY2H101 3/49
ZBCY4H101 3/49
ZBCY1101 3/53
ZBCZ34 3/49
ZBE101 3/11
3/20
3/39
ZBE102 3/11
3/20
3/39
ZBE201 3/11
3/20
ZBE202 3/11
3/20
ZBE203 3/11
3/20
ZBE204 3/11
3/20
ZBE205 3/11
3/20
ZBE501 3/11
3/20
ZBE502 3/11
3/20
ZBE503 3/11
3/20
ZBE504 3/11
3/20
ZBE505 3/11
3/20
ZBE1013 3/14
3/23
ZBE1014 3/15
3/24
ZBE1015 3/13
3/22
ZBE1016 3/11
3/20
ZBE1016P 3/11
3/20
ZBE1016P3 3/14
3/23
ZBE1023 3/14
3/23
ZBE1024 3/15
3/24
ZBE1025 3/13
3/22
ZBE1026 3/11
3/20
ZBE1026P 3/11
3/20
ZBE1026P3 3/14
3/23
ZBE2013 3/14
3/23
ZBE2023 3/14
3/23
ZBE2033 3/14
3/23
ZBE2043 3/14
3/23
ZBE2053 3/14
3/23
ZBE5013 3/14
3/23
ZBE5023 3/14
3/23
ZBE5033 3/14
3/23
ZBE5043 3/14
3/23
ZBE5053 3/14
3/23
ZBE10163 3/14
3/23
ZBE10263 3/14
3/23
ZBG421E 3/55
ZBG455 3/55
ZBG458A 3/55
ZBG520E 3/55
ZBG3131A 3/55
ZBL1 3/54
ZBL2 3/54
ZBL3 3/54
ZBL4 3/54
ZBL5 3/54
ZBL6 3/54
ZBL9 3/54
ZBV5B 3/12
3/21
ZBV18B1 3/12
3/21
ZBV18B3 3/12
3/21
ZBV18B4 3/12
3/21
ZBV18B5 3/12
3/21
ZBV18B6 3/12
3/21
ZBV18G1 3/12
3/21
ZBV18G3 3/12
3/21
ZBV18G4 3/12
3/21
ZBV18G5 3/12
3/21
ZBV18G6 3/12
3/21
ZBV18M1 3/12
3/21
ZBV18M3 3/12
3/21
ZBV18M4 3/12
3/21
ZBV18M5 3/12
3/21
ZBV18M6 3/12
3/21
ZBV0103S 3/55
ZBV0113 3/55
ZBV0133 3/55
ZBV0143 3/55
ZBV0153 3/55
ZBV0163 3/55
ZBVB1 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVB3 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVB4 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVB5 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVB6 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVB14 3/15
3/24
ZBVB15 3/13
3/22
ZBVB34 3/15
3/24
ZBVB35 3/13
3/22
ZBVB44 3/15
3/24
ZBVB45 3/13
3/22
ZBVB54 3/15
3/24
ZBVB55 3/13
3/22
ZBVB64 3/15
3/24
ZBVB65 3/13
3/22
ZBVBG1 3/12
3/21
ZBVBG3 3/12
3/21
ZBVBG4 3/12
3/21
ZBVBG5 3/12
3/21
ZBVBG6 3/12
3/21
ZBVG1 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVG3 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVG4 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVG5 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVG6 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVG14 3/15
3/24
ZBVG15 3/13
3/22
ZBVG34 3/15
3/24
ZBVG35 3/13
3/22
ZBVG44 3/15
3/24
ZBVG45 3/13
3/22
ZBVG54 3/15
3/24
ZBVG55 3/13
3/22
ZBVG64 3/15
3/24
ZBVG65 3/13
3/22
ZBVJ1 3/12
3/21
ZBVJ3 3/12
3/21
ZBVJ4 3/12
3/21
ZBVJ5 3/12
3/21
ZBVJ6 3/12
3/21
ZBVJ15 3/13
3/22
ZBVJ35 3/13
3/22
ZBVJ45 3/13
3/22
ZBVJ55 3/13
3/22
ZBVJ65 3/13
3/22
ZBVM1 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVM3 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVM4 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVM5 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVM6 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBVM14 3/15
3/24
ZBVM15 3/13
3/22
ZBVM34 3/15
3/24
ZBVM35 3/13
3/22
ZBVM44 3/15
3/24
ZBVM45 3/13
3/22
ZBVM54 3/15
3/24
ZBVM55 3/13
3/22
ZBVM64 3/15
3/24
ZBVM65 3/13
3/22
ZBW9113 3/55
ZBW9133 3/55
ZBW9143 3/55
ZBW9153 3/55
ZBW9163 3/55
ZBW9313 3/55
ZBW9333 3/55
ZBW9343 3/55
ZBW9353 3/55
ZBW9363 3/55
ZBY001 3/11
3/13
3/14
3/20
3/22
3/23
ZBY2H101 3/49
ZBY4H101 3/49
ZBY0101 3/51
ZBY0102 3/51
ZBY0104 3/49
ZBY00104 3/51
ZBY0123 3/49
ZBY00123 3/51
ZBY0140 3/51
ZBY1101 3/53
ZBY1103 3/53
ZBY1104 3/53
ZBY1105 3/53
ZBY1106 3/53
ZBY1107 3/53
ZBY1108 3/53
ZBY1115 3/53
ZBY1116 3/53
ZBY1146 3/53
ZBY1147 3/53
ZBY1148 3/53
ZBY1149 3/53
ZBY1203 3/53
ZBY1204 3/53
ZBY1207 3/53
ZBY1208 3/53
ZBY1214 3/53
ZBY1303 3/53
ZBY1304 3/53
ZBY1311 3/53
ZBY1312 3/53
ZBY1316 3/53
ZBY1912 3/53
ZBY2101 3/49
ZBY2103 3/49
ZBY02103 3/51
ZBY2104 3/49
ZBY02104 3/51
ZBY2105 3/49
ZBY02105 3/51
ZBY2106 3/49
ZBY02106 3/51
ZBY2107 3/49
ZBY02107 3/51
ZBY2108 3/49
ZBY02108 3/51
ZBY2109 3/49
ZBY02109 3/51
ZBY2110 3/49
ZBY02110 3/51
ZBY2111 3/49
ZBY02111 3/51
ZBY2112 3/49
ZBY02112 3/51
ZBY2113 3/49
ZBY02113 3/51
ZBY2114 3/49
ZBY02114 3/51
ZBY2115 3/49
ZBY02115 3/51
ZBY2116 3/49
ZBY02116 3/51
ZBY2123 3/49
ZBY02123 3/51
ZBY2126 3/49
ZBY02126 3/51
ZBY2127 3/49
ZBY02127 3/51
ZBY2128 3/49
ZBY02128 3/51
ZBY2129 3/49
ZBY02129 3/51
ZBY02130 3/51
ZBY2130 3/49
ZBY2131 3/49
ZBY02131 3/51
ZBY2132 3/49
ZBY02132 3/51
ZBY2133 3/49
Preventa solutions for efcient
machine safety
Product reference index
Index (continued)
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3/171
ZBY02133 3/51
ZBY2134 3/49
ZBY02134 3/51
ZBY2135 3/49
ZBY02135 3/51
ZBY2146 3/49
ZBY02146 3/51
ZBY2147 3/49
ZBY02147 3/51
ZBY2148 3/49
ZBY02148 3/51
ZBY2164 3/49
ZBY02164 3/51
ZBY2165 3/49
ZBY02165 3/51
ZBY2166 3/49
ZBY02166 3/51
ZBY2167 3/49
ZBY02167 3/51
ZBY2178 3/49
ZBY02178 3/51
ZBY2179 3/49
ZBY02179 3/51
ZBY2184 3/49
ZBY02184 3/51
ZBY2185 3/49
ZBY02185 3/51
ZBY2186 3/49
ZBY02186 3/51
ZBY2195 3/49
ZBY02195 3/51
ZBY2196 3/49
ZBY02196 3/51
ZBY2197 3/49
ZBY02197 3/51
ZBY2198 3/49
ZBY02198 3/51
ZBY2199 3/49
ZBY02199 3/51
ZBY2203 3/50
ZBY02203 3/52
ZBY2204 3/50
ZBY02204 3/52
ZBY2205 3/50
ZBY02205 3/52
ZBY2206 3/50
ZBY02206 3/52
ZBY2207 3/50
ZBY02207 3/52
ZBY2208 3/50
ZBY02208 3/52
ZBY2209 3/50
ZBY02209 3/52
ZBY2210 3/50
ZBY02210 3/52
ZBY2211 3/50
ZBY02211 3/52
ZBY2212 3/50
ZBY02212 3/52
ZBY2213 3/50
ZBY02213 3/52
ZBY2214 3/50
ZBY02214 3/52
ZBY2223 3/50
ZBY02223 3/52
ZBY2226 3/50
ZBY02226 3/52
ZBY2227 3/50
ZBY02227 3/52
ZBY2228 3/50
ZBY02228 3/52
ZBY2229 3/50
ZBY02229 3/52
ZBY2230 3/50
ZBY02230 3/52
ZBY2231 3/50
ZBY02231 3/52
ZBY2232 3/50
ZBY02232 3/52
ZBY2233 3/50
ZBY02233 3/52
ZBY2234 3/50
ZBY02234 3/52
ZBY2235 3/50
ZBY02235 3/52
ZBY2265 3/50
ZBY02265 3/52
ZBY2266 3/50
ZBY02266 3/52
ZBY2267 3/50
ZBY02267 3/52
ZBY2284 3/50
ZBY02284 3/52
ZBY2295 3/50
ZBY02295 3/52
ZBY2297 3/50
ZBY02297 3/52
ZBY2298 3/50
ZBY02298 3/52
ZBY2299 3/50
ZBY02299 3/52
ZBY2303 3/50
ZBY02303 3/52
ZBY2304 3/49
ZBY02304 3/51
ZBY2305 3/50
ZBY02305 3/52
ZBY2306 3/50
ZBY02306 3/52
ZBY2307 3/50
ZBY02307 3/52
ZBY2308 3/50
ZBY02308 3/52
ZBY2309 3/50
ZBY02309 3/52
ZBY2310 3/50
ZBY02310 3/52
ZBY2311 3/50
ZBY02311 3/52
ZBY2312 3/50
ZBY02312 3/52
ZBY2313 3/50
ZBY02313 3/52
ZBY2314 3/50
ZBY02314 3/52
ZBY2316 3/50
ZBY02316 3/52
ZBY2321 3/50
ZBY02321 3/52
ZBY2322 3/50
ZBY02322 3/52
ZBY2323 3/50
ZBY02323 3/52
ZBY2326 3/50
ZBY02326 3/52
ZBY2327 3/50
ZBY02327 3/52
ZBY2328 3/50
ZBY02328 3/52
ZBY2330 3/50
ZBY02330 3/52
ZBY2334 3/50
ZBY02334 3/52
ZBY2364 3/50
ZBY02364 3/52
ZBY2366 3/50
ZBY02366 3/52
ZBY2367 3/50
ZBY02367 3/52
ZBY2385 3/50
ZBY02385 3/52
ZBY2387 3/50
ZBY02387 3/52
ZBY2931 3/49
ZBY02931 3/51
ZBY4100 3/51
ZBY4101 3/49
ZBY4140 3/49
ZBY8101 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY8130 3/16
3/25
3/27
3/53
ZBY8140 3/16
3/25
3/27
3/53
ZBY8160 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY8230 3/16
3/25
3/27
3/53
ZBY8260 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY8330 3/16
3/25
3/27
3/53
ZBY8360 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY8430 3/16
3/25
3/27
3/53
ZBY8460 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY8630 3/16
3/25
3/27
3/53
ZBY8660 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY9101 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY9101T 3/17
3/26
ZBY9120 3/10
3/17
3/19
3/26
3/27
3/53
ZBY9121 3/10
3/17
3/19
3/26
3/27
3/53
ZBY9130 3/53
ZBY9130T 3/17
3/26
ZBY9140 3/53
ZBY9140T 3/17
3/26
ZBY9160 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY9160T 3/17
3/26
ZBY9220 3/10
3/17
3/19
3/26
3/27
3/53
ZBY9230 3/53
ZBY9230T 3/17
3/26
ZBY9260 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY9260T 3/17
3/26
ZBY9320 3/10
3/17
3/19
3/26
3/27
3/53
ZBY9330 3/53
ZBY9330T 3/17
3/26
ZBY9360 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY9360T 3/17
3/26
ZBY9420 3/10
3/17
3/19
3/26
3/27
3/53
ZBY9430 3/53
ZBY9460 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY9620 3/10
3/17
3/19
3/26
3/27
3/53
ZBY9630 3/53
ZBY9660 3/16
3/25
3/53
ZBY22420001 3/50
ZBY022420001 3/52
ZBZ001 3/11
3/14
3/20
3/23
ZBZ28 3/10
3/19
3/55
ZBZ32 3/49
ZBZ34 3/49
ZBZ58 3/10
3/19
3/55
ZBZ1600 3/17
3/26
3/54
ZBZ1602 3/17
3/26
3/54
ZBZ1604 3/17
3/26
3/54
ZBZ1606 3/17
3/26
3/54
ZBZ2102 3/17
3/26
ZBZ3605 3/17
3/26
ZBZG156 3/12
3/21
ZBZVG 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZBZVM 3/12
3/21
3/39
ZENL1111 3/39
ZENL1121 3/39
Preventa solutions for efcient
machine safety
Product reference index
Index (continued)
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and/or technical
characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein. This documentation is not
intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these
products for specic user applications. It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the
appropriate and complete risk analysis, evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the
relevant specic application or use thereof. Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its afliates or
subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein.
Design: Schneider Electric
Photos: Schneider Electric
Head Ofce
35, rue Joseph Monier
F-92500 Rueil-Malmaison
France
Schneider Electric Industries SAS
April 2015 - V2.0
MKTED2140201EN
More information on
http://www.schneider-electric.com/machinesafety

Navigation menu